When should you consider raising capital to grow your business?   There is a lot of information around raising money for tech companies and other startups but when it comes to eCommerce, there is very little information out there.   Giving away equity in your growing brand is not the right move for everyone, knowing how to value your business can be difficult for many, and then knowing how to actually use the money if you successfully find investors can be even harder.   That’s why I wanted to share this podcast so you would know your options and you can avoid many of the pitfalls that entrepreneurs face when it comes to raising capital.   This is what no one tells you about raising money to really grow and scale to the next level.   If you’re at the point in your journey where capital would help you grow, head to https://capitalism.com/fund   Head to https://capitalism.com/playbook to see how we grow and scale brands to the million dollar mark and beyond.    Scale to the $1M/year mark and beyond in the Capitalism Incubator at https://capitalism.com/inc   Connect with me on Instagram at https://instagram.com/ryandanielmoran  

Does it ever feel like everyone else is killing it and you’re the only one who is experiencing hard times in business?   In this world of entrepreneurship it is common and popular for people to talk about their wins but very few people are willing to talk about the struggles.   That’s why I wanted to have Eric Bandholz from Beardbrand on the show. He has been incredibly honest about his story of starting the company in 2012 with a few thousand dollars and growing the brand to almost 8 figures before disaster struck in 2023.   Last year was rough for many e-commerce entrepreneurs and I wanted to bring Eric on as an example of what it looks like to keep pushing and build a business that you actually love.   Instead of giving up and walking away, this is the story of how he pushed through and kept going.   Connect with Eric and Beardbrand at https://beardbrand.com   Head to https://capitalism.com/playbook to see how we grow and scale brands to the million dollar mark and beyond.    Scale to the $1M/year mark and beyond in the Capitalism Incubator at https://capitalism.com/inc   Connect with me on Instagram at https://instagram.com/ryandanielmoran   If you want to join us in San Diego July 21-24, shoot me an email at [email protected]   Timestamps:    (0:00) - Eric’s story   (2:50) - 7 figures is just the start   (10:44) - How Eric turned the ship around   (20:00) - Building the business that you want   (30:00) - Creating true freedom    (31:30) - Building deep relationships   (36:50) - Where does e-commerce go from here?   (50:00) - Starting your road to $1M

You always want to start with an ideal person who you are selling to when it comes to building  a brand, but how many of those people do you actually need to build a million dollar business?   It may surprise you to learn that you only need to start with an audience as small as 100 people. I’ve seen this in action multiple times, I’ve done this with my own businesses, and the brands in the Capitalism portfolio start with this core thesis.   It can be really hard to sell a product but it is really easy to talk to people. In this podcast I break down how you can build a massive business by communicating with a small, loyal group of followers. From here it becomes very logical and natural to get 100 people on your email list, grow to 100 sales/day, and eventually cross the million dollar mark.   Head to https://capitalism.com/playbook to see how we grow and scale brands to the million dollar mark and beyond.    Scale to the $1M/year mark and beyond in the Capitalism Incubator at https://capitalism.com/inc   Connect with me on Instagram at https://instagram.com/ryandanielmoran   If you want to join us in San Diego July 21-24, shoot me an email at [email protected]  

In this episode I’m going to walk you through the 8-step playbook that we developed to help people that have read my book implement the plan to build a million dollar business.   That timeline can feel aggressive or even confusing to a lot of people but once you understand these 8 steps you’ll be able to see where they fall in that 12 month timeframe.   Whether you are stuck at 15 sales a day, launching your next product, or even if you’ve already surpassed $1M and growth has slowed, going through these 8 milestones will help you get unstuck and keep you moving forward.   Wherever you get stuck, come back to this podcast and find which step you’re on to continue. This process done correctly WILL get you to that $1M mark within 12 months.   Head to https://capitalism.com/playbook to see how we grow and scale brands to the million dollar mark and beyond.    Scale to the $1M/year mark and beyond in the Capitalism Incubator at https://capitalism.com/inc   Connect with me on Instagram at https://instagram.com/ryandanielmoran   Timestamps:   (0:00) - The 8 Steps To $1 Million   (1:00) - Choosing Your WHO   (2:00) - Getting 100 People On An Email List   (5:45) - Launch Strategy   (9:40) - Your First 100 Reviews   (15:50) - Getting To 25 Sales Per Day   (18:40) - Build A List of 100 Ambassadors   (22:30) - How To Launch More Products   (25:00) - Scaling To 100 Sales Per Day

How can you measure if your life is going in the right direction? How do you know if you are taking the right actions to achieve your goals?   I developed a process called the TRIBE 5 that lets you track 5 areas of investment into your life where you can make small deposits that compound into massive success.   This process has helped me make millions throughout my career, and if you pick your own 5 daily habits and check them off most days it would be hard for you NOT to be extremely successful.   Most entrepreneurs don’t really know how to most effectively use their time, let alone keep a score of the small habits that are creating the biggest change. If you can stick to this process for even a few months your life and business will change forever.   Head to https://capitalism.com/playbook to see how we grow and scale brands to the million dollar mark and beyond.    Scale to the $1M/year mark and beyond in the Capitalism Incubator at https://capitalism.com/inc Connect with me on Instagram at https://instagram.com/ryandanielmoran Timestamps:   (0:00) The TRIBE 5   (6:00) Time    (7:15) Relationships    (9:20) Income   (10:46) Body    (11:20) Expansion   (15:00) How I’m implementing this in my businesses    (23:00) Tying it all together

It feels right to share this with you all right now.   Maybe you found this show when it was originally called Freedom Fast Lane. Maybe you remember when it was called The One Percent. After some personal reflection, I think the show is changing direction again.   I miss the days of getting on the microphone and just sharing what is on my heart, and what is working within our community, and what is working (or not working) within my businesses.   Now it is time we get back to doing more of that instead of optimizing for growth or more downloads.   I hope you'll continue coming back if this podcast has given you value in the past.   Rooting for you :) Ryan

This year at the Capitalism Conference, I opened the event with a keynote about the current state of capitalism. We’re in an ever expanding universe, and once you realize that, it changes everything. Unfortunately not everyone sees it that way so their scarcity mindset keeps them from building the business of their dreams. In this keynote I share my brutally honest advice  on how entrepreneurs can shift their thinking to operate from a place of abundance.   If you got value out of this podcast, head to https://capitalism.com/playbook to download our free playbook and get started on your road to $1M.   Head to https://instagram.com/ryandanielmoran to connect with me on Instagram.   Timestamps:   (0:00) - How Your Life Can Completely Change In 2-5 years   (2:45) - Entrepreneurs Create Expansion   (6:20) - What Would You Do If You Knew That You Were Going To Win?   (7:45) - Over Time, Things Expand   (19:00) - The Formula And Case Studies   (23:00) - The Plan Works   (26:30) - The Next Chapter Of Capitalism   (36:00) - Head To Capitalism.com/Playbook To Get Started Today  

Josh Bezoni is the cofounder of BioTrust Nutrition. BioTrust hit $100M in revenue in it's first calendar year in business.   After 12 years, Josh and his partner sold the business for multi 9 figures and Josh was left wondering "what's next?"   In this conversation we unpack how to reinvent yourself later in life after Josh prioritized his mental and physical health and how you can scale a massive business without compromising your time and wellbeing.   If you're ready to start your road to $1M, head to https://capitalism.com/playbook    Connect with me on Instagram at https://instagram.com/ryandanielmoran     Timestamps:   (0:00) - $100M in 12 months   (7:54) - Can you actually be balanced?   (11:20) - Josh’s first company   (20:00) - Reinventing yourself at 50   (30:00) - Morning exercises for success   (33:00) - The key to staying young   (36:00) - The process of regrowth   (49:00) - What do you do when you’re depressed?   (55:00) - The frenetic nature of business   (1:12:00) - Advice for your younger self

Most entrepreneurs get stuck at 7 figures. That’s why I’ve made it my mission to get those entrepreneurs the resources they need to get to 8 and 9 figures. In this podcast, I explain how we can best help you on your road to $1M.   Not all brands have the potential to go to $10M and beyond, but as an investor I have learned what to look for. Whether you are looking to raise capital to scale faster or not, the criteria I share in this podcast will help you build a brand that can go beyond 8-figures.   If you’re just getting started, head to https://capitalism.com/playbook to download our free playbook.    Work with me in the fund at https://capitalism.com/fund   Scale to the $1M/year mark and beyond in the Capitalism Incubator at https://capitalism.com/inc   Connect with me on Instagram at https://instagram.com/ryandanielmoran   Timestamps:  (0:00) - The 3 Steps To $10M    (4:00) - How We Changed Our Deal Structure   (8:12) - How To Become A Brand I’ll Invest In   (11:11) - Building An Audience Of 10,000   (16:50) - Restructuring The Business To Collaborate With Entrepreneurs   (19:00) - How You Can Work With Us

In this episode I had this chance to sit down with Amber Spears, a relationship-building and affiliate marketing expert, to discuss the importance of cultivating strong partnerships for growth.   Amber shares her insights on identifying the right partners, nurturing long-term relationships, and using these connections to drive customer acquisition and retention.   Relationships are the lifeblood of your business, and when you get them right, everything flourishes.   If you’d like to start your road to $1M, head to   https://capitalism.com/playbook   Whether you're looking to scale your brand, offset marketing costs, or build a thriving community around your business, this episode is packed with actionable advice on harnessing the power of relationships for entrepreneurial success.   Connect with me at   https://instagram.com/ryandanielmoran Timestamps:   (0:00) - Introduction   (02:00) - Relationships as the greatest white space in business   (06:00) - What makes someone easy or hard to refer   (10:00) - The importance of emotional intelligence and trust in partnerships   (18:00) - How fitness helped Amber build discipline and confidence   (24:00) - Practical steps for forming strategic relationships   (31:00) - Cultivating trust through consistent action and communication   (38:00) - Covering business overhead through affiliate partnerships   (51:00) - Setting terms and expectations for brand promotions   (56:00) - Ryan's hesitations about affiliate marketing and Amber's perspective   (1:05:00) - Creating a mastermind for top affiliates and partners   (1:10:00) - Key takeaways and action steps for building profitable relationships   (1:14:00) - Closing thoughts on the power of connections in entrepreneurship

How do you start a million dollar business if you’ve only got 2 hours per day?   Most entrepreneurs start their thing on the side and eventually grow it into something that can provide financial freedom.   In this podcast I’m going to lay out the steps to get there so that you don’t have to waste months or years running in the wrong direction.   To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at:   http://www.Capitalism.com/Playbook   Connect with me on Instagram at:   https://Instagram.com/RyanDanielMoran   Timestamps:   (0:00) - $1M In 2-3 hours / Day    (2:00) - The 3 Things We Need To Be Successful    (3:55) - The Questions To Ask Yourself    (8:00) - The Three Steps    (17:00) - Real Life Recent Case Studies    (19:50) - Taking Your Next Steps 

Tara Bosch started Smart Sweets at the age of 21 and grew the company to over 9 figures/year in sales in just four years. At 25, she sold a majority stake in the company for $360M. This year, she came to Cap Con 7 (The Capitalism Conference) to share with our audience exactly how she did it.    She followed the playbook that I outline in my book 12 Months To $1M and scaled far beyond the million dollar mark to multi 9 figures.   In this fireside, we talk through the biggest steps to scaling to a 9 figure valuation.   To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at:   http://www.Capitalism.com/Playbook   Connect with me on Instagram at:   https://Instagram.com/RyanDanielMoran   Timestamps:   (0:00) - Introduction   (0:59) - The First Step To 9 Figures: Belief   (5:40) - The First 500 Fans   (9:50) - Raising Money To Get To 9 Figures   (17:00) - Building The Vision In Your Head   (20:40) - Getting Mentorship   (25:00 )- What's Next?   (28:00) - Advice For 7 Figure Entrepreneurs   (31:00) - How We Can Help You

I often get the question “I know the 12 Months To $1 Million playbook, but where do I start?”    Sometimes the hardest part of a new  journey is taking the first steps, but in this case taking a few simple actions to start building a 7-figure business does not have to be complicated.   So today, I wanted to make a podcast about the first 5 steps of the process. I’m confident that if you do this, you’ll have the foundation for a million dollar brand.   To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at:   http://www.Capitalism.com/Million   Connect with me on Instagram at:   https://Instagram.com/RyanDanielMoran   Timestamps:   (0:00) - The First 5 Steps To $1M   (1:00) - Step 1: Pick Your Person   (3:50) - Step 2: Find Your Products   (5:55) - Step 3: Do Your Research   (9:15) - Step 4: Build Your List   (14:53) - Step 5: Create Content To Grow Your List   (19:53) - Bringing It All Together  

Logan Chierotti was in the audience at Cap Con in 2018 looking for his next “thing”. That’s where he came up with the idea for Physician’s Choice. In 2024, they will do over $200M with just a few products.    This year at Cap Con, I sat down with Logan to unpack his journey and what decisions he made to grow the company so quickly.   In this chat we talked about hiring the right people, what it means to double down properly, and how personal growth goes along with professional growth.   To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at:   http://www.Capitalism.com/Million   Connect with me on Instagram at:   https://Instagram.com/RyanDanielMoran

In this keynote from Cap Con 7, I explain The Owners Model 2.0 and how we're scaling E-Commerce brands by focusing on enterprise value rather than cashflow.   This flips the model on its head, and whether you're at the million dollar mark or just beginning, the earlier you can think this way the more successful your brand will be.   If you want help scaling your ecommerce brand, head to https://capitalism.com/incubator and fill out an application today.   If you'd like to be part of the Capitalist Pigs and get first access to all the deal flow in our community, head to https://capitalism.com/pig to sign up.   Connect with me on Instagram at https://instagram.com/ryandanielmoran

You really only need 500 to 1,000 people to have a really profitable business.   If you can spend the next 2 or 3 months building up an audience of really responsive people you can absolutely have a million dollar business over the next 12 months.   This podcast is NOT about how to become an influencer and devote your life to creating endless content. In this episode I share the playbook on taking a small audience like this and scaling to 7 figures.   To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at: http://www.Capitalism.com/Million   Connect with me on Instagram at: https://Instagram.com/RyanDanielMoran  

The biggest news this week in E-commerce is that Thrasio, the biggest aggregator in online brands, is filing for bankruptcy after losing $3.4 billion.   What does this mean for you? Well it could mean that 2024 is the best time ever to build an E-commerce brand!   In this podcast I explain what real brand building looks like and what the largest Amazon aggregators who are losing billions have been doing wrong so you can avoid the same mistakes.   We're seeing better results than ever before inside The One Percent. Launches are selling out, and students are hitting record months over and over.    When you can build a loyal audience of customers who care about your brand, scaling up becomes easy.   To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at:   http://www.Capitalism.com/Million   Connect with me on Instagram at:   https://Instagram.com/RyanDanielMoran  

This is one of the most valuable podcasts we've ever shared on the show. Even if you're not at the million dollar mark, this episode will help you see the road ahead and make it "normal" for you to think about hitting $100M.  I asked Branden Coluccio to speak at our last Capitalist Pigs event about normalizing the step-by-step framework to get to $100M because he's been there before. He has experience both as a founder and in the private equity space buying and selling brands. This talk was invaluable to me, and I hope you enjoy hearing it as much as I did at the event. If you'd like to join our community and hear from others like Branden, head to https://Capitalism.com/PIG To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at: http://www.Capitalism.com/Million

Tara Bosch founded SmartSweets at the age of 21, and sold it 4 years later for $360M. She had a very strong vision and scaled quickly, reaching $125M in sales in just her fourth year in business. What a story, right?   Tara is keynoting The Capitalism Conference this year, so I wanted to sit down with her to break down how she turned SmartSweets into a household name. This is one of the best case studies I’ve ever seen in how to build a huge brand by building a raving fanbase.   Want to join us at The Capitalism Conference at Austin, TX on April 2024?  Get on the waitlist today at:   https://Capitalism.com/CapCon   To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at:   http://www.Capitalism.com/Million     Timestamps:   (0:00) - Introduction   (2:00) - Building And Growing SmartSweets   (3:50) - Life After Tara’s Exit   (6:30) - Getting Past The First Year   (9:28) - How To Build A Radical Fan Base   (16:00) - Establishing Your Massive Vision   (19:00) - Raising Capital   (22:00) - Finding Mentors And Advisors   (25:00) - Funding Inventory With Debt Capital   (28:00) - Hiring The Right People For Scale   (32:00) - Scaling SmartSweets   (38:00) - Authenticity Wins   (40:00) - Visualizing Success

Today I am sitting down with an entrepreneur who turned his life around after serving 3.5 years in a California state prison. Julian vulnerably shares his hard-hitting story - from being a heroin addict facing 15 to life, to reading transformative books in jail, to building multiple 7-figure businesses behind influencers after his release.   Focusing on influential figures like Wes Watson and Michael Francese who had powerful stories but small audiences, Julian specialized in monetizing and scaling influencer brands to 7 and 8 figures. He reveals the 80/20 strategy he used to skyrocket Wes from 5,000 to 500,000 followers and beyond.   Julian also opens up about the challenging environment in county jail and state prison, the mindset shifts that allowed him to grow even in adversity, and why he believes books and a worthy goal are so crucial to personal transformation. His message is one of hope, redemption, and the power of the human spirit to overcome any odds.   Whether you're an entrepreneur, creator, or anyone on a journey of personal growth, Julian's story and insights will inspire you to reflect deeply and give you practical strategies to build the life and business of your dreams, no matter your starting point. This is an episode you won't want to miss.   Want to join us at The Capitalism Conference at Austin, TX on April 2024?  Get on the waitlist today at:   https://Capitalism.com/CapCon   To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at:   http://www.Capitalism.com/Million

Alex King worked for Ryan part-time after college for $2,000/mo editing videos and today he runs a multi-6 figure business that produces content for some of the world's leading entrepreneurs.   In this podcast the man who is usually behind the camera is in front of the camera to discuss working with Capitalism.com and building his own business.   This episode is a practical guide to go from starting off as an employee to transitioning into creating your own success. Alex shares everything he has learned working so closely with Ryan and creating content that grows audiences.   Want to join us at The Capitalism Conference at Austin, TX on April 2024?  Get on the waitlist today at:   https://Capitalism.com/CapCon To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at:   http://www.Capitalism.com/Million

The Crypto Bull Run is here, but should you invest at the all time highs?   Bitcoin and Ethereum have grown significantly and all of a sudden it is cool to be in crypto again.   In this podcast I break down my stance, what I'm looking at investing in during this bull run,  and what this means for your money and the world as a whole.   Disclaimer: This is not investment advice. I am an idiot you follow on the internet   Want to join us at The Capitalism Conference at Austin, TX on April 2024?    Get on the waitlist today at:   https://Capitalism.com/CapCon   To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at:   http://www.Capitalism.com/Million  

There are people who say that Scott Adams has the ability to swing elections and bring awareness to causes he supports because of his highly influential livestream and powerful persuasion techniques.   Scott Adams is the best-selling author of the books Win Bigly, Loserthink, and How To Fail At Almost Everything And Still Win Big as well as being the creator of the Dilbert comic strip.   In his new book Reframe Your Brain he talks about how we can change our believes to accomplish goals that others would call impossible. In this conversation with Ryan they discuss how this all applies to brand building, audience building, and rewiring your own brain to be a more successful entrepreneur.   Want to join us at The Capitalism Conference at Austin, TX on April 2024?   Get on the waitlist today at:   https://Capitalism.com/CapCon   To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at:   http://www.Capitalism.com/Million   Timestamps:    (0:00) - Intro   (2:00) - Interview Begins   (6:00) - Success Leaves Clues    (12:00) - The Impact Of AI On Our Opinions   (17:00) - WEF And Adopting Sides    (19:00) - What Trump Gets Right    (22:00) - You’ll Never Be Bored If You’re Not Afraid To Be Embarrassed    (27:00) - Everyone Has An Imperfect Childhood    (29:00) - Scott’s Creative Process    (35:30) - Choosing Frames To Influence Others    (43:00) - Nothing Is Real, But Some Things Work

The stock market has hit record highs, there are new million dollar opportunities in eCommerce, and new research has connected entrepreneurship and loneliness.   On today's #ThisWeekInCapitalism podcast Ryan shares his thoughts on investing in 2024, how to build a brand and increase sales faster than ever before, and how you can tackle this loneliness epidemic that everyone is feeling.   Want to join us at The Capitalism Conference at Austin, TX on April 2024?   Get on the waitlist today at:   https://Capitalism.com/CapCon To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at:   http://www.Capitalism.com/Million

There is a reason Billy Murphy’s name has been mentioned more than any other entrepreneur on Ryan's recent podcasts.   He doesn’t do a lot of media but many of the world’s most accomplished business owners turn to him for advice.   In recent years he has made more money than ever by leaning into what he calls “asymmetric bets” - business and investing opportunities that have really high upside with limited downside.   In this podcast Billy shares his thoughts on creating clarity, finding purpose in your life, and focusing on what really matters to make you millions and come into alignment with your highest purpose.   Want to join us at The Capitalism Conference at Austin, TX on April 2024?   Get on the waitlist today at:   https://Capitalism.com/CapCon   To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at:   http://www.Capitalism.com/Million   Timestamps:   (0:00) - Intro    (4:00) - Billy Made Millions Investing In Apple    (18:50) - Understanding Desire And Higher Level Thinking   (21:00) - Selfless Service    (31:00) - Putting Your Mental Energy In Asymmetric Bets   (39:00) - Buying Yourself Freedom    (47:00) - The Monk Next Door    (52:00) - Escaping The Matrix    (59:00) - The Relentless Pursuit Of More    (1:14:00) - Stop Switching Games

If you read, listen to, or watch any kind of business content you've no doubt seen Dan Martell absolutely blow up in the entrepreneurship media world lately.   But Ryan first met Dan about 8 years ago at a business event and has watched him go from quietly building businesses and speaking directly to the entrepreneur community to becoming a household name and best-selling author.   In this podcast Ryan asks him how he has been able to scale his social media following, his investments, and perhaps most importantly, his quality of life.   Dan Martell shares how he has been able to grow in all of these different areas of life, his 5 non-negotiable habits he does every day, and how he runs at such a high level without ever getting burnt out.   Want to join us at The Capitalism Conference at Austin, TX on April 2024? Get on the waitlist today at: https://Capitalism.com/CapCon To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at: http://www.Capitalism.com/Million   Timestamps: (0:00) - Dan Martell Introduction   (4:00) - Getting Started In Business & Meeting Ryan   (9:30) - Dan's First Exit    (12:30) - How Dan Grew His Personal Brand    (21:30) - How To Structure The Cap Table (Equity Ownership Split)   (31:00) - Winning In A Down Economy    (35:00) - Creating Clarity Around Your Goals    (43:00) - Personal Growth    (52:00) - Dan’s 5 Non Negotiable Daily Habits

Jason Franciosa turned his last $2,900 into an 8-figure business by following Ryan's roadmap for brand building.   That may sound like a clickbait transformation story, but just go back to Jason's previous interviews on the show and you'll hear when he crossed his 1st million, 2nd million, 4 million and now he has hit over $10 million in annual revenue!   In this podcast with Ryan you'll hear how this approach to building a massive business can be accessible and relatable to anyone with the right strategy. Jason has built this brand without a lot of ego and he doesn't do a ton of podcasts or focus on his personal brand - just serving his loyal customers who come back again and again to keep buying.   Whether you are on the road to your first million or pushing towards 8-figures like Jason has achieved, let this podcast give you permission to dream bigger and take action in creating your own financial freedom.   Want to join us at The Capitalism Conference at Austin, TX on April 2024?    Get on the waitlist today at:   https://Capitalism.com/CapCon To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at:   http://www.Capitalism.com/Million

Noah Kagan knows how to launch a 7-figure business in a single weekend - and he's done it 7 times.   He's learned that this is the best time ever in the history of entrepreneurship to start a business but too often people get stuck on the details instead of taking action and finding the quickest market validation possible.   In this podcast Ryan interviews him about the importance of having confidence and a clear vision as he shares his practical strategies for launching new businesses.   If you follow Noah's method you can find out in a 48 hour period if your business idea has legs and if you are sitting on a million dollar business before you even have a final product.   To join us at the next CapCon visit:   http://www.Capitalism.com/CapCon To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at:   http://www.Capitalism.com/Million   Timestamps   (1:00) - Noah’s Failures   (4:00) - Proving Ideas Fast - What’s The Simplest Way To Test This?   (11:25) - When Do You Know When To Quit?   (19:00) - The Power Of Asking   (31:00) - Business Is A Game Of Confidence   (36:20) - Everything Is Pre-Sold   (43:30) - You Have To Validate Your Idea First   (51:49) - Success Is Boring   (1:01:00) - Solving The Best Problems   (1:04:00) - Now, Not How   (1:06:00) - WWE Smackdown Stories

A few years ago Eric Farewell was working 100 hour weeks, and he did that for 8 years. Today he works a few hours a week and he still has a multimillion dollar business.   In this episode Eric shares how he pulled himself out of the day to day operations of his business while still maintaining profitability.   Ryan asks him about how he went from burnt out and bored to finding excitement, following new ideas, and taking the business flying to new heights.   This is the interview that can show you how to stay in a high level position in your business so that you are working on the things that actually move the business forward. Want to join us at The Capitalism Conference at Austin, TX on April 2024? Get on the waitlist today at:   https://Capitalism.com/CapCon To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at:   http://www.Capitalism.com/Million

Bryan Guadagno has taken an unconventional approach to business by not diversifying his product line but instead going all-in on one unique niche, plant-based pasta.   In this podcast he shares the journey of overcoming many setbacks and serious debts, building the brand up to a $10M company and he shares what it will take to scale up for an impressive $100M exit.   As the CEO & Co-Founder of ItsSkinny.com, Bryan has a massive vision for delivering the most delicious pasta that will support gut health.   If you're curious about the mindset and strategies that can turn a niche product like this into a multi-million dollar success story, this episode is a must-listen for entrepreneurs at any stage.   Want to join us at The Capitalism Conference at Austin, TX on April 2024?    Get on the waitlist today at:   https://Capitalism.com/CapCon To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at:   http://www.Capitalism.com/Million   Timestamps:   (0:00) - Intro   (2:10) - Bryan’s Finance And Private Equity Background    (6:40) - Getting Into The Pasta Business    (18:00) - Raising Money To Buy A Business    (23:00) - Launching Your First Product    (44:00) - Their Second Big Product Under Development    (49:00) - How Future Sales Change Today's Cashflow Strategy   (1:03:00) - Pulling Levers To Grow The Business    (1:09:00) - Bet On The Jockey As An Investor

Chandler Bolt recently crossed a consistent $1 million/month in sales without doing any big launches or promotions or releasing any new hot products, just consistently growing slowly until he hit the mark.   A few years ago this business Chandler is running was about to go out of business as he was struggling to keep it afloat. Before that he was a college dropout just trying to figure out how he could escape the 9 to 5 job rat race.   Chandler is the CEO of Self Publishing School and the host of the 7-Figure Principles Podcast where he interviews the most successful authors on the planet.   In this podcast you'll learn how he was able to rebound and scale quickly without working more the few things he was able to put his focus on that really drive revenue.   Want to join us at The Capitalism Conference at Austin, TX on April 2024?   Get on the waitlist today at:   https://Capitalism.com/CapCon To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at:   http://www.Capitalism.com/Million

Mike Tecku is a serial entrepreneur who refuses to work more than a few hours a week.    After a big exit a few years ago, he is now building up a longevity health shake brand that he believes he can scale up to $100M... all while working 2 hours a day!   Ryan brought him on the podcast because this 1 product brand that is already doing $100k/mo and growing quickly seems to defy all of the brand building rules.   Mike shares how he has optimized this business for an amazing lifestyle of purpose and freedom and talks about his mindset for effortless success. Learn more about Mike Tecku's longevity shake for optimum health at:   https://www.MomentumShake.com Want to join us at The Capitalism Conference at Austin, TX on April 2024?  Get on the waitlist today at:   https://Capitalism.com/CapCon To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at:   http://www.Capitalism.com/Million     Timestamps:   (0:00) - Conviction & Success   (2:00) - Mike’s DJ business   (8:45) - Creating A Product You Want To See In The World   (12:00) - Shifting Your Identity   (20:14) - Momentum   (23:00) - Business & Creating Products As An Art Form   (28:00) - Creating Effortlessly   (31:00) - Self Transcendence   (35:00) - Arnold Schwarzenegger's Success Secret   (44:00) - Defining The Rules To The Game   (51:00) - Great Ideas Matter   (58:00) - What If Business Was Easy?   (1:01:00) - Finding The Internal Compass   (1:10:00) - Playing An Infinite Game

Will there be an economic depression in 2024? How will the election turn out? We may be starting one of the most unusual years ever but Ryan has his business, ecommerce, and political predictions ready and shares how all of this will affect your money.   The good news is, if you know where to look, there will be countless ways you can make $1,000,000 or more in the new year.   While everyone else is playing it safe if you bet on yourself and an abundant future this could be the best time ever to start a new business, learn new skills, or develop new business relationships that will take you to the next level.   Want to join us at The Capitalism Conference at Austin, TX on April 2024?   Get on the waitlist today at:   https://Capitalism.com/CapCon To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at: http://www.Capitalism.com/Million

In this keynote presentation from the Four Rooms Mastermind Ryan Daniel Moran shares his vision for the expanding opportunities that are coming.   The internet marketing world can be very pessimistic with an ongoing fear that the economy is about to fall out under them at any moment, but in this talk Ryan talks about where the biggest opportunities are right now to create a $10M+ net worth in the next 36 months.   This is the first time in history that you can literally start with nothing and have an 8-figure exit in just a few years, if you follow the playbook that is laid out in this podcast.   Want to join us at The Capitalism Conference at Austin, TX on April 2024?  Get on the waitlist today at:   https://Capitalism.com/CapCon To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at:   http://www.Capitalism.com/Million

There are 5 life lessons Ryan Daniel Moran has learned that will lead to true wealth.   If anyone understands and applies these they have a better than average chance at creating abundance in their life.   In this podcast Ryan reflects on his life's greatest successes and failures when it comes to gaining (and losing) a lot of money.   Since life is the result of doing things for a long time that create compounding returns, if you live by these 5 principles you will always consistently grow your wealth.   Logan is speaking at Cap Con 7 in April, 2024 - Get on the waitlist today at:   https://Capitalism.com/CapCon To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at:   http://www.Capitalism.com/Million Timestamps:   (0:10) - Reflecting On Life & Business Decisions   (1:50) - Compounding Returns Explained   (4:00) - 5 Lessons That Lead To Compounding Results   (4:30) - #1 - Nothing Happens Until Something Is Sold   (7:50) - Making More Money In A Job   (10:30) - #2 The Inverse Security Vs. Upside Law   (12:50) - Predictable Vs. Growth Investing   (18:20) - #3 Things To Get Bigger   (21:20) - Invest As Though The Market Will Be Up In 10 Years   (24:20) - #4 If You Want To Build Wealth, You Have To Own Things   (26:00) - Owning A Piece Of A Growing Economy   (27:30) - #5 Value Is Subjective. Value Is A Story   (30:00) - Company Evaluations Explained   (31:00) - Conclusion: Applying The 5 Life Lessons Of Wealth

Most entrepreneurs who are starting out are constantly trying new things to see what sticks, improvising without a real plan. This is where having a framework comes in to grow to the next level.   James Ashcroft has owned and operated businesses for 20 years and as a business coach who helps CEOs and leadership teams scale their companies, his whole life revolves around creating these frameworks.   In this podcast with Ryan they talk about how you can put together your own plan to win, put the right people in the right seats, and make more profits.   To join us at the next CapCon visit:   http://www.Capitalism.com/CapCon To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at:   http://www.Capitalism.com/Million

Who says there is no money in video games? Andy Redmer has built a brand that does $4M in annual sales for a very specific niche - gamers who play CS:GO aka Counter-Strike: Global Offensive.   Actually, this isn't the first time he built up the brand. He had a big exit selling the company and after some time had passed he acquired the brand again, just like Ryan did with Sheer Strength.   In this podcast Andy shares how he got started with email lists and small influencers to how these lessons apply to anyone building an online brand, even if, especially if they think their audience might be too small to go past a million.   To join us at the next CapCon visit:   http://www.Capitalism.com/CapCon To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at:   http://www.Capitalism.com/Million  

In this episode, Ryan interviews Logan Chierotti, founder of Physician’s Choice supplements.   Logan shares his story of going from burnt out and losing $1 million in his first year, to now running a $150 million/year company on Amazon.   He reveals his key mindset shifts, focus strategies, and unpacks the personal transformation that fueled his success.   Logan is speaking at Cap Con 7 in April, 2024 - Get on the waitlist today at:   https://Capitalism.com/CapCon To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at:   http://www.Capitalism.com/Million Timestamps:   (0:00) - Introduction   (2:00) - Logan’s Start   (9:00) - The Road To Winning   (17:00) - Sacrificing Life For Business   (23:00) - Scaling Teams   (29:00) - Changing Your Personal Life   (36:00) - Doing The Hard Things   (45:00) - How Logan Would Launch A Brand Today   (51:00) - Scarcity vs. Abundance Mindset    

Tero Isokauppila shares his journey going from $1 million to over $50 million in revenue with Four Sigmatic. He talks about bootstrapping the company, working for 2.5 years without taking a salary, and the key strategies that helped him grow.   Tero gives advice on building the first 100 raving fans, focusing on product-market fit early on, preparing for retail expansion, and more.   To join us at the next CapCon visit:   http://www.Capitalism.com/CapCon   To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at:   http://www.Capitalism.com/Million   Resources mentioned in this episode: Four Sigmatic: https://www.foursigmatic.com/   Blue Ocean Strategy book: https://www.blueoceanstrategy.com/books/blue-ocean-strategy-2/   Rep Lo: https://www.replo.app/   Timestamps:   (2:00) - How Tero Made His Money   (6:14) - Sharing Revenue With Early Employees   (8:29) - The Tim Ferriss Effect   (15:00) - Scaling Four Sigmatic   (19:30) - Tero’s New Venture   (21:15 )- The Blue Ocean Strategy   (27:00) - How Tero Would Launch In 2024   (33:00) - Getting 100 True Fans   (43:00) - Standing Against Something   (53:00) - The Power Of Saying No

How can you build a company, or multiple companies, that actually scales without completely burning out and having no free time? One of Ryan's mentors Ryan Deiss, the founder of Digital Marketer, has done exactly that.   Deiss has a portfolio of companies that he manages and his digital marketing expertise is part of the whole reason Ryan ended up moving to Austin, Texas!   His new book Get Scalable is all about how to develop the systems and processes that your business will need to grow, without you.   No matter where you are at in your entrepreneurial journey, the actionable strategies that Deiss shares in this podcast will help you create more wealth and freedom, to build businesses that don't just rely solely on your constant input.   To join us at the next CapCon visit:   http://www.Capitalism.com/CapCon   To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at:   http://www.Capitalism.com/Million   Timestamps   (0:00) - Ryan Moran Introduces Ryan Deiss   (2:35) - Interview With Ryan Deiss Begins   (2:55) - Getting Started As A Marketer At 19 Years Old   (7:30) - The Best Business Tactics During A Recession   (14:00) - Moving From Consumer Business To B2B   (17:10) - Financial Engineering For Business Growth Explained   (19:55) - Why Businesses Fail   (22:50) - How Deiss Scales Businesses With Systems   (26:50) - How Businesses Get Distracted From Growth   (30:20) - What To Do When You Are Dependent On 1 Sales Platform   (40:10) - Moving From CEO To Owner   (48:20) - Managing Employees And Nurturing Talent   (54:10) - Defining What You Want Your Business To Be   (57:50) - Ryan Deiss' New Book For Scaling With Systems And Processes   (1:01:10) - Ryan Outro - Takeaways And Conclusions

A few years ago Jared Springer lost all feeling in his legs and was rushed to emergency surgery. At 29 he was using a walker to get around and after his son had his own health issues as well, Jared and his wife had to file for bankruptcy.   Today he has built and sold a business for $4 million and he has more or less retired while helping other entrepreneurs as a coach in The One Percent and a writer.   In this episode Ryan interviews Jared about his journey building and selling an ecommerce brand for dog lovers and everything he has learned about life and business since becoming financially independent.   His incredible personal story serves as an inspiration for anyone who has obstacles to overcome on their own journey as an entrepreneur.   To join us at the next CapCon visit:   http://www.Capitalism.com/CapCon To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at:   http://www.Capitalism.com/Million   Timestamps   (0:00) - The Story Of Jared Springer - 0 To $4M Exit   (1:40) - Interview Begins   (2:00) - Starting A Brand After Medical Bankruptcy And Surgeries   (5:20) - Maintaining A Positive Mindset Through Hardship   (7:30) - Jared Loses All Feeling In His Legs At 29 And Gets Emergency Surgery   (11:30) - Using Pain As A Catalyst For Change   (13:00) - Finding Ryan Daniel Moran & The Capitalism Community   (17:00) - Getting Started In Retail Arbitrage   (21:00) - Early Success And Shipping Challenges   (25:00) - Building A Team To Help Fulfill Orders   (30:10) - Building A Brand For Dog Lovers And Exiting For $4 Million   (34:30) - Overcoming Excuses & The Fear Of Success   (38:30) - Taking Radical Responsibility Over Your Life   (44:10) - Jared's New Book - "I'll Be Happy When"   (47:40) - Living A New Life After The $4M Exit   (54:30) - Finding Work Life Balance & Happiness   (1:01:30) - Ryan's Conclusion And Takeaways

Ecommerce has changed a ton over the last 12 to 24 months and because of those changes there are new profitable opportunities that are available to anyone who wants to build a million dollar business.   Within The One Percent community Ryan is seeing results faster than ever as people run out inventory in new brands that are just getting started.   In this podcast Ryan shares the top marketing tactics that are currently working today to bring in profits.   To join us at the next CapCon visit:   http://www.Capitalism.com/CapCon   To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at:   http://www.Capitalism.com/Million   Timestamps   (0:00) - How Ecommerce Has Changed Recently   (0:30) - Ecommerce Case Studies   (1:30) - New Opportunities In Ecommerce   (4:50) - Important Changes To Amazon   (7:20) - How To Use TikTok Ads With Ecommerce Brands   (8:45) - Whitelisting Influencer Audiences   (10:50) - How To Build Email Lists   (13:10) - Combining Ecommerce Strategies Together

You can go from 0 to $10 million and have an 8-figure exit in a period of 5 years IF you know the timeline and if you follow the plan.   Ryan has helped countless entrepreneurs go from 0 to $1M in 12 months, but after having had his own 8-figure exit he is now sharing the $10M playbook which has it's own set of rules and challenges.   With this podcast you will know exactly what you need to think about and focus on in every year and stage of your business to create your own 8-figure exit that will give you financial freedom for life.   To join us at the next CapCon visit:   http://www.Capitalism.com/CapCon   To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at:   http://www.Capitalism.com/Million   Timestamps   (0:30) - The Timeline To An 8-Figure Exit   (1:30) - Year 1 - Focusing On 1 Person And 1 Sales Channel   (3:00) - Launching 4 Products On Amazon To Build A Brand   (4:00) - Year 2 - Creating A Moat Around Your Business   (7:40) - Year 3 - How To Scale Beyond $2M   (10:20) - Financing And Inventory Strategies   (13:20) - Year 4 - Solidifying Operations To Prepare For An Exit   (15:20) - Hiring, Partnership Strategies, And The Owner Mentality   (17:00) - Year 5 - Delegating Decisions To The Team And Preparing To Sell   (20:00) - Closing Thoughts & Takeaways

Codie Sanchez is the business woman that entrepreneurs go to when they want to acquire $1M in profit without building a business.   Her expertise lies in buying often overlooked "boring businesses" that generate cashflow and can scale to massive revenue numbers.   Ryan has mastered the playbook of building million dollar businesses but he is also surrounding himself with experts who deeply understand acquisition, meaning investing in or buying other businesses.   In this episode Ryan breaks down Codie's talk from the last Capitalism Conference to really analyze her wealth building strategies.   To join us at the next CapCon visit:   http://www.Capitalism.com/CapCon To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at:   http://www.Capitalism.com/Million   Timestamps:   0:00 - Ryan Moran Introduces Codie Sanchez   2:40 - Codie Sanchez On Buying Businesses   5:30 - Leveraged Buyouts - How To Acquire Without Using Your Own Money   7:20 - Adding $1M In Profit Through Platform Acquisition   12:30 - Seller Financing Explained   19:00 - The Capitalism Fund - Ryan Explains The Portfolio Growth Strategy   20:40 - Thoughts On Recession Buying   23:30 - Business Buying Opportunities In 2023/2024   24:30 - The Get Rich Tripod: Cash, Experience, Financing   31:00 - Why Codie Spends So Much Time Creating Content   32:30 - Surrounding Yourself With Experts   34:20 - Scaling Through Acquisition   35:30 - The Next Capitalism Conference

Noah Kagan runs an $80M revenue per year e-commerce company AppSumo (valued at over $270M), has 1 million subscribers on his YouTube channel AND has more free time than most entrepreneurs.   In this interview Ryan asks him how he accomplishes really big things while also living a great life and how he gets some of the best advice from different industry leaders without having to break the bank and hire extremely expensive team members.   Noah shares his strategy to building his massive company and how he accomplishes massive goals, all while working only 5 hours per day.   To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at:   http://www.Capitalism.com/Million   Timestamps:   0:38 - Ryan Introduces Noah Kagan   1:20 - Interview With Noah Kagan Begins   1:40 - Building AppSumo Up For 5 Years Before Taking Profits   4:00 - Keeping Life Expenses Low   6:00 - Ryan First Meets Noah At An Ayahuasca Retreat In Guatemala   17:30 - Confidence Vs. Courage, Embracing Discomfort For Success   18:50 - How AppSumo Really Hit It's Stride - Up To $80M/Year   25:00 - Building The AppSumo Team And Hiring   28:25 - How Noah Creates Work/Life Balance   31:00 - Noah's 2 Strategies For Accomplishing Big Goals   35:00 - How Noah Creates Effective Viral Content As A Pro   40:00 - YouTube Growth Strategies   46:00 - What Noah Has Learned Asking Rich People How They Made Their Money   49:00 - Going For The "Easy Yes" And Business Networking   54:00 - Stacking The Deck For Success & Noah's Book "Million Dollar Weekend"   1:02:00 - Ryan's Outro And Takeaways

Lauren Tickner has consistently profited over $100k/mo for over 3 years now using only organic social media.   She has done it without becoming an influencer, but by building business systems on the back of her social media following.   Ryan is taking her format to develop content systems that will apply to e-commerce brands to generate leads without a massive following.   Whether you are pushing to get your first 100 sales per day or you are pushing for 8 or 9-figures, this is one you won't want to miss to change the way you think about converting leads into buying customers.   To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at:   http://www.Capitalism.com/Million   Timestamps:   0:00 - About Lauren / How Lauren Got Started On Social Media   2:35 - Organic Growth / Gaining Authority   10:25 – What Is Your Audience Made Of   15:43 – Breaking Down The Top / Middle / Bottom Funnels   21:15 – The Traffic Triangle   27:25 – Using Middle And Bottom Funnels To Create Hitlists   32:10 – Following All Your Leads   40:37 - Adapting The Same Process For Smaller Operations   47:07 – Automating Sales   54:35 – Don’t Systemize Before You Have Value

Ryan first met Kyle Carnohan when decided to invest in himself by joining the Capitalism Incubator. He could barely afford it with his income as a firefighter but he knew he wanted more out of life.   Today he lives with his family in a 10,000 sq ft mansion that costs $25,000/mo and he decided to host the Capitalist Pigs group at the most recent meet up.   So what changed? He decided to embrace discomfort, tap into his purpose, and live a big life on a different level.   In this podcast Kyle & Ryan talk about how to channel your passion into sales and how to set and achieve big goals in business and in life.   If you want to join us at the next Capitalist Pigs meetup, you can learn more at   https://Capitalism.com/Pigs   To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at:   http://www.Capitalism.com/Million   Timestamps:   (0:30) - Ryan Introduction   (2:08) - Kyle Carnohan Interview Begins   (2:30) - Getting Started In The Capitalism Incubator   (5:30) - Finding The Discipline To Build A Big Business   (9:50) - The Importance Of Community & Mentors   (11:20) - Paying For A $25,000/Mo Mansion In San Diego   (15:40) - Family, God, And Business   (22:40) - Leaving Firefighting To Start A Business   (27:20) - Handling Anxiety & Depression   (31:00) - Creating Leads With A Small Following   (32:40) - Ryan Takeaways & Conclusion

Annie Vonheim is the founder of Smart Pressed Juice, which she started by selling at farmers markets in 2018.   Annie's passion for nutrition and helping people become healthier has led to massive success selling her juices. In this episode, we go through how Annie thinks about building her company, what she wishes she would've done differently, and how you can use purpose in your business to create the outcomes you want.   If you want to join us at the next Capitalist Pigs meetup, you can check it out at   https://www.Capitalism.com/PIGS   To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at:   http://www.Capitalism.com/Million   Timestamps:   (0:00) - How Annie Got Started   (10:30) - Shopify vs Amazon   (14:00) - Having A Successful Launch   (18:30) - Navigating Hard Times   (22:00) - Figuring Out Your Real Ratios   (24:30) - Loving The Mission   (27:00) - Starting With Your Purpose, Not Money   (33:00) - The Capitalist Pigs Experience

Max got started making $5,000/day selling microscopes online, and his parents didn't even know he was doing it.   In this episode he shares all of the different failures he has had since then before building and selling a multi-million dollar brand all before he was 22 years old.   He has a process for testing product ideas and once you hear how he thinks about spending a few hundred bucks for market validation that can tell you if there is potential to make millions, it could change everything.   He also shares what he is doing next for another business that he is expecting to be much, much bigger...   To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at:   http://www.Capitalism.com/Million   Timestamps   (0:00) - Ryan Intro   (1:05) - Interview With Max Begins    (1:40) - How Max Found His First Niche Market    (3:50) - Losing $2,000 At 19 - First Business Failure   (7:10) - Choosing A Lucrative Market To Sell Products To    (11:40) - The Tipping Point To Bring In More Sales    (15:50) - Scarcity Vs. Abundance Mindset    (22:30) - How Max Tests Products & Concepts With Less Than $500    (31:20) - Finding "Home Run" Products    (39:10) - Using Overseas Talent In The Philippines    (49:50) - Final Thoughts On Testing Product Ideas   (55:50) - Ryan Outro And Conclusion

Ryan gets his best business ideas when he is spending time around other people having fun.   Everything starts to feel easy and flow because when your cup is full there is not so much resistance.   In this podcast Ryan shares how his thoughts have evolved around work/life balance, burnout, networking, and creating energy to grow businesses.   If you have ever wanted less struggle and more ease in your business, this is a podcast you won't want to miss.   To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at:   http://www.Capitalism.com/Million   Timestamps   (0:00) - How To Get Great Business Ideas (1:10) - Changing The Business Mastermind Structure (3:00) - The Problem With Staying In The Grind  (4:30) - Changing Your Habits And Priorities  (5:30) - How The Capitalism Conference Is Changing  (6:40) - Activities That Charge You Up vs. Drain You  (7:30) - Entrepreneurship Is Really About Energy Management (9:30) - The ROI Of Not Working (12:00) - When You Realize Your Body Is Driving The Car  (12:30) - Habits That Create Consistent Action

A few years ago Joshua was making just about minimum wage. Fast forward a few years later and he is making a few million dollars per year.   So what happened in those years? He learned to sell stuff online.   In this episode we break down his strategies for selling over 8-figures in products and where the best opportunities are right now for building a brand.   To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at:   http://www.Capitalism.com/Million   Timestamps   (0:00) - Episode Teaser (1:05) - Ryan Episode Introduction  (3:20) - Josh Crisp Interview Begins (3:40) - From Working Minimum Wage To Building A Business (6:30) - Researching Opportunities In Amazon  (9:55) - Ryan's Thoughts On Branding  (11:55) - Starting Multiple Brands After Initial Success  (16:50) - PPC Ads, Shopify & Influencer Marketing  (21:00) - What Josh Is Doing Differently Building Audiences  (25:30) - Understanding Customer Retention And Churn  (30:20) - Using Lead Magnets Off Amazon (37:50) - How Josh Built His Personal Brand  (43:00) - TikTok, Community Building & SEO (49:12) - Ryan Conclusions And Outro

JP Newman completely started over at 35 and moved into a shabby rent-controlled apartment in Santa Monica at $400/month.   Today he has done over $1.5 billion in commercial real estate deals and runs Thrive FP, a real estate agency based in Austin, TX.   So what happened? In this podcast Ryan interviews JP around how finding his purpose, his big "Why" has been a guiding star in all of his success.   No matter where you are at in your own entrepreneurial journey, you will get there faster if you have a bigger purpose beyond the goals than just making money.   Beyond the tactics and formulas for business building, this episode will help you define what you want on the other side of achieving your goals so you can find clarity and dream bigger.   To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at: http://www.Capitalism.com/Million   Timestamps (0:00) - Episode Teaser (0:50) - Ryan Episode Introduction (3:00) - Interview With JP Newman Begins (5:00) - How Entrepreneurs Can Discover Their "Why" (9:30) - An Exercise For Visualizing Success (15:15) - Rewriting Negative Money Beliefs (20:45) - How Your Energy Creates Your Life (26:30) - Setting Bigger Goals And Creating A Vivid Vision (37:00) - What JP Would Tell His Younger 35 Year Old Self (42:00) - Results & Status Vs. True Desire Goals (46:30) - The New Goals Of Thrive FP (51:20) - Freedom To Vs. Freedom From (54:20) - Ryan Outro & Takeaways

You don't need to wait 20 or 30 years to get financial freedom from retirement or a pension plan. Today in 3-5 years you can grow and sell a business that will set you up for life. But while entrepreneurs are great at making money, they aren't always great at growing it exponentially over decades.   That's where Sam Prentice comes in. Sam talks about achieving Security, Liquidity, and Cashflow in what he calls a "wealth pyramid" by using smart strategies that will keep your money safe while funding your lifestyle.   If Ryan had known what they share in this podcast while he was building his business he says he would have paid way less in taxes, had a way more secure future, and he would have had way passive income from the way he invested after selling his brand. No matter where you are at in your journey, this is one you won't want to miss!   To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at: http://www.Capitalism.com/Million   Timestamps (0:00) - Intro  (0:40) - Ryan Introduction  (3:20) - Ryan interviews Sam Prentice (5:00) - How Sam & Ryan Became Business Partners (6:45) - The Main Challenge Entrepreneurs Have Investing  (8:20) - The Wealth Pyramid Explained (14:50) - How To Grow Wealth And Stay Liquid (16:50) - Why Liquidity Is So Important (21:15) - Cashflow Explained  (28:10) - The Psychology Of Wealth And Cashflow  (36:10) - When To Diversify vs. When To Concentrate  (41:15) - The Capitalism Fund Explained  (49:50) - Example: How To Invest After A $2M Exit 

Rob Oliver had a $30 million exit at just 26 years old, but Ryan met him when he was his Amazon vendor broker when he was just 23.   After starting his own business The Genius Brand he went to 8-figure in just 3 years and in this interview he shares how he was able to scale the brand so quickly.   Ryan & Rob share their brand building strategies and how to position yourself for a big exit.   To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at: http://www.Capitalism.com/Million     Timestamps (0:00) - Intro (1:35) - Ryan interviews Rob Oliver (2:00) - Rob Meets Ryan Working On Sheer Strength (3:40) - The Beginning Of The Genius Brand (5:30) - Rob's Perspective On Amazon (13:00) - Finding The Right Business Partner (19:15) - How Amazon Has Changed Since 2016 (26:00) - The Secret Of Brand Evaluations (27:10) - Why Rob Oliver Started Making Social Media Content (33:15) - Rob's Perspective On Wealth Today (41:30) - Post-Exit Depression And The Search For Meaning (47:30) - Advice For People Getting Started Today (52:50) - Ryan's Conclusion And Takeaways

Adam Hendle joins the Ryan to break down how he founded an 8-figure brand with a surprisingly tiny team, before successfully exiting in just 3 years.   He did all this while working a full-time job, while raising a family, and putting his spare time into the company.   In this podcast he shares with Ryan what it actually took to build and sell Ballsy, the men's hygiene brand, and everything he has learned along the way.   Today he is working on a new laundry brand SLAY which is bringing the same sense of fun to a whole new space.   To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at:   http://www.Capitalism.com/Million     Timestamps (0:00) - Intro (1:15) - Ryan Introduces Adam Hendle (3:00) - Interview Begins (3:20) - The Origin Story Of Ballsy In 2017 (7:10) - How Adam Found A Specific Audience To Serve  (11:15) - Creating A "Love It" Or "Hate It" Brand  (18:50) - Leaving A Comfortable Job At Google To Go All In  (26:00) - The Hard Times And Struggles Of Scales  (30:50) - Creating A Content Strategy That Sells (35:00) - After The Sale: Financial Freedom & Purpose  (41:00) - The Next Business Venture - SLAY (45:20) - Takeaways From Ryan

Let's just say you had... NO money. How would you make $1 million starting from this low point?   In this podcast Ryan shares three strategies and his overall business philosophy you can use to build a million dollar brand, starting from the ground floor.   The key thing in all business is to provide more value for others and care about your potential customers and inevitably this value you create for others can turn into a highly valuable company.   To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at:   http://www.Capitalism.com/Million   Timestamps   (0:00) - Intro   (0:30) - Change The Money Story You Tell Yourself   (1:40) - Money Energy Exchange   (4:00) - Attracting Capital & Raising Money   (6:00) - Lessons From Alex Hormozi And His Book Launch   (10:10) - Case Study Example - How Jake Cares About His Buyers   (11:50) - Prototypes And Creating Interest   (12:40) - Big Picture Summary

Ryan was invited to give a keynote talk at this year's Freedom Fest, the ultimate summit for liberty - politically, financially, and creatively.   It was an opportunity to talk to this libertarian crowd about how selling stuff that people need is the ultimate way to lead by example and create change in the world.   In a world of fierce debate, fantasized policy reform, and extreme division, Ryan walked the audience through his playbook to build a million dollar brand and find liberty through entrepreneurship.   To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at:   http://www.Capitalism.com/Million   Timestamps   (0:00) - Intro   (1:05) - Freedom Fest Keynote 2023   (2:55) - Creating Change - Philosophy vs. Participation   (5:15) - Evidence Of Opportunities For Entrepreneurs   (6:40) - Case Study: The Example Of Jeremy's Razors   (10:00) - Case Study: Drs. Travis & Jenna Zigler (Eye Love)   (15:10) - Why You Should Sell Stuff To Get Rich   (17:20) - The Formula & Math To Create A Million Dollar Business

In this update with Sam Prentice from The Capitalism Fund, we hear how the brand investments have been going and what kind of entrepreneurs Ryan is investing in.   There have already been some amazing results, but to hit the goal of creating $100M in value the fund will have to keep investing in brand builders who have potential to scale.   It's been 3 years since the fund was created and there have been many lessons learned about what is working and what went wrong with the brands that haven't worked out. In this podcast you'll learn the strategies that make eCommerce companies 10x, the pitfalls you can avoid, and how to gear your brand to attract potential investors.   To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at: http://www.Capitalism.com/Million   Timestamps: (0:00) - Intro - The next few years may be tough   (1:35) - How Rob Dyrdek Builds His Wealth Investing In Brands   (6:20) - The 3 Things Sam & Ryan Look For Before Investing   (11:30) - The Brand Exciting Ryan The Most Right Now   (19:45) - How Brand "Roll Ups" Work   (29:45) - How The Fund Found Its Investing Thesis   (38:30) - Why Brands Have Modest Growth But Don't 4X or 10X   (43:00) - How The eCommerce Space Is Changing

Entrepreneurs are used to getting quick wins and losses but true wealth is built slowly, over decades.   Once we except that we can look at investing through a different mindset and plan differently for our future.   Even hitting long-term goals as big as a $100 million net worth are possible with the right strategies.   In this podcast Ryan shares how if you save consistently for over 30 years, these big numbers can really come within reach.   To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at: http://www.Capitalism.com/Million   Timestamps:   (0:00) - Intro   (1:20) -Wise Words From Warren Buffett   (4:45) - Fast Cash vs. Wealth   (8:00) - The Biggest Mistake Entrepreneurs Make   (11:20) - Inflation & Cost Of Goods   (16:30) - The Tax Strategies Of The Ultra Wealthy

Since publishing 12 Months To $1 Million 3 years ago a lot has changed in the market.   When it comes to building eCommerce brands you can sell for over $1 million, the basic audience building strategy with a focus on "The Grind" in the beginning is just as important as ever.   But in this podcast Ryan shares all of the updates he would make if the book were to come out today in 2023.   To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at:   http://www.Capitalism.com/Million   Timestamps:   (0:00) - Intro    (3:10) - How Amazon's Algorithm Has Shifted   (6:15) - How The Market Has Compressed   (9:35) - How Influencer Marketing Has Affected eCommerce   (11:55) - Why You Should Still Expect 12 Months To Get To $1M

In this crossover episode of Investing On Purpose, JP Newman and Ryan give an economic update and share what they believe is coming over the next few years in the economy.    Ryan believes the worst of the recession is behind us, while JP thinks we might have a ways to go.   Either way, now may be the best time to invest in assets and your own business growth to create an abundant future.   To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at: http://www.Capitalism.com/Million     Timestamps: (0:00) - Intro - The next few years may be tough   (1:45) - Is the recession over?   (3:15) - JP’s prediction over the next 18 months   (6:15) - We aren’t at the bottom yet   (10:15) - Changing your approach to investing   (13:15) - This is the accumulation period   (15:15) - AI and how it could shift the market   (17:15) - A vision for a new future 

You may know Rob Dyrdek from TV (Ridiculousness, Rob & Big) or as a professional skateboarder, but you may not know about his entrepreneurial background. Today he hosts the popular podcast Build With Rob Dyrdek where he shares his playbook for building amazing companies while building an amazing life.   Not only has he started and acquired companies, but his primary focus right now is helping early-stage entrepreneurs get clear in their vision, launch, and scale!   In this conversation Rob talks about the kinds of brands that attract him, how he manages his time, and the relentless defense of his own wellbeing and mental health.   Want the playbook to get to over 100 sales per day and build a million dollar business? Learn more at: www.Capitalism.com/Playbook

If you are anything like most entrepreneurs, your focus is divided on so many different ideas and projects that it becomes hard to know where to put your attention. In this podcast Ryan reflects on his own challenges to find The One Thing that will make everything else easier or unnecessary. So often business owners lose energy by getting distracted from the shiny objects and new business strategies but once you start to really focus on less, focusing on the things that truly make more money, everything starts to really take off.   To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at: http://www.Capitalism.com/Million

Kyle went through the Incubator while working full-time as a fireman. He told me (later) that he worked 18 overtimes to pay for that program. He had five kids and a full-time job, and he was barely making ends meet at the time. Kyle's focus took his business in directions that he did not expect. The short story is this: After about 18 months of building, Kyle now has a business that is selling over $200,000 per month. The decided to join us in The One Percent for a live community call to share his story and answer questions after creating so much success.   To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at: http://www.Capitalism.com/Million

Entrepreneurs thrive off of a perceived sense of momentum.   That’s why Ryan created this process he walks the community through called “Success Stacking”   It involves looking back at your recent past and small wins to carry that momentum with you forward into the present.   This exercise only takes 5 minutes and any business owner should feel renewed and motivated after going through it.   To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at: http://www.Capitalism.com/Million

This week in Capitalism we are talking about all the big headlines in business, politics, and culture and how they actually relate to you.   As a political junkie I'm often asked why any of this stuff matters. Stories about Target and Bud Light seem trivial but there are marketing lessons we can all learn here as entrepreneurs.   In this episode I talk about why you should care about what is happening with our economy, current events, and how it all affects you as an entrepreneur.   To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at: http://www.Capitalism.com/Million

Ryan is back from Gary Vaynerchuk’s 2023 conference VeeCon and learned a lot about community building, events, and entrepreneurship.   There was a lot of talk about NFTs, Web3, and Crypto but perhaps the most interesting thing to watch was how Gary has built his loyal following.   Whether your business is in eCommerce or something else entirely, these are big business lessons from one of the best you won’t want to miss.   To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at: http://www.Capitalism.com/Million  

The 6th Capitalism Conference has come to an end but the Capitalism community is stronger than ever!   In this podcast Ryan shares the highlights and takeaways from this massive event and teases some of the upcoming talks you will be able to hear on the podcast.   If you were there this episode can serve as your field notes to remember some of the highlights, and if you weren’t you’ll hear about some of the gems and best ideas from the event.   To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at:   http://www.Capitalism.com/Million  

The reality is that we are already in an economic downtown.   So in this solocast I share my own story of going to college for economics, what I’ve learned from the ups and downs in the economy over my career, and what this cycle means for you and your business.   There will be amazing opportunities for entrepreneurs over the next year or two if we play it smart and keep a cool head through it all.   To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at: http://www.Capitalism.com/Million

Feeling frustrated, anxious, and even overwhelmed by the challenge of nailing down your WHO and how you'll serve them?   That’s exactly why we’ve asked Joe and Kyle, co-founders of Legendary Men's Care, to join us LIVE in The One Percent.   In this podcast these two co-founders share their journey with Ryan and talk about how their vision has helped guide them as they launched their first products, and ​​how their cheeky branding has helped them stand out while having fun serving their people.   From $30k/month to $100k/month it seems like the duo has finally hit their “hockey stick” growth moment!   To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at: http://www.Capitalism.com/Million  

In this episode serial entrepreneur and investor JP Newman and Ryan talk about the intention and purpose behind planning CapCon 6 - the sixth Capitalism Conference event that Ryan has put together.   Ultimately it comes down to creating a space for people who want to create freedom and abundance to come together in community.   Community can supercharge business growth for any entrepreneur, since your network can be a huge part of your success.   To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at: http://www.Capitalism.com/Million   To hear more from JP Newman & Ryan subscribe to their new show at: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/investing-on-purpose-with-jp-newman-and-ryan-daniel-moran/id1617163709 or https://open.spotify.com/show/0MSz6OVpUpb1CA02TkX8Mq?si=38da9580d1e24cc4  

Internet entrepreneurs often put all of their focus on marketing and Amazon tactics, but the best marketing is a good product!   In this podcast Ryan tells you how to choose the perfect profitable products for you and how you can identify an audience you want to serve.   Whether you already have a thriving business and you’re stuck thinking about the next product launch, or you are just getting started this part of the ongoing Road To $1 Million series will help you gain clarity on selling the right products.   To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at: http://www.Capitalism.com/Million  

Building a successful business is no guarantee to financial freedom.   That is because most entrepreneurs haven’t trained themselves and learned how to save and invest.   This new mini-series is about building a million dollar net worth but too often business owners focus on the “build a business” part and step the “invest the profits” part.   They are two entirely different strategies that require different mindsets.   In this podcast Ryan shares his thoughts about how the profits from your growing brand can fund wealth that compounds over time.   To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at: http://www.Capitalism.com/Million  

This new mini-series is about building a million dollar net worth.   The best way to do that is to build a brand that is generating a million dollars a year in sales and to either exit that business or start investing.   Ryan Moran wants to help create 1 million millionaires through this playbook he outlined in his best-selling book “12 Months To 1 Million”   To learn more about creating your own path to $1 million sign up for our FREE 30 day mini series at: www.Capitalism.com/Million

Building an engaged audience can feel like you’re shouting into the void… at least, at first.   That’s exactly why Ryan asked husband and wife team Ryan & Tristina Timm to join us LIVE inside The One Percent community.   The Timms will share exactly how they built their incredibly loyal fan base, and how that helped them scale Miss Mary’s Mixes to become a million-dollar brand.   Plus, they'll share how they used that audience to generate pre-sales to fund their inventory!   If you want to join the 5 Day Challenge and start your road to $1M, go to https://Capitalism.com/Road   If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

After selling his fitness supplement brand for 8-figures and buying back the business from the private equity company that ran it into the ground… Ryan hasn’t been super eager to talk publicly about the process of building it back up. In this podcast he talks with his new business partner Tomer Hen about the challenges they have before them to make Sheer Strength into a different kind of brand, by targeting a new audience. If you want to join the 5 Day Challenge and start your road to $1M, go to https://Capitalism.com/Road This year The Capitalism Conference is coming again in April of 2023. To learn more visit: http://www.Capitalism.com/CapCon6 If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode  

”Confirmation Bias” a phenomenon where we see what we believe. If we believe something, we tend to go out and find more evidence to support it. We like we think that we are logical but the truth is we are very emotional creatures who justify our emotions with logic. In this podcast Ryan discusses how to move beyond our own biases to see opportunities as entrepreneurs that almost everyone else will overlook. Need a mental boost? To try some today visit: https://switchsupplements.com This year The Capitalism Conference is coming again in April of 2023. To learn more visit: http://www.Capitalism.com/CapCon6 If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

There is no replacement for authenticity and interaction with the people who buy your stuff. In this episode with my business partner Tomer Hen, we talk about what it takes to build a company to the million dollar mark and beyond. Switch is an exciting nootropic brand project and we're working hard to bring it to more people. Need a mental boost? To try some today visit: https://switchsupplements.com This year The Capitalism Conference is coming again in April of 2023. To learn more visit: http://www.Capitalism.com/CapCon6 If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

The best investments entrepreneurs can make is always into themselves and their own businesses. In this podcast Ryan examines how our beliefs become our reality, and how if we choose to believe in ourselves, the best return on investment will always be investing our education, skills, and long-term business goals. This year The Capitalism Conference is coming again in April of 2023. To learn more visit: http://www.Capitalism.com/CapCon6 If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode      

In this episode, Ryan Daniel Moran and JP Newman sit down with Professor Jeremy Suri to discuss how we as a nation might get out of the political divide and turmoil that we have seen over the last few years. They discuss history, favorite presidents, and navigating conflict by focusing on values, not issues. Jeremi Suri holds the Mack Brown Distinguished Chair for Leadership in Global Affairs at The University of Texas at Austin. He is a professor in the University's Department of History and the LBJ School of Public Affairs. Dr. Suri is the author and editor of eleven books on contemporary politics and foreign policy, most recently Civil War By Other Means: America's Long and Unfinished Fight for Democracy. His research and teaching have received numerous prizes. Smithsonian magazine named him one of America's "Top Young Innovators" in the arts and sciences. In 2018 he received the Pro Bene Meritis Award for Contributions to the Liberal Arts. In the same year also received the President’s Associates Teaching Excellence Award from the University of Texas at Austin. This year The Capitalism Conference is coming again in April of 2023. To learn more visit: http://www.Capitalism.com/CapCon6 If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

If there were just two activities I could do in business, they would be make content and making products. This fulfills the two functions of business: Get leads, and sell things to those leads. If you focus on getting leads and nurturing those leads, you will be successful given enough time. If you want help and want to become one of my leads, join my list at https://capitalism.com/million If you want to join the 5 Day Challenge and start your road to $1M, go to https://Capitalism.com/Road This year The Capitalism Conference is coming again in April of 2023. To learn more visit: http://www.Capitalism.com/CapCon6 If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

Today Ryan is leaking a training from one of the most popular series from insides the paid Capitalism.com community. This is one of the most popular series that members have said actually gave them the confidence to believe that they could build a million dollar business in 2023. The “5 Days To 7 Figures Challenge” invites entrepreneurs to map out their million dollar plan. We come up with the products you are going to sell, the ideal audience that will pay the most for those products, and a solid launch plan that is all but guaranteed to come out of the gate swinging with sales! This year The Capitalism Conference is coming again in April of 2023. To learn more visit: http://www.Capitalism.com/CapCon6 If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

Ruth Soukup built her multi-million dollar blog up from scratch and along the way she realized that the same skills she used in her early days would serve her well when she applied them to a bigger vision. Host of the Do It Scared with Ruth Soukup podcast, she shares with Ryan in this call how she was able to face her fears and work towards building a bigger company. Ruth also answers questions from The One Percent community, Ryan’s group of business builders and investors to think about how they can take their own skills and apply them in a way that creates exponential growth. This year The Capitalism Conference is coming again in April of 2023. To learn more visit: http://www.Capitalism.com/CapCon6 If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

Ryan gave this keynote speech to a room full of highly successful entrepreneurs to be met with a long standing ovation. These 7, 8, and 9-figure entrepreneurs had a mindset shift that they hadn’t quite heard before. Ryan talked about how focusing on growing your net worth by thinking about “enterprise value” and equity instead of short-term cash flow strategies you can level up much faster in business. Regardless of if you are just starting out on your journey as an entrepreneur or if you are already far along, this podcast will help you get to where you are going much faster. This year The Capitalism Conference is coming again in April of 2023. To learn more visit: http://www.Capitalism.com/CapCon6 If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

Stephen launched a brand but has not been getting the initial sales he was hoping for. With this lack of momentum, he now comes to Ryan to ask, "how do I pivot this into something more in alignment with my values and what excites me?" In this crossover podcast from Ryan’s other Capitalism.com show The Road To $1 Million he explains how Stephen can shift from feeling like he has done something wrong here, to a positive mindset where he realizes all of the things he has working in his favor… if he can just successfully pivot the brand in a new direction. Subscribe to The Road To $1 Million here: https://podcasts.apple.com/in/podcast/the-road-to-%241-million/id1567954727 or https://open.spotify.com/show/5jlTB4VzNlJdypChwVw1XW?si=f1867b8d449943b8 This year The Capitalism Conference is coming again in April of 2023. To learn more visit: http://www.Capitalism.com/CapCon6

Ryan has been selling an NFT that isn’t about the art or wild speculation or hype… it is really a community and a mastermind group. The NFT serves as a token that grants you access to the community and it is a token you can always sell to anyone else whenever you’d like. After taking inspiration from Gary Vaynerchuk, Ryan realized that this new asset class can serve many purposes that others haven’t considered and in this podcast he explains what the Capitalist Pig project is all about. To learn more visit: www.Capitalism.com/PIGS This year The Capitalism Conference is coming again in April of 2023. To learn more visit: http://www.Capitalism.com/CapCon6

Whether you’re a 6, 7, or 8-figure entrepreneur, or even if you are just getting started… there is this one thing keeping most business owners stuck. No one wants to master the basics!! In this podcast Ryan talks about what this means practically, and what you can do to roll up your sleeves and do the very basic work which will actually grow your business. This year The Capitalism Conference is coming again in April of 2023. To learn more visit: http://www.Capitalism.com/CapCon6

In 2006 Ryan saw a man walk onto a stage and give a talk where he said boldly that his dream was to BUY the New York Jets football team. Of course that resonated with him because Ryan has always wanted to buy the Cleveland Indians (now Guardians) since he was a kid. The first time these two met was when Ryan booked him to speak at his first ever live event that is now called The Capitalism Conference. In this podcast Ryan shares some of the best moments from that event and what we can learn from Gary’s ability to think really big when it comes to business. This year The Capitalism Conference is coming again in April of 2023. To learn more visit: http://www.Capitalism.com/CapCon6

So much of success in business comes down to audience building. Not just any audience, but a specific audience who is actually interested in what you are up to and will buy what you are selling. In this podcast Ryan revisits one of his favorite topics to talk specifically about what you can do to build an audience of buyers in 2023. This year The Capitalism Conference is coming again in April of 2023. To learn more visit: http://www.Capitalism.com/CapCon6

Do you ever feel like your past mistakes are weighing you down? Like bricks in a bag that you have accumulated over time, they can all start to feel heavy. In this podcast Ryan shares some regrets and failures that have been weighing heavy on him lately. He shares how the process of forgiveness is so important for entrepreneurs if they want to keep moving forward. This year The Capitalism Conference is coming again in April of 2023. To learn more visit: www.Capitalism.com/CapCon6

In this episode Ryan shares 9 1/2 ways to make $100 million. Some of these are directly tied to his own life and projects but most of these anyone can copy and get started on today to start working towards their own 9-figure net worth. Whether you take any of the ideas and run with them yourself or not, these ideas should inspire you to start thinking differently about building long-term wealth. This year The Capitalism Conference is coming again in April of 2023. To learn more visit: www.Capitalism.com/CapCon6

In this episode JP Newman and Ryan talk about what direction to take your life when you have so many options in front of you. When JP was 35, he pivoted from a career in TV production to getting started in real estate. He had to move back into his childhood bedroom, live with his parents and start all over… Now that Ryan is 35 he wonders what the next chapter of life will look like and how to move forward in alignment with his purpose. To subscribe to this new show visit: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/investing-on-purpose-with-jp-newman-and-ryan-daniel-moran/id1617163709 or https://open.spotify.com/show/0MSz6OVpUpb1CA02TkX8Mq?si=38da9580d1e24cc4 This year The Capitalism Conference is coming again in April of 2023. To learn more visit: www.Capitalism.com/CapCon6

Everyone wants to get rich fast but no one wants to be disciplined enough to get really rich, really slow. In this podcast Ryan walks through some numbers outlining the magic of compound interest! Through steady, safe investments over years and decades you can create tremendous generational wealth. But in order to save so consistently over the years, you'll have to have a clear vision of the big numbers you could be seeing in your bank account tens of years from now.

People are STILL talking about the keynote that Miki Agrawal gave on our stage in September of 2021 at the last Capitalism Conference. Ryan invited her to talk about how she has had MULTIPLE 8 and 9-figure brands that she has built up through disruption and creativity - she loves to challenge the status quo and use innovation to create new products. In this podcast Ryan breaks down what we can take away from this keynote and what you can start applying to your own career as an entrepreneur. This year The Capitalism Conference is coming again in April of 2023. To learn more visit: www.Capitalism.com/CapCon6

In 2017 Ryan sold a company called Sheer Strength Labs at a valuation of $15 million to a private equity group. The shame is, it has since been run into the ground but this allowed Ryan to buy the company back in 2022 for pennies on the dollar. In this podcast he shares his strategy to turn the company around and make it into another 8-figure exit. This year The Capitalism Conference is coming again in April of 2023. To learn more visit: www.Capitalism.com/CapCon6 If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

Peter Diamandis runs several of the most forward-looking innovative companies in the world. When he was invited to speak at a Capitalism.com event, he spoke from stage about the role of entrepreneurs in the world, the future as he sees it, the way technology and innovation happens and where it’s taking us, what the role of government is, artificial intelligence, and tons more. In this podcast Ryan breaks down his best clips and shares his insights about why Peter Diamandis has been able to make such a massive impact in the world through a mindset of abundance and staying optimistic about the future. This year The Capitalism Conference is coming again in April of 2023. To learn more visit: www.Capitalism.com/CapCon6 If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

The first step to becoming a millionaire is building a business and the second part is investing the profits - which is what this podcast will focus on as Ryan shares his strategy over the coming years. We are entering into a new period in the economy in which many entrepreneurs have never had success before, but with the right playbook a potential upcoming recession may actually be the best time to grow your net worth. This year The Capitalism Conference is coming again in April of 2023. To learn more visit: www.Capitalism.com/CapCon6 If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

Moiz Ali founded Native Deodorant about 2 years before selling the company to Procter & Gamble for $100 Million. How does that happen? How is there still so much money to be made in deodorant, and how can YOU sell products people will pay a premium for and get on the shelves of some of the biggest retailer brands in the world? In this podcast Ryan reviews Moiz’s talk from The Capitalism Conference to figure out how he would do things differently and scale a massive business if he were starting all over today. This year The Capitalism Conference is coming again in April of 2023. To learn more visit: www.Capitalism.com/CapCon6 If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

David Osborn is one of the largest real estate investors in the United-States and runs the largest Keller-Williams franchise in the world. But It did not happen overnight. In this podcast Ryan breaks down his Capitalism Conference talk where David explains how he was able to reach his goals through intentional living and thinking big. David shares how his mentors and mindset shaped his success and ultimately led him to a $100 million net worth, and a very happy family life outside of business - something we can all strive for. This year The Capitalism Conference is coming again in April of 2023. To learn more visit: www.Capitalism.com/CapCon6 If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

I am going back into the supplement space and currently running 2 supplements brands and several people have asked me, aren't you worried about these saturated markets? Isn't it too competitive? Well, the reason I never worry too much about so-called "saturated markets" is because there is a difference between selling a "me-too" commodity product versus building a brand directed to a specific customer. In this podcast I talked about how you can distinguish between a product that will be in a race-to-the-bottom when it comes to pricing, and creating products that people will pay a premium for as you build a real community around them. If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

Sam Parr was the CEO behind The Hustle, the world's biggest newsletter with over 1.5 million subscribers, known for their bold business and tech news. That is, until Hubspot acquired the company for millions of dollars. Sam has a knack for entering into crowded spaces and coming out on top. Today is new podcast My First Million is at the top of the charts. In this podcast Ryan reviews his talk from The Capitalism Conference where he shared his story of building The Hustle and what he looks for in opportunities that have tremendous potential for growth. This year The Capitalism Conference is coming again in April of 2023. To learn more visit: www.Capitalism.com/CapCon6 If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

How can you increase the value of a company you own and drastically change your net worth? It all comes back to relationships. In this podcast Ryan follows up from his previous episode, "Understanding The 3 Types Of Money - The Key To True Wealth" to give an example of "enterprise value" - the value of a company you own. Ryan recently increased his own net worth by increasing the value of one of his companies not being increasing the cashflow, or launching new products, but by leveraging strategic relationships. If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode  

In this podcast Ryan shares the story of how he met Gary Vaynerchuk, almost got into a fight with Grant Cardone, was asked by a billionaire to advise HIM, and almost went bankrupt in the entire process. After growing his first million dollar business he wasn't sure how he would grow it to 10 or even 100 million in revenue and it occurred to him that he would have to learn from the best, to figure out how to get in front of entrepreneurs who had already achieved these massive wins before. That is how The Capitalism Conference was born! Ryan decided to take his returned earnings from his supplement company to spend that money on the speaking fees of business owners who inspired him the most, or who he saw tremendous potential in. The real fast lane to financial freedom and massive growth is simply figuring out how to get in touch with, and learn from, those who have already made the mistakes you can avoid. This year The Capitalism Conference is coming again in April of 2023. To learn more visit: www.Capitalism.com/CapCon6 If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode  

How do you think people actually get rich? Like really, really rich? It isn't from generating a few more thousand dollars a month in cash flow. In this podcast Ryan talks about the difference between enterprise value, or equity in businesses, versus making cash and taking profits from a business. Understanding these 3 kinds of money is the key to becoming truly wealthy. If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

The #mindset series is wrapping up and Ryan has some thoughts to share about the commonalities of these highly successful entrepreneurs. While the business owners we interviewed on mindset come from different industries and have very different products and services they all had one thing in common - it was their mindset that lead to their success. In this podcast Ryan shares the major takeaways you can apply to take your life and business to the next level. If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

This episode is a tribute to Dave Woodward who sadly passed away from a long battle with cancer earlier this week. Dave was the CEO of ClickFunnels and he was a friend of Capitalism.com He featured Ryan on his podcast several times and they had a great relationship with a lot of mutual respect. In this podcast they talk about bootstrapping versus raising money to grow business and other exciting topics in the business world. We decided to share this episode to honor Dave’s legacy and give a heartfelt thanks to the good folks at ClickFunnels for choosing such a kind leader who put other people first. We hope that the ripple effects that he created continue on throughout our community and throughout the world. He will be missed.

Not only is there a coming recession around the corner, it is becoming clear that we are already in one. What does this mean for your business? In this podcast Ryan shares some opportunities for growth that we can reflect on as the nature of business is changing. Understanding these changes in 2023 could make all the difference when it comes to achieving financial freedom next year. If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

When you think about meteoric growth, getting incredibly fast results, Leila Hormozi certainly comes to mind. Just a few years ago she was working full-time and now she is running a portfolio of brands that do $100M per year at Acquisition.com In this podcast Ryan Daniel Moran asks Leila about the strategy she is following to grow her business, how she manages her mindset, and the biggest shifts that took her from building a small business to having one of the most respected portfolios in the industry. If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

100 sales per day is about enough to make $100k per month in top line revenue. And this number is important because it is a big goal post to having a business that you can sell. It takes getting to about $100k a month to be able to support your lifestyle and be able to achieve financial freedom, whether you sell or not. In this podcast Ryan shares the 3 step plan that can get you there as fast as humanly possible so you can get in the Freedom Fast Lane. If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

In this podcast Ryan shares FIVE business ideas that could make you a million dollars in 2023. He's helped hundreds of people build 7-figure businesses by building online brands and after analyzing the state of the economy these 5 ideas all have the potential to create multi-million dollars businesses in the coming year. If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

The fast lane to financial freedom is to build a business and invest the profits... but what if you don't want to start a business or you are just not ready yet? In this podcast Ryan shares some income producing and investing strategies that can make you a millionaire while working a conventional job, freelancing, and/or picking up side hustles. It's not really about how much money you make... it is all about how much you keep and how you can get your money to work for you and grow while you sleep! If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

Brooke Castillo believes that the biggest thing holding entrepreneurs back from getting rich is changing their mindset. A few years ago Brooke was a low 6-figure coach who has since exponentially grown her business to the $50M point it is at today and is set on building a $100 million dollar business. In this episode Ryan Daniel Moran looks back on some of his favorite Brooke interviews, and breaks down what we can take away from the best insights that have come up in their conversations over the years. If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

Ryan read Garrain Jones' book Change Your Mindset, Change Your Life in just 2 days. After being blown away by the contents of his book, he invited Garrain to talk with him at the first ever #CapitalistPigs mastermind meet up in Austin, TX. This could be one of the most impactful podcasts you'll ever hear when it comes to changing your mindset. Garrain shares his story of living out of his car with over $300k in debt and spending 2 1/2 years in a French prison for selling drugs... and how he bounced back from that rock bottom to become a millionaire entrepreneur. Today he works with entrepreneurs on how to change their thinking so they can live abundant lives full of joy. If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

This is a keynote from the first Capitalist Pigs event in Austin TX. 

I talked about the future of community and entrepreneurship and what we're doing to get ahead of the trend. 
I discussed what everyone has wrong about NFTs and what we are doing differently in this grand experiment by using the NFT structure to create a collaborative community where everyone is incentivized to help each other. Check out more about the pigs at Capitalism.com/PIG If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode  

Christopher M. Duncan helps entrepreneurs build businesses that give them freedom so they can do what matters most. He does this by harness the power of the Superconscious. Now what does that mean, exactly? It all comes down to shifting beliefs that are not serving us. Chris helps business owners recode their brain by following processes he's created to remove inner blocks and stuck emotions. Ryan interviews him in this podcast to get to the bottom of these processes and how we can get out of our own way to think bigger and tap into our true potential. If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

Stacey Boehman has sold everything from $19.99 cleaning products in Walmart to a $36,000 coaching package for entrepreneurs. Today she helps entrepreneurs make more money and she's learned that your conviction and belief in yourself is ultimately more important than the offer itself or the price point. At the end of the day, selling all comes down to your mindset. In this podcast from our #MindsetSeries Ryan asks her about what entrepreneurs of all kinds can do to practice this habit of conviction and shift their beliefs so that anything can become possible. If you know how to sell, you will never stop making money. If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

Trevor G. Blake was not an entrepreneur until he was in his mid-40s and today he has sold multiple businesses to the tune of over $300 million dollars. And he’s done this without ever having a single employee! Blake is also the author of Three Simple Steps, the book I recommend most in 2020. In this interview he talks about the mindset and laws of energy needed to create success in your life and blends the spiritual with the extremely practical. He says that he never works more than 5 hours a day and this principle of working less has been crucial to creating so much abundance in his life. This is a conversation from the #MindsetSeries that you won't want to miss. If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

Everyone says we are heading towards a recession. Surprisingly, many are also going into defensive mode right now as well when they could be thinking about investing, business growth, and starting new ventures. Yes, we may be headed into a market correction soon, but we could be looking at the best time ever to acquire assets at a discounted price. In this podcast Ryan shares his thoughts on where the market is heading, reflecting on Warren Buffett's famous quote: "Be fearful when others are greedy, and greedy when others are fearful." If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode  

When Miki Agrawal spoke at our last event, The Capitalism Conference, everyone was talking about her keynote. After writing her book Disrupt-Her she has distilled her business lessons down into 3 important questions that create $100M brands. As the founder of Tushy, Thinx & Wild she has devoted her life as a socially conscious entrepreneur to creating innovative solutions and she has built MULTIPLE 9-figure businesses. What is truly unique about Miki is not just her business success, but how she has been able to build brands in a way that is really fun and also truly authentic to how she truly is. In this episode Ryan and JP Newman sit down with her to talk about how to build from this mindset of creativity without compromising on your values. If you found value in this episode, subscribe to the Investing On Purpose podcast at https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/investing-on-purpose-with-jp-newman-and-ryan-daniel-moran/id1617163709 or https://open.spotify.com/show/0MSz6OVpUpb1CA02TkX8Mq?si=38da9580d1e24cc4 Email your questions to [email protected]! *None of the information presented in this podcast is investment advice and is for entertainment purposes only*

I turned 35 this week. And it feels like the entry point of the 2nd Act in a Three-Part Act that is our lives. In many ways this is just the beginning of the next chapter. This milestone got me to thinking about the things I wish I could have told myself 10 years ago, if only I would have listened. This podcast goes out to all the 20 something entrepreneurs out there who want more and would be open to a few pieces of life advice. If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

This episode is part 1 of our upcoming mindset series. Ryan has decided to pursue the goal of having a $100 million net worth within the next 7 years. After going through Brooke Castillo's class in which she challenged Ryan to train his mindset to accomplish things he never could have previously imagined as possible, this seemed like the next logical step in his career. Once we set these big goals for ourselves our brain can be primed to really think about what we need to do, who we need to become, and who we need to surround ourselves with in order to achieve those things. After listening to a podcast like this the only question is, what will your big goals be and how can you get there? If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

Right now there is a lot of fear in the media and in the entrepreneurial community. Whether it comes from a "doomer optimism" mindset, the mainstream media, or conspirituality influencers, this fear has many business owners playing defensively and afraid to invest, think about growth, and think long-term. In this podcast Ryan shares his own personal beliefs around how these fears of an upcoming economic, and societal global collapse can keep us stuck. Only once we tune out of a lot of the fear-based messages out there and embrace change, can we cast a vision for our businesses and our own lives from a true place of excitement. If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

What does it take to take a new brand with 1 or 2 products and turn it into a whole multi-million dollar product line? In this case, it was just a simple shift in perspective - who the target market is and how to communicate with them. In this short crash course, Ryan talks with entrepreneur Humza Islam about how he can take this brush for people who wants to get away from chemicals in shampoos and think of the brand as something much bigger. If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

This podcast covers a really important topic, the uncertain economy we are currently living through and more importantly, how you can prosper and make record profits. Warren Buffett once said that it is wise for investors to be “fearful when others are greedy, and greedy when others are fearful.” And right now a lot of people are getting fearful! Cryptocurrencies, real estate, small business loans... it almost feels like nothing is safe right now but with the right mindset and the right strategies the next few years might be the time that changes everything for your financial future. If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

In this rebroadcast from 2021 Ryan interviews Alex Hormozi, the author of $100M Offers: How To Make Offers So Good People Feel Stupid Saying No Alex went from sleeping on the floors of his gym to building a $30M/yr business in just three years… without taking on any outside investments. What’s more… His business has helped more than 40 of his clients become millionaires. Alex recently wrote a book that Ryan considers to be the best business book he’s ever read. Listen in on their conversation to hear more about the strategies Alex teaches, follows, and outlines in his book... and how you can implement them in your business right now. If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

This week we are sharing part of a Q&A call from The One Percent with Ryan and Gabe Klingman.

 Gabe and Stan Way have just recently released a brand new course titled
Scale To Sell: The Ultimate Guide To Preparing Your Business For An 8-Figure Exit.

 So if you’re still not in The One Percent and hopping on these community calls, if you’d like to go through our courses like Gabe’s new Scale To Sell course, if you’d like to have some of your own questions answered LIVE on our next Capitalism Community Coffee call: Apply to The One Percent @ www.Capitalism.com/1 If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

These are 3 ideas that you can steal that I've used to make over $1M each. All of them still work today. The only problem is that I am working on building towards a $100M net worth so I really can't spend the same time I used to pursuing these business strategies. They do take time. But if you are on the way to your first million, please feel free to steal any of these ideas. If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

Judson switched careers, followed the Capitalism.com plan, built an 8 figure business and developed a really close friendship with Ryan. Judson used to mostly work in the film industry as an actor and director and had never even heard of a "physical product" brand until he came across Ryan's work. A couple of years later he has sold his eCommerce brand for a huge payday and in this conversation he shares everything he has learned along the way. If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

In this episode Ryan asks JP what he looks for when investing in a new city and tries to convince JP to invest in his hometown of Cleveland, Ohio. JP outlines the exact process he uses when evaluating new real estate markets. If you found value in this episode, subscribe to the Investing On Purpose with JP Newman and Ryan Daniel Moran podcast at https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/investing-on-purpose-with-jp-newman-and-ryan-daniel-moran/id1617163709 or https://open.spotify.com/show/0MSz6OVpUpb1CA02TkX8Mq?si=38da9580d1e24cc4 Email your questions to [email protected]! *None of the information presented in this podcast is investment advice and is for entertainment purposes only.*

If you can get 4 products to 25 sales per day at a $30 price point that is a million dollar business. And in this podcast you'll learn from Ryan how to get to 100 sales a day, not just in theory, but how he is actually personally doing this right now with the brand he has taken back over that he sold in 2017. In this episode we share a portion of a coaching call within The One Percent. The main key for how Ryan is going to resurrect this brand comes back to focusing on "The Who" - the target customers and actual people who will be buying from this brand. If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

This episode is a full masterclass in making $1 million in 12 months or less. Ryan is chatting with an influencer you may know by the name of Captain Sinbad, who makes popular personal development and comedy videos. He recently set out on a journey to make a million in a year or less, and since Ryan's whole book and brand is centered around "12 Months To $1 Million" he reached out to see if he could consult on how one might take a following like this and actually monetize it. In this podcast they break down how to build and audience and sell things to them in a way that doesn't feel unethical or icky. By the end of this consultation they outline the entire process to launch a whole new business and make a million dollars in twelve months. If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

Having rich thoughts is what really creates a rich reality. This is a money mindset podcast all about how ideas become real and how we can have better ideas to find more success. In this short episode Ryan explains how you can improve your thinking, question your assumptions about life, and figure out what you really want in business to be more successful. If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

Ryan is about to close on buying BACK his 8-figure exit. In 2013 Ryan started a company, his first physical products company, to sell supplements to people trying to put on muscle. 

He started the company with $600 and Ryan and his business partner Matthew had dreams of scaling it to 100 sales per day and and building a million dollar brand.

 The company went on to do far more than 100 sales per day and was acquired for an 8-figures by a private equity company.

 Now Ryan reveals the strategies he'll use to reconfigure the brand and rebuild the company back to it's former glory and beyond. If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

Some of Ryan's followers have been following his content for years, waiting on the sidelines for the right time or the right idea to get into the game. One of those followers is a woman named Jules who has actively been engaged with Ryan's work but never joined the community or put herself in a position to be coached... until now! Jules joined The One Percent and attended a coaching call where Ryan helped her lay out a very clear plan to start her Road To $1 Million. If you've been on the sidelines too, take your inspiration from this call and you'll leave with the same amount of clarity Jules had after this discussion. If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

Welcome to Day 1 of a new journey.
 This is the journey to a $100 million net worth. 

Ryan has just recently acquired his old company Sheer Strength and he has entered a new season where he will be documenting the journey of building up various companies in this new ongoing series.

 Ryan sold this company back in 2017 for a healthy 8-figure exit but now after reacquiring the business, he’ll be scaling it back up and sharing his other business ventures on the road to $100M. If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

Ryan recently had a 6-figure launch on a brand new product you may have heard of - his first NFT project! Using this tiny email list there are many lessons that are super applicable to entrepreneurs who are building business and don't have massive followings. In this podcast Ryan breaks down how you can follow his strategies and apply them to selling anything, whether it is physical products or info products. This talk comes from a community call in The One Percent, where Ryan shares everything he has learned about creating interest and building trust with small groups to create successful launches! If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

In this follow-up to our June 29th podcast "Advice For Struggling Entrepreneurs", Ryan shares more stories and perspectives on getting past mental hurdles that hold us all back as entrepreneurs. The truth is, most entrepreneurs deal with feelings of loneliness and doubt. In this podcast Ryan talks about how to tackle these challenges and do our best work in business to create change in the world. If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

How much do you need to earn to live the life you want? As entrepreneurs so often we chase freedom and work ourselves to death waiting for a payoff to come later. This is my keynote from The Capitalism Conference 2019. My first keynote ever at my own event. In this presentation I wanted to communicate my own path in the empire I am building with Capitalism.com. I wanted to communicate this idea that freedom IS the doing of what you really want. Today. And ironically, when we are in alignment with our purpose and zone of genius, the money just comes easily. If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

Did you know that the more successful you become the fewer friends you may report having? The secret no one talks about in entrepreneurship is that many of us feel alone. In this podcast Ryan talks about how to tackle these feelings of loneliness and find happiness while being a great entrepreneur. If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode  

How do you still get great returns in a recession, and where are the opportunities moving forward? That's what Ryan and JP discuss in this episode. Follow us on Instagram and YouTube at Investing On Purpose Podcast! Email your questions to [email protected]! *None of the information presented in this podcast is investment advice and is for entertainment purposes only.* To subscribe to this new show visit: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/investing-on-purpose-with-jp-newman-and-ryan-daniel-moran/id1617163709 or https://open.spotify.com/show/0MSz6OVpUpb1CA02TkX8Mq?si=38da9580d1e24cc4 If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

I am scared sh*tless today. I threw up seven times this morning because I am so anxious. Seven. Times. The negative thoughts in my head are big and loud and preventing me from getting good work done today. Why? Because I'm right at the edge of my comfort zone. And the negative thoughts in my head are winning. You see, I'm working on projects that feel "big" to me. For example... 1. I'm buying back my old company with the intention of making it an 8-Figure business again. 2. I'm leading an NFT group that is chocked full of unbelievable rockstars. 3. Capitalism.com is growing, and I am starting to invest in more of my students. I'm excited about ALL of these projects, but they feel right on the edge of my comfort zone. Each of them force me to grow and expand. Some days, I feel completely and totally confident. I KNOW these are going to be amazing. But on other days (like today) it feels bigger than I can handle. Not because they are "big projects," but because I doubt my own abilities. As entrepreneurs we all have our ups and downs and I hope you'll see how to work navigate through these feelings from listening to this podcast. But if we keep going through it, then we will become the person capable of leading these projects that will change the world. ...and that is the game. If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

This recession is going to be the best opportunity ever to grab an extra 0 to your net worth. Many fortunes will be made but many will be lost as well. Recessions are when real entrepreneurs are made. This upcoming recession could be an opportunity for people to dramatically increase their wealth. In this podcast Ryan takes everything he knows about succeeding during recessions and includes his predictions for this upcoming one into a 1 hour masterclass. If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

For a long time Ryan has been in his head trying to figure out how to become a centi-millionaire, having a net worth of $100m. But the truth is, plotting on how to make a bunch of money isn't really that exciting. Trying to figure out goals to help people and make the world a better place, and making a bunch of money as a result of that... that's how it really gets done. This podcast will help you set your own big goals and get past the resistance that comes up and keeps us thinking small. If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

Over the last 2 years Jeff Lerner has been everywhere. Big podcasts, YouTube videos, social media... but this "overnight success" has been at it for a long time. Today Jeff Lerner is running a $50 million business and is a leading authority in the business education space. He is striving to be the 1st billionaire founder who can deadlift 3x his bodyweight and performs at Carnegie Hall. We'll see how long it takes to get there. In the meantime, Ryan brought him on the podcast to share just what he has been doing to be so successful. If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch my FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

Have you wanted success for a really long time? Do you feel like you just haven't had your big win yet? In this podcast Ryan gives some advice for struggling entrepreneurs who feel stuck. He shares a few stories that will give you perspective to move forward and take imperfect action that will move you towards the right direction. If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

Evan Van Auken was making $23/hr as a full-time firefighter, frustrated that it felt like a dead end job. Today, he runs a 7-figure business AND he has an audience with over 1 million followers... so what the heck happened? In this interview Ryan asks him about how he got started from the ground floor and what he has learned along the way. Make sure to listen to the end to hear about Evan's experiences in the Capitalism Incubator. Learn more @ Capitalism.com/Inc If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch my FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

The country is currently in a recession, but I’ll explain why now is the best time for you to become an entrepreneur and make millions of dollars. By the end of this podcast, you’ll understand how to use the current economic climate, to change your financial future for the better! If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch my FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

Joe Duff is a healthy food fitness influencer with a ton of followers. 500k YouTube subscribers and over 400k Instagram followers! So when he reached out to Ryan for some advice he had to get on the phone to do a 1 hour consult - he already has a loyal following, but how could he build a million dollar brand around this? Of course, if you aren't an influencer yourself, everything in this podcast applies to how you can use anyone else's audience, list, or following to turn this traffic into some real sales. If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

In this episode JP Newman and Ryan talk about starting over in their 30s and what it took to reach success in a new field. When he was 35, JP pivoted from a career in Television Production at Sony to Real Estate Investing, working for two years out of his childhood bedroom.  After 10 years, he achieved financial freedom and now lives the life he always dreamed of. JP discusses the importance of celebrating small and big wins, and building your conviction muscle. As Ryan approaches 35 years old, he asks JP for his perspective on change and reinventing yourself. To subscribe to this new show visit: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/investing-on-purpose-with-jp-newman-and-ryan-daniel-moran/id1617163709 or https://open.spotify.com/show/0MSz6OVpUpb1CA02TkX8Mq?si=38da9580d1e24cc4  

In 2013 Ryan started a company, his first physical products company, to sell supplements to people trying to put on muscle. 

He started the company with $600 and Ryan and his business partner Matthew had dreams of scaling it to 100 sales per day and and building a million dollar brand.

 The company went on to do far more than 100 sales per day and was acquired for an 8-figures by a private equity company.

 But Ryan always felt like knowing what he does now he could have continued growing the business to an even greater scale. 

This is the story of Ryan trying to buy back the business he sold years ago. If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

3 years ago Gabe Klingman was making $18k per year working at Starbucks, trying to support himself and his girlfriend. Now he has had 2 successful exits, one for a 7-figure brand where he was the operator, and one of those businesses was drowning in half a million dollars in debt before he came on and helped turn the company around. Gabe focuses on two things - getting really great product reviews, and doing profitable product launches. This is a very tactical conversation about strategies that just work. Strategies that work well now and will work for every niche, no matter what you are selling! If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

Right now audiences are being built on TikTok faster than we have EVER seen before. Ryan brought on 3 entrepreneurs to this podcast who have built successful followings and launched products to them using the platform. Most importantly, they discussed how to do this in a way that feels effortless, in a way that doesn't feel like a constant grind. None of these guys felt like they had to dance or strain themselves to come up with content and yet they all built profitable audiences that allowed them to create full-time businesses - and 1 of them built their audience in only 3 months. This stuff works.

Most entrepreneurs don't want to hear this. And most listeners will not take this advice. Because most business owners are operating from a position of trying to make money because they don't have enough, rather than creating something they know will impact somebody else. In this podcast I share the mindset that will lead to the actions and tactics to create a $10k launch from day one with a new product.

Just 6 months ago Leah made an appearance on our podcast show The Road To $1 Million titled: Leah Asks, “I Know My Customer - Now, How Do I Get To The Million?" Listen & subscribe HERE https://podcasts.apple.com/in/podcast/leah-pitches-im-seeking-$250k-for-5-of-my-brand-for/id1567954727?i=1000555439048 Today she has crossed over that big million dollar mark and she shares in this podcast how she was able to focus on customers and building a real brand instead of just selling products. Leah went from thinking of this brand as a side hustle building a great business that makes life easier for and empowers parents to be their best selves. If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

What if you could utilize free traffic to have a really successful product launch? In part 1 of this 2-part series Ryan explains exactly how you can start bringing in sales on day 1 and start moving towards building a million dollar brand.  There are several members of The One Percent who are using this exact strategy right now to have great launches straight out of the gate!

The "Ancient Strength" founder Mark Cuda is back on the show to talk with Ryan about his big product launch and everything he's learned after jumping out the gate with $25k in sales. The months of work Mark did to build influencer relationships, drum up hype for the protein powder, and bring in pre-orders has finally paid off but now there is one little problem. How can he maintain this trajectory of sales and build a million dollar business? Ryan talks him through the steps he'll need to take to go from great launch to great brand. If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

Damien started off as a young 20 year student in the Capitalism Incubator without knowing quite what he wanted to do, he just wanted to become an entrepreneur. Today he has built the foundation for what will obviously become a 7-figure business. He launched a healthy cookie brand called Effin' Good Snacks and he followed Ryan's playbook by documenting the start of this brand and growing a loyal audience so that on day ONE he would have tons of sales lined up. On this call from The One Percent, Damien shared everything he's learned from this process and what is coming next. If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

In this episode, JP and Ryan talk Decentralized Autonomous Organizations and how they might alter the business landscape. A DAO is a new way to structure business through collaboration and tokenization. It differs from traditional corporate structure by not having traditional heirarchies, executives, or leadership. Instead, the entire community comes together and votes on the actions taken by the organization. How will this work in a traditionally capitalistic society? That's what JP and Ryan explore in today's episode. To subscribe to this new show visit: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/investing-on-purpose-with-jp-newman-and-ryan-daniel-moran/id1617163709 or https://open.spotify.com/show/0MSz6OVpUpb1CA02TkX8Mq?si=38da9580d1e24cc4

Moiz Ali is best known for growing a $500 investment into a $100 million empire as the founder of Native Deodorant. Today, Moiz is an investor and advisor to a portfolio of ecommerce brands. At The Capitalism Conference, Moiz spoke with Ryan fireside chat style and did a Q&A with some audience members attending. Moiz’s sweet spot is in identifying great opportunities, scaling via Shopify and cold advertising, and making strategic relationships. By listening to this talk, you may just find the big business breakthrough that you've been seeking. If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

NFTs are a new technology that will change the way we do business. In this episode JP Newman and Ryan break down how NFTs might be used for business in the future and how they are thinking about this emerging technology in this own businesses. To hear more conversations with JP & Ryan like subscribe to this new separate show "Investing On Purpose with JP Newman and Ryan Daniel Moran" wherever you listen to podcasts. To subscribe to this new show visit: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/investing-on-purpose-with-jp-newman-and-ryan-daniel-moran/id1617163709 or https://open.spotify.com/show/0MSz6OVpUpb1CA02TkX8Mq?si=38da9580d1e24cc4

After years of burnout as an entrepreneur Ryan is finally taking a month off. And if you follow his work closely, you may not have even noticed. That's because planning for this hiatus required putting the systems in place and delegating others to schedule emails, content, and everything necessary to keep the businesses running. It is possible to get even more done by scheduling these kind of sabbaticals in work and by listening to this podcast you'll see how you too can create time and space for yourself and come back recharged with fresh ideas. If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

If you mixed Brian Lee and Gary Vaynerchuk together, what you’d get is who Ryan wants to be when he grows up. Don’t miss this game changing interview with Brian Lee from The Capitalism Conference, the incredibly humble man behind 3 different billion dollar companies. How does he identify opportunities and build exciting companies? Tune in for an in-depth talk about his philosophy for bringing together people, products and capital. If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

Derek Halpern used to have arguably THE biggest internet marketing and business podcast in the world. And at the peak of it all, he just stopped making content and walked away. He walked away from it all to start a physical products brand, and he did that because he saw that it had massive exit potential. He wanted to build a brand he could sell. After taking a break from public speaking on stages Derek came back to speak at the most recent Capitalism Conference event. In this talk he shares how entrepreneurs can use psychology and social triggers to sell to just about anyone. If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

Ryan is partnering with his mentor and dear friend on a new project - "Investing On Purpose with JP Newman and Ryan Daniel Moran" In this episode, JP interviews Ryan about his journey as an Entrepreneur, the incoming capital revolution, and innovations happening in the world of NFTs and Defi. The Investing on Purpose podcast is all about how to make your money matter. Join JP and Ryan every week as they break down emerging trends, interview the worlds best business leaders and entrepreneurs, and talk about their journeys in finance, business, and life. To subscribe to this new show visit: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/investing-on-purpose-with-jp-newman-and-ryan-daniel-moran/id1617163709 or https://open.spotify.com/show/0MSz6OVpUpb1CA02TkX8Mq?si=38da9580d1e24cc4

Most entrepreneurs believe that they need a massive following to build a successful business. But in this podcast Ryan shows you how you can build a million dollar business with just a small audience of 5,000 people. To join The One Percent, our community that helps capitalists build million dollar businesses and learn to growth their wealth visit: https://www.capitalism.com/the-one-percent/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

Alicia started following Ryan's brand building content years ago and after following the playbook she has now built a multi-million dollar brand selling water bottles. She came by The One Percent community to talk specifically about she has used Facebook groups to build an audience of loyal buyers and took questions from members about how they can think about growing their own audiences and get their sales up. If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

Ryan is partnering with his mentor and dear friend on a new project - "Investing On Purpose with JP Newman and Ryan Daniel Moran" This NEW podcast is all about how to make your money matter.  In this episode, Ryan and JP cover how Capitalism creates an abundant world and how entrepreneurs can take advantage of emerging technologies and new business strategies.  Enjoy this introductory episode of Investing on Purpose and to subscribe to the new show visit: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/investing-on-purpose-with-jp-newman-and-ryan-daniel-moran/id1617163709 or https://open.spotify.com/show/0MSz6OVpUpb1CA02TkX8Mq?si=38da9580d1e24cc4  

When you start focusing on building towards a vision, instead of just making short-term money, you end up making a lot more money. This is something Joe LoGalbo shared in his recent community call with The One Percent. Joe came from the direct response marketing world but after taking the brand building lessons from the Capitalism community to hear, he is casting a real vision for something bigger. Not too long ago Joe felt like he was really struggling, so his ability to build a multi-7 figure business seemingly overnight is an inspiration to entrepreneurs everywhere. If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

In this interview rebroadcast interview I talk with Ajit Nawalkha, cofounder of MindValley and Evercoach. In this conversation we talk about how entrepreneurs can take their purpose, passion, and practicality into account to live big in all areas of life. He shares his story of growing up with nothing and going from an intern to becoming an abundantly successful entrepreneur and searching for meaning through it all. If you like this interview, take the next step and get Ajit's book Live Big: The Entrepreneur's Guide To Passion, Practicality, and Purpose... and maybe leave a review on Amazon while you're at it. If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

Zach Obront is now fully immersed in Web3 projects - everything from crypto to decentralized finance, to NFTs. In this conversation I ask him about how this space is going to affect businesses, including eCommerce businesses. I believe that we are on the verge of some big changes when it comes to how we raise money, build community, and create wealth. Also, I'm creating an NFT for investors called the Capitalist Pigs and I am SO excited about it. It will be launching in May 2022 - if you want to get on the waitlist you can at Capitalism.com/pig If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

I'm creating an NFT for investors called the Capitalist Pigs and I am SO excited about it. It will be launching in May - if you want to get on the waitlist you can at Capitalism.com/pig

Shannon Klingman grew Lume Deodorant into a 9-figure brand in under 5 years and she did it without raising capital, without any prior experience as an entrepreneur, and she did it starting in her late 40s. Which should crush all of your excuses for why you can't do it too! In this interview she talks about how to build a business from a mindset of freedom. After she was turned down by investors, companies, banks, and an appearance on Shark Tank she decided to do things on her own, with the freedom to build the brand the way she really wanted to. This conversation will inspire you to see what is possible with hard work and a commitment to tap into your full potential. To learn more about the 5 Days To 7 Figures Challenge visit: www.Capitalism.com/5 If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

Ryan is chatting with his longest standing mentor this week, Travis Sago. In this coffee chat with the amazing marketer and copywriter, Travis shares how we can find joy & peace in this crazy world. He talks about the importance of staying focused as an entrepreneur and being able to quiet the noise and find meaning in a time when many people are going through existential struggles. If you're ready to build a 7-figure business you can sell that doesn't eat up all of your time, watch Ryan's FREE 4-part video series - The Perfect Business https://www.capitalism.com/perfect/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

This week we are sharing a talk from the most recent Capitalism Conference with Kettle & Fire Co-Founder Nick Mares. If you're a health nut you probably know this brand. They made bone broth BIG with a great product, timing, and marketing. One of the mistakes Nick shares in this talk, is that he wishes he knew how to navigate the growth stage and scale properly with capital. Now Nick has gone on to start a company that solves this problem. Upside Financing provides financing options for eCommerce brands so that other entrepreneurs can avoid some of the roadblocks Kettle & Fire went through as they were scaling. In this episode you'll learn all about product/market fit and if you'd like to learn more about finding your perfect product join The One Percent to gain access to our new class called The Perfect Product Formula. To join The One Percent, our community that helps capitalists build million dollar businesses and learn to growth their wealth visit: https://www.capitalism.com/the-one-percent/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

One of our favorite brand builders, the serial entrepreneur Garret Akerson is back on the show. Garret spoke at one of our Capitalism live events and you can find him on a previous podcast titled "How I Went From 0 To 1 Million Per Month Selling On Shopify" all about how he scaled his eCommerce business without having to touch Amazon. But this time, after his recent healthy 8-figure exit Ryan wanted to ask him about what is really lighting him up right now - DAOs! A DAO is a Decentralized autonomous organization - this is an organizaztion that uses blockchain technology to provide a secure digital ledger in a transparent way. Garret Akerson is using this organizational structure at ClimateActionDAO.xyz to launch a constellation of 20 satellites to calculate the Earth's Radiation Imbalance (ERI), and become the oracle of climate data on-chain. Their aim is to tilt the climate back in favor of human life prior to reaching the point of no return. And if you're suspicious of all the hype right now around Web3 and you know DAO becoming like a buzzword right now, Garret is right there with you. But in this episode he described how they will *actually* change eCommerce and investing and business moving forward and all the exciting things on the horizon. To join The One Percent, our community that helps capitalists build million dollar businesses and learn to growth their wealth visit: https://www.capitalism.com/the-one-percent/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

Today we are talking about how to choose the perfect product for your business. Jake Lovasz followed the plan laid out in Ryan's book, created a product to solve a small problem in his own life, and thought hard about just who this product was for and how he could best serve them. Now Jake is in The One Percent to share his story of how he scaled this business to his first million dollar year and what he has learned along the way. To learn more about the 5 Days To 7 Figures Challenge visit: www.Capitalism.com/5 To join The One Percent, our community that helps capitalists build million dollar businesses and learn to growth their wealth visit: https://www.capitalism.com/the-one-percent/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

Justin Donald is the author of The Lifestyle Investor and an expert cash flow and passive income for financial freedom. In this interview Ryan asks him about his investing philosophy and how he is able to have SO much free time and live life on his own terms. But Ryan also wanted to ask Justin about how his book became a WSJ #1 bestseller and how he's been able to get his own personal brand to explode out of nowhere over the past year. To join The One Percent, our community that helps capitalists build million dollar businesses and learn to growth their wealth visit: https://www.capitalism.com/the-one-percent/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

In this Empire Report Ryan shares his vision for where he is going and what we are building here at Capitalism.com There has always been the idea to create an "online Shark Tank" where the Capitalism team could invest into entrepreneurs and partner them with audiences, capital, and bring their ideas to life. Today, that community has grown, all the connections entrepreneurs need to build successful multi-million dollar brands are there, and now Ryan is really interested in building longer-term relationships that go to the next level. To learn more about the 5 Days To 7 Figures Challenge visit: www.Capitalism.com/5 To join The One Percent, our community that helps capitalists build million dollar businesses and learn to growth their wealth visit: https://www.capitalism.com/the-one-percent/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

Ryan has just completed something entirely new he's never tried before - teaching 5 days straight in a new challenge called 5 Days To 7 Figures. The idea was to spend 5 days together to build the 7-figure brands of attendees, specifically helping to choose the ideal target audience, product line, and launch plan! Everyone came out with a crystal clear plan to build their business and as an investor, Ryan is hoping to find the next Sara Blakely or Aubrey Marcus or $100M brand to collaborate with. And if you're listening to this podcast, that next world-changing entrepreneur could be you. To learn more about the 5 Days to 7 Figures Challenge visit: www.Capitalism.com/5 To join The One Percent, our community that helps capitalists build million dollar businesses and learn to growth their wealth visit: https://www.capitalism.com/the-one-percent/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

In part 2 of this 2-part podcast Brooke Castillo goes deep with Ryan as they get vulnerable about negative thoughts and inner-dialogue that is holding them back. Founder of The Life Coach School, Brooke is a master of helping entrepreneurs work on their inner game so they can truly operate at their highest level. Brooke invites Ryan and listeners of the show to look at their lives as though it was only a 2 out of 10 and to think about what they would need to change in order to arrive at an 8. Most of us just assume our lives are as good as they are going to get but Brooke says there is so, so much more... To join The One Percent, our community that helps capitalists build million dollar businesses and learn to growth their wealth visit: https://www.capitalism.com/the-one-percent/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

Brooke is a master of helping entrepreneurs rearrange their thoughts so they are in a better position to be successful and accomplish whatever they dream of. In part 1 of this 2-part podcast Brooke goes into how she makes every year the best year of her life, and how you can to. Ryan asks Brooke how we can clear out the negative self-talk in our brains and consistently create new thoughts that bring us success. Be sure to come back next week for part 2. To join The One Percent, our community that helps capitalists build million dollar businesses and learn to growth their wealth visit: https://www.capitalism.com/the-one-percent/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

Chad started at 0 and followed the plan outlined in Ryan's book Zero To $1 Million In 12 Months and joined The One Percent community. He recently had a really great 7-figure exit and he joined Ryan & Justus to discuss all that he's learned. This is a story about how YOU can do this too if you follow the right steps and avoid the common pitfalls too many entrepreneurs can fall into. To join The One Percent, our community that helps capitalists build million dollar businesses and learn to growth their wealth visit: https://www.capitalism.com/the-one-percent/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

Too often as entrepreneurs we sacrifice the best years of our life, imagining we'll be happier on the other end of some big, ambitious goal. But what if we could learn to fall in love with the process? In this solocast Ryan asks, "Is the grind even necessary?" Many of the world's most successful business owners don't feel like they have to "grind" their way to success. Maybe we can enjoy the creation and building process from a place of service and flow... To join The One Percent, our community that helps capitalists build million dollar businesses and learn to growth their wealth visit: https://www.capitalism.com/the-one-percent/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

In this episode Ryan shares his new mission the Capitalism team has taken on - creating 1 million millionaires through the power of entrepreneurship. The first step is deciding WHO your customer is and HOW you will serve them. Building a million dollar business is all about creating the business that helps someone else on their journey. With $1 Trillion in value created for members of The One Percent, we aim to lead by example and show the positive influence of capitalism in the world. To join The One Percent, our community that helps capitalists build million dollar businesses and learn to growth their wealth visit: https://www.capitalism.com/the-one-percent/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

Jacob has a good problem - he's making so many sales that he keeps running out of inventory! So Ryan decided to invest in Jacob's brand through The Capitalism Fund. In this episode you'll hear a kick-off call where they discuss the inner workings of the brand and where Jacob is stuck in order to scale the business. With the capital investment and strategic advice, Ryan truly believes this brand can 10x their revenue over the next year or two. To join The One Percent, our community that helps capitalists build million dollar businesses and learn to growth their wealth visit: https://www.capitalism.com/the-one-percent/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

In this SellerCon 2021 keynote Ryan Daniel Moran shares his UPDATED "Zero To $1 Million On Amazon In 12 Months" talk. The viral 2014 version with over 1.6M views on YouTube went viral and skyrocketed Ryan to success as a brand building expert. It has been 7 years since that famous talk... so here is everything you need to know to be successful on Amazon today!! To join The One Percent, our community that helps capitalists build million dollar businesses and learn to growth their wealth visit: https://www.capitalism.com/the-one-percent/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

AJ Patel has broken many records in the eCommerce space and 2 weeks before this talk from The Capitalism Conference, he exited his largest brand for $610 million. AJ has been a close personal friend to Ryan Daniel Moran for 7 years now and they've grown together and leaders and investors in the business world. In this fireside chat he shares all of the ups and downs he's had in his career to get him to this point of success. To join The One Percent, our community that helps capitalists build million dollar businesses and learn to growth their wealth visit: https://www.capitalism.com/the-one-percent/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

Sam Parr is the CEO behind The Hustle, the world's biggest newsletter with over 1.5 million subscribers, known for their bold business and tech news. Sam has a knack for entering into crowded spaces and coming out on top. Today is new podcast My First Million is at the top of the charts. In this talk from The Capitalism Conference he shares his story of building The Hustle and what he looks for in opportunities that have tremendous potential for growth. To join The One Percent, our community that helps capitalists build million dollar businesses and learn to growth their wealth visit: https://www.capitalism.com/the-one-percent/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

Brooke Castillo is the founder of The Life Coach School, a business already bringing in $50M annually. In her talk at The Capitalism Conference she discuses with Ryan her plans for taking the business to $100M and the mindset necessarily for all entrepreneurs to find success and fulfillment in their work. While many CEOs ask themselves how much they would like to sell for, Brooke asks, "How much money do I want to make per year with a business I love so much that I'd never want to sell?" To join The One Percent, our community that helps capitalists build million dollar businesses and learn to growth their wealth visit: https://www.capitalism.com/the-one-percent/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

Chris Van Loan II (aka C-Money) is the Podcast Manager at Capitalism.com and the host of his own show "Podcast People With Chris Van Loan II" In this interview he asks Ryan about content creation, his vision for the future of Capitalism.com, and why Ryan feels the need to constantly spread messages of optimism and abundance. In this episode you'll get a behind the scenes look at Ryan's view of the state of the world and the state of the empire he has built when the cameras and the microphones are off. Ryan shares how we can all cultivate a mindset of optimism to create success and joy in our own lives. To join The One Percent, our community that helps capitalists build million dollar businesses and learn to growth their wealth visit: https://www.capitalism.com/the-one-percent/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

What if God himself told you that you would win? What if you KNEW for certain that you were on the right track and all of your challenges were temporary obstacles on the way to your success? Ryan Daniel Moran was recently talking with Capitalism Incubator group and asked everyone to consider this hypothetical question. This thought exercise was useful to move a lot of people past the fear that was holding them back from achieving their own greatness. In this episode Ryan talks about how to use questions like this to shift our mindset and find success. To join The One Percent, our community that helps capitalists build million dollar businesses and learn to growth their wealth visit: https://www.capitalism.com/the-one-percent/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

Today we are leaking a call from The One Percent with Leslie, a member who was really debating this question of when to sell, when to exit from her company and move on to the next thing. This is such a common and important question entrepreneurs face we just had to share it this week. Ryan and Justus both coached Leslie with some helpful clarifying advice to help her decide the next move. To join The One Percent, our community that helps capitalists build million dollar businesses and learn to growth their wealth visit: https://www.capitalism.com/the-one-percent/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

Entrepreneurs love to talk about living in a world of abundance but the fact is most of them got into business for scarce reasons. In this talk from The Capitalism Conference, Ryan Daniel Moran's goal was to help the audience rewrite the stories that have been holding them back and share his vision for a prosperous, exciting future that is just ahead of us. The world is changing and there has never been a better time to be a capitalist. To join The One Percent, our community that helps capitalists build million dollar businesses and learn to growth their wealth visit: https://www.capitalism.com/the-one-percent/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

Bill Glaser is a serial entrepreneur with several successful exits. Today he is the co-founder of Outstanding Foods, a healthy snack food company, and he is not shy about his plan to grow this brand beyond $100M. Bill has always had an entrepreneurial spirit his whole life and he shared with The One Percent group everything he has learned over the years. In this episode he explains how companies are always going to have obstacles, challenges and opportunities but how our outlook can keep us on top. To join The One Percent, our community that helps capitalists build million dollar businesses and learn to growth their wealth visit: https://www.capitalism.com/the-one-percent/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

Jason Franciosa is the owner of the wildly successful fitness brand Element.26 that sells functional gear for weightlifters. After scaling the brand to $500k/month in revenue or about $6M per year, he is now a coach within the Capitalism Incubator, helping other entrepreneurs grow and scale their businesses. In this conversation with Ryan they talk about the tactics and mindset necessary to stay at it and focus on building an 8 or 9-figure business you truly love. To join The One Percent, our community that helps capitalists build million dollar businesses and learn to growth their wealth visit: https://www.capitalism.com/the-one-percent/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

There is a lot of economic uncertainty in the air right now and fear of hyperinflation. U.S. Inflation is well over 5% this year and entrepreneurs worry about price distortion and the buying power of their dollar. But hyperinflation is defined as a period of time in which prices have risen by more than 50% per month for several months and we are very far from that. In this podcast Ryan Moran shares his thoughts on what is happening in our economy, what to do about inflation, and seeks out where the opportunities lie in our shifting world. To join The One Percent, our community that helps capitalists build million dollar businesses and learn to growth their wealth visit: https://www.capitalism.com/the-one-percent/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

This week we are going deep down the DeFi crypto rabbithole with Adam Bertram, a 20-year Veteran of IT, a self-described "crypto geek", and consultant. Adam is a developer on and product manager of the KogeCoin / KogeFarm project. But this conversation isn't really about Koge nor is it an endorsement in any way. Instead it is a conversation where entrepreneurs like us can better understand where things in the DeFi space are heading and where the new opportunities may be. To join The One Percent, our community that helps capitalists build million dollar businesses and learn to growth their wealth visit: https://www.capitalism.com/the-one-percent/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

This week we are leaking a talk from the 2021 Capitalism Conference. Drs. Travis & Jenna Zigler were making a healthy income as practicing optometrists, but they felt like something was missing. They decided to go after their entrepreneurial dream. They took on a mission to help 1 billion people all over the world who are functionally blind and all of the people who suffer from dry eyes. Travis & Jenna have been attending our events, and coming to Capitalism.com mastermind groups and workshop events for years now and it’s been amazing to watch their success. In this talk they share everything they’ve learned along the way building up and exiting their brand. To join The One Percent, our community that helps capitalists build million dollar businesses and learn to growth their wealth visit: https://www.capitalism.com/the-one-percent/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

Ryan has been going deep down the DeFi (decentralized finance) rabbithole for a few months now and he's learned a lot. DeFi is the use of cryptocurrencies to provide liquidity to other people and as a result gain passive income. The primary question is this: how is this expansion of the crypto market going to effect business? Ryan is curious about the future of bitcoin and ethereum and where this is all heading but most importantly, in this episode he discusses how DeFi will actually effect business for entrepreneurs. To join The One Percent, our community that helps capitalists build million dollar businesses and learn to growth their wealth visit: https://www.capitalism.com/the-one-percent/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

Ryan has been trading options as his side hustle for years, and he's starting to get a lot better at it thanks to his investing mentor, Ryan Coisson. Coisson opened up his options trading class to our group only (seriously - you can't buy it right now except through The One Percent), and stacked a bunch of bonuses with it for the less than the price of most "courses." But this talk is more than just about trading stocks, it's about finding any and all kinds of different opportunities and learning how to think like an investor - without letting fear and greed control us on our way to building wealth. To join The One Percent, our community that helps capitalists build million dollar businesses and beyond visit: https://www.capitalism.com/the-one-percent/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

“How do you become a pro as an entrepreneur when you are faced with payrolls and chaos and new ideas and content and teams and personalities and all the things that go into making up the life of an entrepreneur? What IS a professional entrepreneur?” In this episode, Ryan brings back one of our most popular guests, elite high-performance coach Todd Herman. Why? Because he had burning questions to ask Todd - questions you may also be wrestling with as a big-thinking entrepreneur.  Especially when you encounter challenges that feel like they could take you down and reduce you to rubble. You’re going to want to give this one your undivided attention. When you do, don’t be surprised if you come away roaring like a lion, reinvigorated and ready to take on the day. To join The One Percent, our community that helps capitalists build million dollar businesses and beyond visit: https://www.capitalism.com/the-one-percent/?utm_source=CapPod&utm_medium=podcast&utm_campaign=episode

Ryan talks with Capitalism.com Product & Community Manager Justus Murimi about race. Justus is a black man, a former pastor, and an Executive Coach for high performance CEO’s and business owners who believes that there is more. To visit sign up for his newsletter visit: Go.JustusMurimi.com

You may know Rob Dyrdek from TV (Ridiculousness, Rob & Big) or as a professional skateboarder, but you may not know about his entrepreneurial background. Not only has he started and acquired companies, but his primary focus right now is helping early-stage entrepreneurs get clear in their vision, launch, and scale! In this conversation Rob talks about the kinds of brands that attract him, how he manages his time, and the relentless defense of his own wellbeing and mental health.

Ryan Moran's economics professor in college, Dr. Tom Lehman, completely changed how he sees saw the world. Ryan began to really understand how supply & demand worked. How incentives can drive our world, for the good or the bad. As we are living through an unprecedented pandemic and The Fed continues to print money to keep the country from falling apart, he reached out to Dr. Lehman to discuss inflation. As the US dollar continues to lose more value, you'll learn what that means for you and your business in this episode.

Michael Dubin sold Dollar Shave Club to Unilever for $1 billion. So Ryan invited Michael to The Capitalism Conference to tell his story about the challenges of scaling after the momentum from their viral video content. Many companies break when they scale too quickly and Dubin's success taught him many lessons about how modern advertising and selling physical products direct to consumer. Come to the next event Sept. 23rd & 24th, 2021 www.Capitalism.com/CapCon5

You may know Cathryn Lavery as the highly successful CEO of Best Self Co. but this week we are talking about decentralized finance or DeFi as it is called. DeFi refers to financial services that operate entirely on blockchain networks, rather than through intermediaries like banks. Cathryn explains the exciting possibilities for entrepreneurs within these emerging technologies. To learn more, visit Cathryn Lavery's site here: www.zerotodefi.co

Alex Hormozi just wrote Ryan's favorite business book of the last decade. It's called $100M Offers: How To Make Offers So Good People Feel Stupid Saying No and you can buy it on Amazon for $1. Alex went from sleeping on the floors of his gym to building a $30M/yr business in just three years… without taking on any outside investments. He recently joined us in The One Percent community Live to take questions from fellow Capitalists.

“Cash is king,” they say. But that’s thinking small.  Sure, cash gives you purchasing power. But when it comes to growing your net worth and creating generational wealth, there are two types of money that are far more effective and efficient.  In this episode, everything you thought you knew about wealth-building may go out the window. But, for those who are well on their way to building a billion dollars in net worth, it will be old news. They’ve already discovered what kind of wealth to optimize for in order to make greater progress, faster.

Some entrepreneurs don't actually care about their businesses. They only care about the cash flow it produces. That’s why they got into it.  Gary Vaynerchuk talked about this and how to balance hustle and lifestyle freedom on our way to achieving "impossible" goals. The best businesses have operators behind the wheel with a true passion for how they can be of service. This week we are sharing the Q&A from Gary Vee's talk with Ryan at The Capitalism Conference. To come to this year's event on Sept. 23rd & 24th in Austin, Tx visit  www.Capitalism.com/CapCon5

Some people take ice cold showers. On purpose. Why? Because among other health benefits, it’s an easy way to modify and optimize the way your body responds to stress.   But as an entrepreneur, what do you do to shock yourself out of being stuck? How do you level up and get to the next level in your journey?   As you’ll hear in this episode, one way is to purposefully put yourself in a room with entrepreneurs who are way ahead of you. They’ve accomplished what you’re after - and are now scaling heights you may never have imagined possible.   This is how we grow, how we gain insight, motivation, and proof that “yes, this is possible.” When we immerse ourselves for a few days in a network of extraordinary entrepreneurs, we are transformed. Plus, you never know who you’ll meet who will go on to play a key role in your journey.   In this episode, you’ll get a little advanced intel about the people you’ll meet when you attend this year's Capitalism Conference. Which one will you be especially glad you connected to, when you look back on this event as the pivotal moment in your journey?

Moiz Ali founded Native Deodorant 2 years before selling the company to Procter & Gamble for $100 Million. How does that happen? How is there still so much money to be made in deodorant, and how can YOU sell products people will pay a premium for? In this talk from a Capitalism.com event Moiz shares his journey, and how he quickly grew a brand that is now featured in Target and retail stores across America.

A funny thing happens after entrepreneurs have a big win. Some dark, hidden part of us begins asking pretty terrible questions: What if I never repeat that success?  What if it was a fluke?  What if I'm not that good?  What if it was all my partner?  What if I'm getting too old?  What if I'm washed up now? Even with evidence that we can win - because we have in the past, there’s this little part of us that is prone to feeling shame. Especially when we’re hanging around people who are further ahead of us in business or in life.  So, how do we process that? How do we see ourselves clearly? And how do we use that awareness of “I’m not there yet” to move forward? After hanging out with a few friends in Vale, CO who are richer and more successful than him, Ryan talks about his own insecurities. In this podcast, Ryan discusses how you can work with the self doubt and shame you might carry with you to serve you rather than to cripple you.

Feel stuck in your business? Pretty normal for most entrepreneurs. We also tend to doubt ourselves… wondering if we’ll ever reach our goals, make the money we dream of, enjoy the freedom we crave, or have the impact we long to have in the world. Brooke Castillo has heard it all. She’s battled the same thoughts while building a multiple 9-figure business. And she’s got some coaching for you today. “This is the best podcast I’ve ever recorded.” That’s what Ryan said about this chat you’re about to hear. In it, Ryan and Brooke zero in on the limiting beliefs that hold so many entrepreneurs back from greatness, joy, and extreme success.  Give it a listen and see if it doesn’t completely reframe your mindset and set you free to go create the business and life you envision. We’re going deep. You ready?

When you get to sit down with a founder who grew a million-dollar brand, you can learn a lot. But when you can sit down with a founder who took what they learned by growing one million-dollar brand and used it to grow their next brand to $100 million in less than two years… that’s even better. That’s the conversation we’re sharing with you today. Ryan spoke with Gabi Lewis, who’s built a fast growing new cereal company in record time. Let’s just say his first business didn’t have the widespread appeal of tasty, healthy cereal that reminds you of Saturday mornings and cartoons. How did Gabi approach funding? What did he do brilliantly to acquire so many customers so quickly? How does he approach sponsorships? And how did he talk to his first business’ investors about backing a second project when the first one didn’t perform as anyone had hoped? You’ll find out exactly what makes the difference between a 7-figure business and a 9-figure one. Gabi’s been featured in Forbes and Time magazine. But this interview is the only place you’ll hear answers to the questions you have as a successful brand owner looking to scale even bigger. Give it a listen and let us know which point blew your mind.

Alex went from sleeping on the floors of his gym to building a $30M/yr business in just three years… without taking on any outside investments. What’s more… His business has helped more than 40 of his clients become millionaires. Alex recently wrote a book that Ryan considers to be the best business book he’s ever read. Listen in on their conversation to hear more about the strategies Alex teaches, follows, and outlines in his book... and how you can implement them in your business right now.

Capitalism causes big problems in the world. No, you haven’t accidentally downloaded a podcast from Socialism.com. Ryan hasn’t been taken over by aliens. You’re exactly in the right place. And if you get squeamish when people blame capitalism for disasters like oil spills and atrocities brought on by racism and racial inequality, this episode is exactly the one your brain will thank you for listening to today. As it turns out, having problems in the world isn’t actually a problem. In fact, by the time this discussion sinks in for you, you’ll have a whole new appreciation for problems. The bigger, the better! In fact, with this perspective, you’ll fall deeper in love with capitalism and entrepreneurs, too. But even more importantly, you’ll leave this episode with a highly-effective (and enormously lucrative) way to think about problems - big or small, personal, business-related, or global. “Get this” and you’ll have a whole new way of thinking about your financial freedom.

There are two humongous milestones in the development of your brand. The first comes when you reach the point of being “all-in” on it. Like, it’s not just a smart idea for a business. It’s not just a clear path to a million dollars. It’s not just something some investor might want to throw money at. Instead, it’s the hair on fire moment when you really see the massive positive contribution your brand can make in the lives of the people you’ll serve. It’s like the mission behind your brand takes on this feeling of enormity, urgency, and maybe even a sense of, “If I don’t do this, if I don’t serve my people with this, I am missing out on an important part of my whole purpose for being on this planet.” Ryan had that experience recently with his new brand, and he’ll tell you how he reached this point of going all-in on this episode. But the second milestone, that’s the one that may make this the most powerful episode you ever listen to. Why? Because for entrepreneurs looking to scale a brand, what Ryan shares with you in this episode will clear a straight path for you and help you to bypass popular pitfalls that could sidetrack you for years (or forever). Getting clarity on this singular question will not only give you a whole new perspective on how to scale… it’ll also help you make crucial strategic decisions easily and wisely.

Most success stories get told backwards, from the great win all the way back to the humble beginnings. Think of all those “they started in their garage” stories. They wouldn’t be nearly as compelling if the story ended in the founder going to work at a ‘regular’ job because of failing. A lot gets lost in the telling that way. Hindsight dictates which efforts, twists, and turns are worth recalling because they became significant. But what would it be like to look over Bill Gates’ shoulder while he built Microsoft in his garage? Or to stalk Target’s deodorant aisle with Moiz Ali as he built Native Deodorant? Wouldn’t you gather far richer insights by studying a brand in real time as it climbs to an eight-figure valuation? To see all the experiments, to understand the thought processes, to witness the moment when a brand caught fire? In this episode, Ryan sketches out his plan to take the Switch Supplements brand, and On Switch (its first product) from $0 to an eight-figure exit. Just as he teaches other entrepreneurs to build a million-dollar brand using his book 12 Months to $1 Million as a playbook, he’s following that same plan for this brand. As you listen in on his plan, you’ll pick up strategies and thought processes that can help you build your own million-dollar brand. Will the brand become a huge success? Nobody knows for sure, even though it sure looks like that. Either way, because you listened to this episode, you’ll have an insider’s perspective when it all shakes out in the end.

Know how some discussions are important to have? You know you need to start wrapping your head around them, but it just seems more confusing the deeper you go. So you get with an expert because you know you’ll get thoughtful, knowledgeable answers to your questions. But sometimes, the expert is so familiar with the topic that you find yourself feeling even more confused the longer you talk. That’s how it is a lot of the time for those of us who haven’t mastered the world of cryptocurrency. The vocabulary is unfamiliar. The concepts are complex. You could easily get lost in the weeds and decide it’s just too complicated to understand. No wonder so many entrepreneurs, despite knowing crypto is important to get to know, have thrown up their hands and said, “Nevermind.” In today’s episode, you’re going to hear a conversation with Ryan and his friend Matthew Tremolada. Frankly, Matthew is so well-versed and deeply immersed in the world of crypto that it would be easy to get a little lost. However, Ryan serves as your translator. You’ll take deep dives into some pretty heady concepts, but he won’t leave you there, flailing. Instead, you’ll come away with a greater understanding of this blockchain world, how it impacts your future as a business owner, and what you need to know as an investor.

“Hey Ryan, what do you think about Bitcoin?” Most of the people who follow his work know how he’d answer that question. He’d say something like, “C’mon, be serious. It’s a fad. It’s not backed by anything. You’re WAY better off just building a business, which you can control. Then invest the profits in some nice dividend-paying stocks.” Oh, but we’d be wrong. Now, anyway. Ryan’s thoughts on Bitcoin have changed pretty dramatically. In this episode, you’ll hear his reasons for taking a serious look at cryptocurrencies. Plus, now that he’s digging in to learn more, he brings up some good questions any crypto investor should ask regarding how crypto might shape the future of the financial world and how we do business. More than anything, you’ll hear what Ryan plans to DO about what he’s learned so far. This marks the start of a whole new discussion, and we’d love to hear your thoughts and questions about crypto as well.

Ryan Daniel Moran was recently at an investor meet up when he met a man with the most fascinating life story he had ever heard. Having done 100s of interviews over the years this became an immediate top 5. This man, Adel Sayegh, had everything you could ever want in life. He had everything entrepreneurs chase after and he lost it all. In this interview he shares everything he learned through that painful process and what he now believes about life on the other side. This is one you won't want to miss.

A nudge to make some long-overdue changes - like ending the self-inflicted pressure that says we have to do it all ourselves or watch our businesses crumble. Rather than gunning the engine non-stop, maybe it would actually be more effective to just stop for a moment. And maybe… just maybe, time spent resting might turn out to be the most profitable, productive time of all. One upside of getting knocked on your ass is that you finally gain supreme clarity about what really matters. In this episode, Ryan shares how his experience with Covid brought him back to some wisdom he lived by and preached way back when he first started this podcast… and now he’s finally getting his own lesson.  What braingasms will you take away from this podcast? We’d love to hear from you.

You want to build wealth?  “Save your pennies.”  “Work hard.”“Live way below your means.” “No matter what, protect your money.” That’s the advice so many of us have heard about how to become wealthy. It might work… but it’ll take a long, long time that way because it means playing not to lose rather than playing to win. What if we turned that around and played to win, instead? This question prompted a thought experiment for Ryan that came back with surprising results. What if you took $1 million and invested it well enough to get a 20% annual return for 30 years? You’d cross the quarter-billion mark. But what if you don’t have a million dollars to invest yet? And how could you get a 20% return per year? This episode answers those questions. But it’ll do something even more valuable for you. As you listen, you’ll find your brain moving beyond the shock of large numbers to reach a point of logical certainty that this is doable. What’s more, instead of advice that sends you into a frantic, hustling mode, you’ll discover how to reach this financial goal - or any you set - in a peaceful, freedom-filled frame of mind… and you’d be shocked by how quickly it can all happen.

I don't care who you are. $75,000 dollars is a lot of money. But that’s what Ryan just spent on Gary Vaynerchuk’s NFTs. As an investor who’s spent most of his life studying the stock market and a capitalist who’s raised and deployed millions of dollars through the Capitalism Fund, for Ryan to drop this kind of cash on something so… weird? Well, there’s got to be a good reason. The good news is, you don’t even have to understand what a Non-Fungible Token is to see what Ryan REALLY bought. After listening to this episode, you probably won’t be one bit clearer about NFTs. But you’ll leave with something far more valuable - a model you can follow to build social capital and to strategically position yourself to get in front of leaders, thinkers, and mentors you want to engage. Networking groups? Masterminds? They have their place. But this “strategy” can work even better, once you know how to use it. Why? Because when you come from a place of giving, service, and humility, wonderful things happen.

If you want to make more money, you’ve got to work more. Well, that’s what most entrepreneurs hear. But the truth is, if you want to make more money, you’ve got to think bigger… and that means you need time to be able to think big thoughts. Yeah, but if you’re like most entrepreneurs, you’re already burning it at both ends. You can’t remember the last time you had “spare” time - and to be honest, even if you’re squeezing all your priorities in somehow, there’s always this fear that something’s slipping through the cracks. Will this podcast episode magically help you reclaim an hour a day? Well, if that happens, it won’t be from magic. But that’s not even the big idea. Instead, here are five tips that, well, frankly, even if you followed just one, there’s no telling what would happen next in your life and business. This is one talk that’s always a hit in our community because it’s so impactful. That’s why we’re sharing it with you today. When that braingasm hits you, let us know.

“You should become an influencer!” No. Don’t do that. The world has enough content creators hoping they’ll become the next famous celebrity putting their face on products from makeup to wine. But here’s a secret: there’s an enormous amount of opportunity for entrepreneurs who’ll partner with content creators who’ve built audiences. In fact, relative to the number of influencers out there, there are very few entrepreneurs capable of building a meaningful business selling physical products to these audiences. The opportunity lies in the wings, outside the spotlight. In this episode, you’ll see how you can partner with influencers who’ve already built one of the three crucial elements of a successful million dollar business. The best part is, up-and-coming influencers are waiting and wishing for someone like you to help them find another alternative to lame sponsorships. This is an opportunity to build a business that excites everyone involved. Here’s where the puck is headed.

Question for you… Would you be okay with owning only 10% of the business you founded? Not so much? What if that business grew to be worth a billion dollars? Would you be okay with that percentage then?  Ryan’s conversation with Brian Lee (founder of Legal Zoom, ShoeDazzle, Art of Sport, and the Honest Company) took a surprising turn when Brian revealed he “only” owns a small percentage of each of his businesses. But, as he said, "Look, I'm out to build billion dollar companies. I'm okay if I only own 10% of it." While most entrepreneurs wear all the hats in their businesses, clinging to their ownership stake rather than bringing others on board, the Owner’s Model Ryan teaches blows that model to smithereens. As Ryan asks, “Do you want to eat a grape or do you want to eat a slice of a watermelon?” When an owner is willing to build a bigger pie, everyone benefits. In this episode, you’ll discover exactly what you need to build a 7-, 8-, or even 9-figure business. And if you’re expecting to hear that you’ll need to work your face off for the next decade, you’re in for a very happy surprise.

Hey brand builders, if you’ve ever wondered whether your business has what it takes to attract investors so you can take it to the next level, this episode is for you. Inspired by the Capitalism Incubator’s recent Pitch Week, Ryan pinpointed four key questions every brand owner should ask. These are some of the questions investors are asking when they look at your brand to decide whether to take the next step with you. If you can answer YES to each of these questions, chances are good that you’re building something investors would want to be part of. But if the answer to any of them is NO, don’t worry! You’ll also discover where to put your focus to get back on track. And remember - even if you don’t want investors, building a business they want to partner with results in a business you’ll love growing.  

“For the love of money is the root of all evil.” What’s an entrepreneur to do? We want to build something great, something that serves people. But we definitely want the money, too. Does that make us evil? So many entrepreneurs carry at least a little guilt when they hear this verse - or its more commonly misquoted version: Money is the root of all evil. That ends today. In this episode, Ryan puts his pastor hat on to do a little exegetical work on the Greek in this passage from 2 Timothy. As you listen, you’ll discover what the Apostle Paul was really saying.  And as its true meaning sinks in, not only will you find yourself operating from a far more resourceful, abundant, and free state, but you’ll also find a whole new level of freedom and inspiration on your entrepreneurial journey. If this episode creates a shift for you, please share it with us.

I wanted to share a conversation one of my students, Debbie, and I had recently. Debbie’s making great progress in her journey of building a million-dollar brand. But like many entrepreneurs, this is not her first go at building something big. This time, she’s going at it using the blueprint I share in 12 Months to $1 Million.  Debbie’s nailed down her audience and her product now, but asked me for advice on how to attract investors. As you’ll discover in this episode, there are three big things an investor wants to see in place before they’ll get excited about throwing their money behind a brand. Plus, and this may be the most important piece of all, they’re looking for a certain mindset… and they can tell within seconds whether a brand owner has it. Take good notes so you’ll be ready when it comes time to pitch investors for your brand. And do let me know if you experience any significant shifts after you listen.

Are you facing a life situation you don’t want? Unhappy with your business, your money, or your relationships? We’ve all been there, wanting something to change. How long we stay stuck in that situation, though, largely depends on the questions we ask.  In this episode, Ryan shares a line of thought experiments that will leave you in a more resourceful state of mind any time you use them. You can use what you’re about to hear to help yourself - or others - to leave excuses and paralyzing doubt behind. But even more, you can practice what you learn to create the life you crave, starting right now. This is how you can change your financial situation, your relationships, your business… you life today.   

“That guy. We want to invest in that guy.” In this episode, Ryan Daniel Moran and Sam Prentice give an update on the Capitalism Fund for the second quarter of 2021. You’ll hear the surprising advice they’ve given Scott, Jesse, and Nick, the three brand owners the Fund invested in already. But you’ll also get a sneak peek into  the brands the Fund is in discussions with, before any ink hits the paper. Also, you’ll learn what Sam and Ryan look for in the entrepreneurs and brands the Fund invests in - and what an infusion of capital can do to grow a brand to 8, 9, or even 10 figures. If you’ve ever wondered what it would be like to bring on investors in your brand, and what would happen if you traded a bit of equity for what those investors could bring to the table, you won’t want to miss this frank conversation.  

“The top one percent richest people in the country” - in some people’s mouths, this is a slur. Others strive to reach this financial milestone. Still others passed it long ago and now live a life of financial independence. Helping people join the ranks of the one percent is what we do at Capitalism.com. But what does the math look like? How much wealth would put you into the one percent in the United States? Which assets count? And what would it take to push you across the line? How long would it take to get there, and is there a way to speed up the process? In this episode, Ryan and Justus talk cold, hard numbers. But after listening, you’ll walk away with your brain buzzing and inspired. Could it be that you’re closer than you think? We’d love to hear your thoughts.

“First, I’ll make the money. Then, I’ll live a better and happier life.” That’s the lie so many entrepreneurs buy and live. Not because they want it that way, but because that’s the message so many of us hear.  Granted, there’s a certain amount of hustle needed to get through the grind phase of any business. But that doesn’t mean you need to put off happiness while you “work your face off” to grow your business. It might even be fair to say that all the tactical advice you’ve heard about what it takes to make money misses the point entirely. The perfect ad, the right product, the best sales copy… all of that has its place. But those are not the most important puzzles to solve. Instead, when you learn to ask THIS one question first, all of the others fall in line. Not only will you find it easier to get wildly rich, but you’ll be a whole lot happier along the way. 

My coach, Justus Murimi, sat down with me to talk about purpose. There’s a reason he has this conversation with every entrepreneur he coaches. It’s because it’s very easy to forget why we got into our business in the first place, and shocking to see what we unlock when we remember it.  In getting crystal clear on your purpose, you unleash your power. But that’s not all. You also free yourself to be yourself, to step into your greatness, and to come from a powerful place of service.  I’m excited for you to listen to this episode, and for it to turn you loose to create the business and life you’ve been craving.

This could be the most important decision a brand owner makes.  On one side, you might look at your business as your baby. You’ve nurtured it from its birth, pouring your blood, sweat, tears, and money into it. Win or lose, it’s all yours. Even if that means you grow at a snail’s pace instead of taking off like a rocket. And maybe you’re wondering whether the cash, connections, and advice you’d add with an investor could pour some gasoline on the little fire you’ve started. Are you ready? What if you mess it all up and disappoint your investors? What if they start getting power-hungry and you lose control?  How should you think about taking on investors? In this frank conversation, you’ll hear from someone who’s been on both sides of this experience. Once you wrap your head around this discussion, you may find your whole strategy changes.

If you’ve ever lost money in business, this episode is especially for you.  Until today, I’ve talked a lot about my eight-figure exit, how I’ve helped hundreds of people become millionaires, and the simple 12 months to $1 million plan I teach. I haven’t been quite so public with my losses in business. They’re big, as you can tell from the title of this episode. They may actually be even bigger than $2 million, depending on how you count. But as much as losing money hurts, there’s something even more destructive that can happen in the mind of a business owner in this situation. That’s why this may be the most important episode you ever listen to.  Here’s the truth: you will have setbacks. Sometimes they’ll be big setbacks. Maybe really big ones. But if you can learn from my journey of coming to grips with my losses, you can pick yourself up, dust yourself off, and get back in the game a lot faster. I’d love to hear your thoughts on this episode - no matter where you are in your journey or how you’ve done so far.

Why do you do what you do? We all got into this game for one reason - the freedom to do what we are called to do. Often, entrepreneurs find ways to keep themselves busy. We pride ourselves on working to death and make fun of those who work a 9 to 5 for someone else without realizing that we are working double and are often less happy than those people.  Here’s how to fix that. You can go from twice as busy and half as happy to spending your days doing what lights you up and creates change in the world. And you’ll make a lot more money, too.

Everyone wants to reverse engineer the successes of the most rich and famous people in the world...  That strategy might look good on the surface, but in reality, it never works. You and I can never be Jeff Bezos or Elon Musk - and we shouldn't want to be! The secret to success is to be yourself. You can only be you.  In this episode, I’m contrasting two ways I’ve gone about building my business. One leads to misery. The other one might not seem like it should work, but it’s how I’ve enjoyed the most success. If you focus on building your business from a place of creation instead of a place of desperation, everything changes. Your life and business change when you set out to create something meaningful, not just make profits.

Money isn't really real. It’s a tool that we use to formalize agreements with each other. Its purpose is to fund and sustain our service to one another.  In this episode, Ryan shares some conclusions he’s drawn about how humans think about money. But even more, he digs into the emotional responses most of us have to money. He also suggests a thought experiment that can help you make money show up faster in your life. And you can do it just by tweaking the way you make decisions about money. Give it a listen, then put these ideas to work for you. See how much more ease, freedom, and enjoyment you’ll create in your life as a result.

“How do I make the next sale?”  “What fire should I put out next?” “I’m burned out, overwhelmed, and can’t seem to grow past the $1 million mark.” We start businesses because we want to create something life-changing and exciting. But so many entrepreneurs end up instead feeling stuck in the worst job they’ve ever had.  That’s where three business owners were before the Capitalism Fund came in and set them back on track to quadruple or even quintuple their revenues. Not only did we make a financial investment in these businesses - we also helped connect the owners to resources that free them up to stay in product-creation mode. Listen in to see if any of the fixes we did on these businesses might help your business, too.  

Failure. The angst, the anxiety, the shame and fear it carries with it… no entrepreneur escapes the experience of failing. But what comes next after we fail can mean the difference between shrinking into the shadows or emerging victorious with a helluva great story to boot. In this episode, I share a thought experiment you can use to process even your worst failure and completely reframe it in a way that sets you free. Spoiler alert: it worked wonders on a friend of mine who was willing to play along. She says it completely transformed her from feeling shackled to fear and shame to finally feeling free. If this episode speaks to you, I’d love to hear about the mindset shift it sparks in you.

“Ryan, I just wanted you to know you’re my hero.”  Those were the first words I heard from Andri Sadlak. At the time, I didn’t know much about his story. I didn’t know he’d taken his first sale at one of our events, that he’d lost everything and started from scratch, and certainly not that just a couple of years later, he’d have a nice exit. But all of this is part of Andri’s story. Andri followed my book, 12 Months to $1 Million, like a blueprint. He built a little audience, focused on delighting them, and built a business he could sell.  I’m excited to share this conversation with you, especially if you’re at the early stages of your journey. Andri is living proof that you can build a meaningful business with just a couple of products and a small group of followers.  

One day, Jared Springer was on the verge of filing bankruptcy. Fast-forward just a little bit, and he sells his business for millions of dollars. Staring at his phone, watching millions of dollars hit his bank account, you’d think Jared would have been the happiest man alive. But he wasn’t.  That is, until he discovered the secret anyone, anywhere, in any financial situation can use to finally be happy. As Jared discovered, with money, all of your tendencies just get louder and bigger… because now you have the time and money to amplify them. On this episode, I’m sharing the conversation Jared and I had on a recent Wine with Wyan. Jared tells a harrowing tale of workaholism, physical paralysis, near financial ruin, massive success, and finally… happiness.  Jared’s the author of I’ll Be Happy When. Entrepreneur, my hope is that you will take what he says to heart now, while you’re building, so you’re not waiting for someday. I would very much like to hear your thoughts on this episode.

Today, I’m joined by our Product and Community Manager, Justus Murimi. Before joining the team, Justus was a pastor with a heart for coaching entrepreneurs. He noticed a few unique challenges entrepreneurs face, and he’s gotten really good at helping them get unstuck so they can thrive in all areas of life. Justus has been taking calls with members of our community, The One Percent, bringing his unique ability to hear what’s really going on for them. It’s amazing what getting clarity can do to help entrepreneurs make sometimes tough decisions their business needs them to make.  In this episode, Justus works some of his magic on me. I asked him where he sees me getting stuck, and he nailed it. As he lays it all out for me, I’m betting you’ll think he’s talking about you, too!  Give it a listen, and let me know what part of this conversation gets your head nodding the most.  

“Who am I?” That might be the simplest and most challenging question to answer, all in three little words. But it’s also one of the most valuable questions an entrepreneur can ask. Its answer forms the foundation for successful business-building, self-confidence, and goal setting.  In this episode, you’ll get to listen in as Capitalism.com’s Product and Community Manager, Justus Murimi talks with Ryan and The One Percent community. This conversation can help you set yourself up for a strong first 90 days in 2021.  Justus walks us through some powerful questions about who you are, your purpose, vision, mission, and what goals make sense for you this quarter. Even more, you’ll discover a way to go after your goals that eliminates a lot of the inner conflict so many of us feel while looking at the gap between where we are and where we want to be. And you’ll get a little assignment to complete in the next 30 days. Let us know what you discover as you do it!

Hey entrepreneur, are you sitting in the owner's chair? Or are you operating every piece of your business?  If it is the latter, you are probably way overstressed, way undercapitalized, way confused about the direction of your business, and growing really slowly.  You’ve discovered that the worst businesses in the world are seven figure businesses. Why would the author of 12 Months to $1 Million say a thing like that? Because: You have to hire really good talent, but you don't have the money to hire really good talent. You have to have the cash flow to be able to reinvest into growth, but you don't have enough cash to grow the business.  You're just stuck paying yourself and then getting by on the rest of the revenue.  You're able to pay yourself and for your overhead and maybe some team members, but you’re caught in a trap where you're not really able to grow to that $10,000,000 point, or even higher.  So, in today’s episode, we’re going to help you make the shift from entrepreneur to owner. After listening, you’ll be crystal-clear on the three things a business leader needs to focus on. With that clarity, you’ll see the path forward for making your current business - or your next - the freedom machine that fuels your life and lets you make an enormous difference for your customers. Let me know what you think. I think this message has the power to change everything for the entrepreneurs who really get it.

We live in a world that has changed so much in the past year. It’s a sure bet that 2021 will bring even more change into the business landscape. We’re seeing new buying behaviors because consumers now have new desires and demands, and entrepreneurs can fill the needs of these changes.  There are three emerging trends that will make some entrepreneurs very, very rich over the coming years.  Today, we're going to dive into three niche ideas that are about to boom. So, if you're considering starting a new business and want to know where the marketplace is going to go, pay attention to these three markets.  After you listen, let us know… any of these markets get you excited?

Today, Ryan talks with Cathryn Lavery of the Best Self Co. to find out how this super-scrappy founder launched on Kickstarter. While many entrepreneurs seeking funding give Kickstarter a shot and get mediocre results, Cathryn did it the smart way. The result? Not only did she fund her first inventory round, but her second and third, too! If you plan to launch your own product on Kickstarter, listen in and take notes because you’ll learn from someone who’s learned to navigate all the pitfalls and make crowdfunding work. And if you hadn’t even thought about using Kickstarter for your launch, stop everything! Give this a listen to see whether crowdfunding makes sense for you. After you listen, I’d love to hear your thoughts on using this solution for funding your business.

Here’s something weird… and it 100% determines whether you will succeed as an entrepreneur. It’s the one difference between two people who… Both say they want to start a business. Both have ambition running through their veins. Both say they WANT it. Both go through the same exact training, read the same books, and have the same blueprint. But one seemingly small difference between these two people determines whether they’ll become wildly successful... or become stuck and bitter. The only difference? It’s not what you might think. As you listen to this podcast episode you may find yourself feeling terrified (in a good way!)... and oddly, even MORE eager to get started building your own business. I’d love to hear what shift you experience as a result of listening today.

Did 2020 suck for you? Or was it the best year yet?  Your assessment of 2020 and your experience of 2021 all depend on which “menu” of options you choose. You could choose from the menu where everything sucks and nothing’s working for you… Or, you can choose from an entirely different menu, one full of new possibilities that all come together to make 2021 the best year yet. In this episode, Ryan shares four “extended menu options” anyone can choose from to make 2021 a fantastic year. It all boils down to a series of decisions - and they impact your business, your relationships, and your own wellbeing. Best of all, you don’t even have to wait for the new year to start. You can make these decisions starting right now. If you do, and you look back at 2020, we’d love to hear how your take on the year shifts. Here’s to setting ourselves up for a great 2021!

Today, you’re in for a treat. Inside the Capitalism Incubator, a couple dozen brand owners have been busy preparing to launch their million-dollar brands. Each one of these entrepreneurs has taken ownership of a problem that’s plaguing a specific group of people who are hoping and praying someone, somewhere will come up with a solution. These brand owners are about to answer their audiences’ prayers. Now, as I’ve taught over and over, you don’t have to have a big bankroll to launch a million-dollar brand. I recently published a video on YouTube detailing how I launched a brand with just $600, and later sold it for $16 million. But having investors backing your brand can sure help speed up the process. That’s why we put our Cap Inc students through a powerful exercise we call Pitch Week. It’s grueling at times. It’s emotional. It’s a huge stretch for some. But they did it! (And they’ll be the first to tell you that this assignment was incredibly valuable for them.) Give a listen, and you’ll hear a handful of our Cap Inc students pitch their brands to a panel of investors. If you’re a budding entrepreneur, you’ll pick up some gems of insight that can give you clarity as you think about the brand you want to build. If you’re an investor, you’ll get a sneak peek at the kinds of brands the Capitalism Incubator is helping to launch.  Enjoy!

Today, I’m joined by Jason Franciosa. Jason’s the co-owner of a brand that serves the CrossFit community - and he’s the head coach inside the Capitalism Incubator.  About a year ago, we had a conversation about how his company was just on the cusp of reaching a million dollars in sales for the year. Fast-forward to 2020, the year of the pandemic. Sure enough, the business faced some of its biggest butt-puckering challenges ever. But… Jason’s still grown it 300% this year, and monthly revenue now tops $250K. I wanted to share this conversation with you because right before Jason started this venture, he was about to give up his entrepreneurial dreams and go get a job. Instead, he went all in, one last time… and he says it was the best decision he’s ever made. No matter where you are in your entrepreneurial journey, there are priceless bits of wisdom for you in this conversation.  Give it a listen, and let me know what you think.  

Just a few months into the Capitalism Incubator experience, we asked each member to present the vision of their company.  Why? Because if you create a crystal clear vision for where you're going, you can build the road knowing you’ll get there. Even more, you can get there faster with the help of a few key relationships who can bring resources to the table.  Each member you’re about to meet is on their way to building a 7-8- figure business. Each one has chosen an audience to serve, taken ownership of a problem their audience faces, and created solutions to serve them. You’ll meet Damien, Kristy, Keerthan, and Yasmine and hear about their experience inside the Incubator and where they’re headed with the brands they’re creating.Prepare to be inspired and impressed by what these four entrepreneurs are up to. Comment to cheer them on with us!  

A few years ago, two Australian entrepreneurs joined me at the lake house for a Backroom event. They’d built a wellness brand selling yoga products, and were right around seven-figures in annual revenue. Fantastic, right? Well, they were walking into a room of people doing $300K to $400K a month. It would have been easy for them to feel intimidated and even to wonder what they were doing wrong. But they set their sights on much bigger milestones, and kept doing the right things for the right reasons. I’m really proud of Gemma and Georgie and what they’ve created through Ajna Wellbeing, and know you’ll love getting to listen in on this conversation. We recorded it for our Capitalism Incubator. But this discussion is so inspiring that we wanted to share it with everyone. Enjoy!

One of the best things about having the Capitalism.com podcast is that I get to introduce my audience to people and resources they may never have encountered otherwise.  This is one of those episodes.  You’ll meet my doctor, Dr. Dan Stickler. Doctor Dan has become my trusted guide as I optimize my health and wellbeing. But I’m not alone in that. He’s also the go-to doctor among Austin entrepreneurs because he’s at the forefront of cutting edge medicine, including nutrition and psychedelics. You’ll see why after you listen to our conversation. We’re going to go deep here, talking about consciousness and other topics that may not be everyone’s cup of tea. But the risk of being a little “woo-woo” here is worth it to me because I believe the ROI on an entrepreneur’s health and wellbeing is impossible to overstate. You’ll also learn how you can work with Doctor Dan if you’d like - and you’ll be able to do so at a relatively affordable price through his special offer. After you listen, I would love to hear your thoughts on this discussion.

My friend Ryan Coisson and I have the same side hustle. We’ve both built successful e-comm businesses and both have a fascination with the stock market.  But we’re not day traders! To us, that seems like no way to live… eyeballs glued to ten different screens, blood pressure through the roof, making hundreds of trades every day. No way. Instead, we’re hooked on trading stock options - and we only spend a few hours a month, tops, doing it. Ryan Coisson’s my mentor in this arena, and I brought him into The One Percent to talk about it. Of course, neither of us is an investment advisor… this is purely for entertainment purposes.  Tune in, and you may just discover that this stock investment strategy gets you jizzer-jazzered up, too!

After chatting with Bill Glaser of Outstanding Foods (one of the companies I invest in), our conversation shifted to a coffee creamer company called Laird Superfood.  With revenues of only $19 million, investors just valued this company at $400 million. Their  products aren't even all that different from their competitors’ and yet they went public with a nine-figure valuation because they're a good brand. You have the same type of opportunity. You're just as qualified as any of them. It might take a few years for that vision to come to life, so now is a really good time to set that vision.  This discussion gave me a major braingasm about Capitalism.com, too. Now, I’m thinking bigger than ever before. Listen in and let me know what light bulbs go off for you as a result of this conversation.

One of our favorite kinds of conversations is when we can help an entrepreneur get unstuck. Sometimes, the very question that’s stymied you for weeks can be cleared up in minutes. It’s astonishing to watch a braingasm happen, and inspiring to see what happens once there’s a spotlight shining on the path ahead. You’re about to hear several conversations where that’s exactly what happened. We’re sharing these conversations with you because maybe you’ve gotten stuck in some of the same places. If you’ve got questions about products, working with influencers, feeling like an imposter, or building an audience, listen in.

Hear about what’s new and exciting in the Capitalism.com world.  We’ve launched the Capitalism Incubator, affectionately known as CapInc. Wondering how it’s going for the students? Something amazing happened only two weeks in with the current students. Many of you have asked when we’ll open the doors again… listen in for the answer so you can be ready. CapInc’s success created space in Ryan’s imagination for a vision that will turn Capitalism.com into a billion-dollar business. You’ll be among the first to hear about it right here. This win gave us a newly inspired direction for The One Percent, too!  We’re on the cusp of launching the first Capitalism.com Brand products. This is our laboratory for creating physical products brands. Hear the latest developments on our nootropic brand and more. Plus, here’s an update on the Capitalism Fund, where a small group of investors is helping entrepreneurs with brands we’re really excited about. We found a great way to “date” before “getting married” to these amazing entrepreneurs. Listen in for all the juicy details, and may they excite and inspire you, too. There has never been a better time to be an entrepreneur - and we’re proud to be on this journey with you.

Today, I’m going to introduce you to someone inside The One Percent community who’s got a system for making high-converting video ads. (Yup, he’ll share it with you.) Kevin Anson creates the smash-hit video ad creative for a few brands you might have heard of… Tony Robbins Dean GraziosiRussell BrunsonDaymond JohnBrendon BurchardFrank KernMike Dillard He’ll share his 10-step process for creating video ads that grab your audience’s attention, compel them to watch to the end, and then leave them eager to whip out their wallets.  Give it a listen, use his process to make your next video ad, and let me know what happens next!

Hey Entrepreneurs, Ever feel so stuck and stymied by a burning question that it’s hard to move forward building your business? Happens all the time. One of my favorite things about the time I spend with The One Percent community is when we open the floor to take questions just like that. The best moment is when I see the lightbulb come on - or as we call it, a #braingasm. After these mental roadblocks are cleared, it’s so much fun to watch these folks run full speed ahead. I wanted to share this Q&A session with you because I suspect a *few* of you may have similar questions holding your brain captive and keeping you from building the business you’re dreaming about, too.  Give it a listen, and when you’re ready, why not join us inside The One Percent, so you can ask YOUR next question!

Today, I’m joined by Trevor Blake. Trevor’s the author of Three Simple Steps, the book I recommend most in 2020. He started his first business at age 43 and has subsequently grown and exited three businesses for a total of $600 million dollars. Now, he’s working on business #4. He’s done this without ever having a single employee. We recorded this call for members of the Capitalism Incubator, our high-ticket coaching program for entrepreneurs who are building a million-dollar business in the next 12 months. Normally, calls like this are reserved only for members. But I couldn’t resist sharing this with you because he’s got such wise advice for brand owners seeking investors - among other gems too numerous to list. Give it a listen, and let me know what braingasms you have.

Recently, followers started sending me urgent messages saying, “This Kim Constable person is ripping you off, Ryan! Look at her 12 Months to a Million product!” So I looked. Sure enough, this Kim Constable person WAS ripping me off.  I reached out and asked, “What gives, Kim?” I was ready to send a cease and desist letter. And then… Well, you’ll have to listen to our conversation to see how that story ends.  

Is the world getting better... or worse? Is there more opportunity now... or less? The answer lies in the filters we use to process what we see.  Many boil this down to whether we see the world through an abundance mindset or a scarcity mindset. But we’re going to take it one step further. Here is the foundational filter that will determine whether you will succeed as an entrepreneur.  This may be the most important podcast you listen to because this discussion will help you identify what your brain says is possible for you.

Inside The One Percent this quarter we’re talking all about investing. Here’s Ryan’s hot take on where entrepreneurs should be investing their hard earned cash.

Seth and Katie used their audience to build an 8-figure brand. Here’s how.

Ryan talks with Matt Wolfe and Joe Fier from the Hustle and Flowchart podcast. There's this saying that "money doesn't buy happiness" that sounds so correct because we've heard it so many times. But is it right? Is it complete? Or does that saying need an update? Ryan, Matt, and Joe take a deep dive into the difference between working and creating from a place of excitement instead of just from necessity. Listen in and let us know about the braingasms this conversation inspires in you.

Let’s talk about setting yourself up for an 8-figure exit. Here’s how to set yourself up for the best exit, and build the best company.

Are you so caught up in pursuing the revenue, that the excitement you felt when you first started is gone? Listen in to this 1-on-1 call with Ryan where he discusses focusing on the long term vs the short term and why you should follow your passion first.

Sponsored posts suck for your followers. Let’s talk about a better way to monetize your following.

In this leaked conversation with Ryan and Amie, a member of The One Percent, Ryan helps Amie clarify her strategy and identify her audience.

Hiring team members that aren’t a good fit costs companies thousands of dollars. Lucky for you, today we’re talking about how to avoid those expensive blunders. Kevin joined us to talk about his hiring funnel that he’s used to hire the best team members he’s ever had.

Gabe and Justin have successfully built up listings with thousands of reviews. Now, they’re sharing their secret of how they do it. If you struggle to get reviews on your products, listen up!

Listen in as Ryan Moran helps members of The One Percent community solve challenges and make decisions. They’re all on the path to a million-dollar business. Sometimes all you need is a little nudge to get past the limits your own mind puts on you.

Too many entrepreneurs approach investors too early, or without key pieces in place. Today, Ryan is discussing what he looks for when he invests in a company… so that your next pitch get’s you an easy “YES!“.

If you’re mystified by the idea of building a responsive audience, listen up! This one’s for you.Ryan recently sat down with Tatiana James to discuss how she built an audience of raving fans who are eager to buy from her.

Every week, Ryan goes live on YouTube to talk to community members and answer their burning questions about their business. Listen in as he coaches 3 entrepreneurs to help them get un-stuck.

Ash spent 3 hour 1:1 with Ryan to help him get un-stuck in his business. Join as a fly-on-the-wall and listen to Ash’s breakthroughs, and how you can apply some of Ryan’s advice to your own business.

Is equity really that important?Too many business owners miss out on amazing opportunities because they’re too afraid to give up a piece of their pie (.... even though it will lead to a bigger pie!).Let’s discuss!

We’re leaking Ryan’s Sunday Coffee call with Kevin Wilke. The two discuss the stories we tell ourselves that shape our reality, how they impact us now, and how we can shift our thinking for the better.

Listen in as Ryan sits down with Jeff Lieber, owner of TurnKey Product Management, to discuss what’s working on Amazon in 2020. Jeff recently trained one of the Sharks from Shark Tank to scale his portfolio on Amazon.

Welcome back to part two of Ryan's interview with Jesse Elder. Today they'll wrap up their conversation on the current state of the world (and why some people are handling it better than others).

Join me as I sit down to chat with my good friend Jesse Elder about the current state of the world and why some people are better at handling the chaos. What he shares in this conversation might have seemed crazy just a few months ago. Not only does it make sense in today's world, but it may also offer a glimpse into the future. Be sure to catch Part 2 next week, and pay close attention to Jesse's advice on how to navigate an uncertain world with the kind of calm self-confidence that's becoming rare.

If you have an interest, a hobby, a passion, or a desire, you can turn it into a full-time income. This is part TWO of our series on Authority Sites, which allow you to go full time as an entrepreneur with "just one site." For part 1 listen to episode Just One Site: Turn Any Interest Into $10k+ Per Month With One Authority Website To participate in these calls LIVE with the rest of the community, join The One Percent: Capitalism.com/1

It's true: any interest, passion, or hobby can become a six figure business with ONE authority website. In this live presentation for The One Percent, we cover how the "Just One Site" strategy works and how to start using it now to create an exciting business that can forever change the course of your life. Stick around until the end to see live case studies, examples, and ideas that you can model. To participate in these calls live with the rest of the community, join The One Percent: Capitalism.com/1

Mindset coach Nick Breau says he knows nothing about marketing... but he's done alright for himself with over $51k per month in PROFIT. Nick helps entrepreneurs move past blockades to success and happiness. He helps his clients get out of unproductive habits and recurring problems that seem to never end. This is an incredible case study from someone who runs a very small business, works very few hours, and has figured out how to attract the right clients who love working with him.

This class on building profitable audiences was shared in The One Percent membership community. These audiences can quickly launch six and seven figure businesses and this strategy is the foundation of everything that I do. It works with physical products... It works with information businesses... It works with local businesses and SAAS, too. And if you are just starting, it is a game-changer.

Paul is trying to wrap his head around launching a supplement line for men over 50 and Ryan Moran breaks down how to rethink of this "market" and how to best serve them. This call was recorded during Capitalism Community Coffee in The One Percent (or Church for entrepreneurs as we like to say). Join at Capitalism.com/1

On this episode we talk with long-time friend of the show Ryan Michler, host of the Order of Man podcast. We discuss choosing a winning product, the mindset for building a business, and how to stack the deck in your favor to create financial freedom.

The Tom Woods show is THE leading podcast for libertarians. Tom Woods is an author, historian, and senior fellow at the Mises institute and he recently had on Ryan Daniel Moran to discuss his new book - 12 Months To $1 Million. In this podcast they discuss how capitalism is changing and what that means for entrepreneurs who are building highly profitable businesses.

In this short in-between-isode I talk about approaching entrepreneurship from a mindset of FUN. Really, business is often a proxy for freedom and doing what we truly want in life. So why are we always so hard on ourselves and why do we make it such a grind? I have some thoughts...

On this episode Ryan Daniel Moran is put in the Hot Seat by Bram & Greg on their podcast Love Line For Business which was birthed within The One Percent Capitalism.com community. We started doing these hot seats informally within the group to help members get unstuck and it's morphed into a growing podcast where the boys help entrepreneurs reconnect with loving their work and moving past roadblocks. Go subscribe to Love Line For Business for more case studies like this and if you'd like to join us in The One Percent just visit www.Capitalism.com/1

Today we're sharing a call Ryan did with Alex Huditan.. or as is friends call him "Hudi" - another leader in the Amazon space who lives in Romania. Hudi is the host of the Amazonienii annual conference in Romania, Ryan has spoken at twice, and he's a human who truly lives the 4-hour work week lifestyle - he's often seen traveling the world, loving life, and inspiring others to launch and automate their own businesses. They talk about how the eComm game is changing in 2020, how influencer marketing strategies will change, how to sell to foreign audiences, and the mindset necessary for success and happiness.

This week we're leaking a community call from our member's area. Charmaine JUST joined us after discovering our content and getting Ryan's new book and if you haven't heard there is some real magic in The One Percent community. Ryan goes live for Capitalism Community Coffee on Sundays - or as we like to call it "Church for Entrepreneurs" to touch base with the community, answer questions, and help people where they are stuck. This is one of those special moments where Charmaine called in worried about how to communicate a PRO-Capitalism message to the LGBTQ community and what followed was... pretty cool. What you won't see from this podcast is all the comments showing her love and support and all the connections she is making in the group.

Leah bought a business and things are going great... except she spends all of her time putting out fires, jumping in to solve every problem, and it is sucking up all of her time. She called Ryan Daniel Moran to discuss the next steps... should she fix it or just sell it? Ryan had some thoughts on how she can give the business a more clear focus and optimize systems so that regardless of which direction Leah decides to go she should be much happier.

This week we are sharing a podcast from The Brand Builder Podcast w/ our host Max Kerwick. Max interviews none other than Ryan Daniel Moran, the millionaire maker, to find out how he has been able to help entrepreneurs build so many 7-figure brands. If you're not already subscribed, head on over to The Brand Builder Podcast, a separate show we produce over here at Capitalism.com for EXCLUSIVE interviews and case studies from Max you can apply right away to building your own brand.

There is no going back to normal after the pandemic. But the good news is that there are tremendous opportunities for entrepreneurs. In this episode I outline the state of eCommerce and what the landscape of the future looks like. Almost every industry has been hit hard... but there's never been a better time to be a physical product seller.

I didn't really learn much about entrepreneurship in business school. But my economy professor Dr. Tom Lehman completely changed how I saw the world. I began to really understand how supply & demand worked. How incentives can drive our world, for the good or the bad. As we are living through an unprecedented pandemic and The Fed continues to print money to keep the country from falling apart, I thought I should give my old college professor a ring. We discuss the economic impact of COVID and what could happen as a result of all this after the dust settles.

Entrepreneurship isn't just about becoming financially free. It isn't about running away from money problems, or putting in years of hard work so that you can actually be happy at some future date. It is about doing work you enjoy every day. I've learned a lot of lessons like this over my years building and selling companies. On this podcast I share some of these insights from my new book 12 Months to $1 Million. Get your copy today at: www.Capitalism.com/Book

Investing capital into a business can be the fastest path to growth... if that business is already healthy and profitable. It helps when that business has an audience of incredibly loyal buyers like Courtney Lee's Prymal brand that sells healthy coffee creamers. On this episode we talk about the future of The Capitalism Fund investing directly into Courtney's company. To learn more about the fund visit: www.Capitalism.com/fund

Ethan and Garron are two brothers who acquired a small 6-figure business. But they are hitting some roadblocks on their journey to scale the business. Capitalism.com founder Ryan Daniel Moran steps in to help them troubleshoot what is keeping this business from quickly turning into a million dollar brand. Order the new book 12 Months To $1 Million today at www.Capitalism.com/Book

JP Sears is a famous YouTuber, author, and comedian. You may recognize him from his trademark purple shirt and long red hair or his most recent viral video What It's Like To Believe Everything The Media Tells You. In this talk with Ryan Moran they discuss how extreme self-responsibility will grant you the freedom to get whatever you want in life. Order the new book 12 Months To $1 Million today at www.Capitalism.com/Book

On this episode we are leaking a call from The One Percent group where Ryan Moran is hosting weekly live calls any member can jump onto for a 1-to-1 Q&A. This is Capitalism Community Coffee. In this clip one of our community members Leah Cupps hopped on to tell us about how she left her job to start building brands with her husband David who also jumps on the call about midway through. To join the community visit www.Capitalism.com/1

We are now officially partnering with emerging entrepreneurs. We are raising money from investors and making an impact infusing capital into promising brands with a lot of potential for growth. This is a behind the scenes look at my pitch call with investors and fund financial advisor Sam Prentice. To learn more about The Capitalism Fund visit www.Capitalism.com/Fund

Mike Dillard is one of the most influential entrepreneurs and marketers in the world. He just invited Ryan Moran onto The Mike Dillard podcast to discuss how Ryan's "0 To $1m In 12 Months" formula was created when he started his own supplement company for less than 1k, had an 8-figure exit, created hundreds and hundreds of million dollar brand owners along the way by sharing his journey. This episode is full of value bombs, braingasms, inspirational moments, and practical takeaways. If you're looking for answers on where eCommerce is going in our new economy moving forward... this is the episode for you.

In part 2 of this deep conversation with Brooke Castillo from The Life Coach School we talk about how to actually IMPLEMENT thinking big on a practical level. Brooke helped me think about some of my own specific goals selling my new book 12 Months To $1 Million, building Capitalism.com, and some day owning the Cleveland Indians. This is the podcast that will help you connect the abundance mindset of entrepreneurship with taking real action to achieve massive goals.

I have recorded hundreds of podcasts since 2013 and this 2-part conversation with Brooke Castillo from The Life Coach School is the one that had the biggest impact on me personally and immediately. Brooke is a master at helping entrepreneurs change their thoughts and perspectives to think bigger. This is the podcast that will help you move toward everything you've ever really wanted.

My book 12 Months To $1 Million: How to Pick a Winning Product, Build a Real Business, and Become a Seven-Figure Entrepreneur is now available and hitting the shelves on Amazon. We started this podcast back in 2013 and I documented my journey of building and selling an 8-figure business. We've interviewed a bunch of listeners along the way on their own journeys and it was based on all this success stories that I created the playbook for anyone to build their own million dollar brand. This is everything I have learned packed into one book.

For every share of a dividend stock that you own, you are paid a portion of the company's earnings. You get paid simply for owning the stock! We talked with Nick McCullum from www.SureDividend.com  Sure Dividend helps individual investors build high-quality dividend growth portfolios for the long run with the goal of financial freedom through dividends. To reach Nick directly visit: www.nickmccullum.com

A lot of people are sitting around waiting for things to go back to normal. But we'll never go back, we can only go forward. Many things will change in 2020 and there will be tremendous opportunity brought on by that change. On today's solocast we're talking about how to stay positive and become happier in quarantine.

Dan Yvars has learned how to make real money flipping baseball cards. Serious money. But in the beginning he made some mistakes and it took a while to develop systems and strategies for him to come out on top. We talk about this arbitrage cashflow business model and how anyone can make money reselling everything from sneakers to books.

Moiz Ali is the founder and former CEO of Native Deodorant. He started the company with $500 and grew it to about $100 million before having an exit with Procter & Gamble. We talk about what he learned from his big exit and what entrepreneurs like you can gain from understanding his journey.

Chad Maghielse started a pet supplies company with $3,000 that he put on a credit card. He grew this business for the purpose of lifestyle freedom. When he scaled his business to the point where he knew he could get a million dollar payday, he did just that. In this interview he talks about some of the things he did well and many of the mistakes he wishes he could have avoided on his journey.

JP Newman is a professional real estate investor and founder of the real estate investment firm Thrive, FP. I interviewed him LIVE in The One Percent group. To join our members area visit: www.Capitalism.com/1 I like to joke that he is the man who owns half of Texas. He does manage a $1 Billion portfolio afterall... After working at Sony Pictures he took a hard pivot into the real estate world and decided he wanted to play a bigger game as an entrepreneur. We got a little tipsy on this special edition of #WhiskeyWithWyan and talked about the meaning of money and the mindset necessary to grow your wealth.

Many small businesses are being hurt badly by the current pandemic. But the 2 trillion dollar stimulus plan and CARES Act present some unique once-in-a-lifetime opportunities for entrepreneurs. I got 2 different opinions from Krista Hilton & Vinnie Fisher who have done tons of research about how this will effect capitalists, and what you can start doing to prosper through their uncertain times.

Kaye Putnam uses psychology-driven branding to scale businesses and entrepreneur's personal brands and create more loyal buyers. We talked LIVE in The One Percent group. To join our members area visit: www.Capitalism.com/1 Whether you're building a personal brand or selling physical products, effective branding is the only way to really stay ahead of the game. In this interview I put Kaye on the spot and asked her assess MY brand after taking her personality quiz online.

I just went LIVE to share my latest thoughts on the 2.2 Trillion dollar stimulus bill (and what this could mean for your business), eCommerce considerations amid this current pandemic, and make some upcoming stock market predictions. To join our next live video like this, you can join The One Percent for 30 days for $1 at www.Capitalism.com/Join

In this episode I talk about my partnership with Liran Hirschkorn and Terry Williamson to bring strategic advantages to members of The Backroom. In light of the pandemic, we are teaming up to provide FREE resources to the eCommerce community to address the big changes coming in 2020. For more information visit www.Capitalism.com/eCommunity

Steve Doodian has a knack for spotting the overlooked influencer and celebrity that has massive impact. He also has a knack for spotting, not just celebrity, but real influence. Steve has the eye for creating connections with influencers that are going to be profitable, and finding the exact right message and influencer to build a business around. He comes with a vast network of connections, so he knows exactly what works and how to get the attention of these individuals. We went live in The One Percent community to chat and take a few questions.

Mike Dillard made $3.2 million in a single week after the crash of 2008. Now as the stock market is falling again I talked with Mike about how to build and monetize an audience for any type of business, regardless of where the economy is at. We talked LIVE in The One Percent group. To join our members area visit: www.Capitalism.com/1

Most entrepreneurs obsess over picking the right product. But truly successful brands focus on serving a particular audience. In this solocast we're talking about how to identify and speak to your ideal audience so you can build a business revolves around them.

Ryan just went LIVE in The One Percent group to talk about the Coronavirus. This pandemic is having a massive effect on the economy, on our businesses, and on our mental health but we can take steps to support each other and come through on the other side stronger than ever. Join The One Percent for 30 days for $1 at www.Capitalism.com/1

Scott Adams is the creator of the Dilbert comic strip, and the author of several nonfiction works of satire, commentary, and business including Win Bigly: Persuasion in a World Where Facts Don’t Matter and his new book Loserthink: How Untrained Brains Are Ruining America. In this talk we discuss audience building in entrepreneurship, politics, and current events.

Are you hustling like an entrepreneur or thinking like a capitalist owner? Capitalists bring together people and multiply resources. But no matter where you and your business are at, you can start thinking like an owner today. Join The One Percent: Capitalism.com/1

This week we're leaking a private talk we had from a Tribe event. Matt Clark is a co-founder and face of Amazing. And Amazing.com's flagship course, Amazing Selling Machine, shows people how to build successful physical product businesses. If you'd like to join The Tribe and build your own million dollar business & take part regular coaching calls, our community, and upcoming events visit: Capitalism.com/Tribe

If you listen to some politicians you might think that income inequality is the most serious problem in the world. But in free society we will always have some level of inequality and I believe this is actually a good thing that lifts ALL people out of poverty and fuels innovation. Let's take an honest look at what cures income inequality and what the effects are...

Spoiler Alert: I'm talking about audience building again. But this time I want to dive into some specifics and provide some examples that can give you a shift in your business in the way you think about audience building and monetization. These strategies around bringing together audiences, products, and sales channels together are absolutely, without a doubt, the BEST opportunity for entrepreneurs over the next 3-5 years.

Alex Upperman made his money selling on Amazon and now he's taken his business knowledge into multi-family real estate investing. He has graduated from just being an entrepreneur, to a true capitalist. In this interview he talks about how he makes truly passive income through real estate, and brings resources together to fund deals, mitigate risk, and grow his family's wealth.

Tom Burns is still an orthopedic surgeon in Austin, Texas but he made his REAL money in real estate... and he started late. In our 2nd interview I open up a bottle of wine to figure out just how he has figured out the secrets of work-life balance and what generates true long-term success. Reach out at: [email protected]

In this episode Ryan talks with Jonathan Twombly, an optimistic yet cautious Multifamily Real Estate investor. The market is at an all-time high and appears to show no signs of slowing down, so where should you put your money? There are ALWAYS deals, and no matter what shape the real estate market is in, it is important not to forget the criteria for what makes a great deal.

Not too long ago Todd Dexheimer was a schoolteacher making about 30k per year. Not he's making big money in real estate buying 100-unit apartment complexes. So how did get to where he's at? Ryan asks Todd how he got started and how anyone can start making money in real estate with the right strategies.

Tom Burns is still an orthopedic surgeon in Austin, Texas but he made his REAL money in real estate. He has over 20 years of real estate experience, both locally and internationally, involving acquisition, development, and management of multifamily property... but more importantly than all of that, he is happy. He has found the work-life balance so many entrepreneurs are chasing and in this interview Ryan asks Tom how he has managed to have it all. Reach out at: [email protected]

Liran Hirschkorn & Terry Williamson called me from outside Amazon headquarters with some BIG revelations. They just got an inside look at what is happening on the platform coming in 2020... and the next decade! And if you thought the "golden age" of Amazon was over, you just wait. We are truly living through the greatest wealth transfer in history... Hint: We're going to see a LOT of money moving away from big established corporations and into the hands of young, scrappy entrepreneurs.

We just did a LIVE training inside The One Percent with Courtney Lee, the founder of Prymal, a healthy coffee creamer company with an amazing story. She shared some strategies she used to build her 7-figure brand WITHOUT making a single sale on Amazon and now that she has launched on Amazon the business is really taking off. We cut this #WineWithWyan podcast down for time but if you want to join us LIVE for the next conversation you've got to join us Capitalism.com/Join

We just did a live training inside The One Percent with Travis Killian, the best Amazon marketer alive, where he revealed how he went from Zero To $25m+ In 3 Years. He revealed what is working right NOW without doing anything blackhat or weird. Just real long-term strategies to beat out the competition. This edited version contains about half of the full interview. If you want in on these live unedited trainings, our private community, and our monthly newsletters, you've got to join at Capitalism.com/Join The full recording is waiting for you on the inside. Thank you Travis for sharing your secrets over a glass or two of wine!

This is what it really takes to start scaling an Amazon business to $10,000 per month and beyond. As an entrepreneur you'll have to choose between prioritizing cash flow vs. building the brand - and the more you can invest back into the company, the better off you'll be.

Capitalism.com Content Creator "C-Money" and I give an update to everything happening in the business, and in our lives. I've just had a son, Capitalism.com is seeing incredible momentum by focusing on our $99/mo community The One Percent, and C-Money shares what we can learn from a listening to a diverse collection of podcasts. Try The One Percent for 30 days for $1 at Capitalism.com/Join

In this podcast we're looking at what it takes to start a successful Amazon FBA business when you're on a budget. Like a TIGHT budget... 1,000, maybe 2,000 bucks! It is easier than EVER to get started now that Amazon has so many distribution systems set up in place for you to start selling products... but you'll want to get started the smart way.

I have recently become the father again, this time to a baby boy. Just like when I had my daughter, I've been given the gift of thinking more long-term about where my life is heading. After stepping away from business for over a month I can see everything more clearly. I have to be more effective with my time. I can see where I was getting in the way. It's amazing what insights come out of just looking into the eyes of your newborn son...

In this episode Ryan discusses the many different ways you can start a physical products brand, and what mentality it takes in order for it to be successful.

Having trouble growing your sales? This week Ryan presents a keynote by successful business entrepreneur, Garret Akerson. Throughout his presentation, Garret teaches 7 Key Takeaways that he used to grow his Shopify sales to 7 figures per month - and you can use no matter where you are taking sales.

How would your life change if you owned a million dollar business? In this interview with Stefan James from Project Life Mastery we discuss the so-called "playbook" to grow an eCommerce business and give you the freedom to move forward. Stefan is also an internet entrepreneur millionaire who makes content that inspires and moves people to take action. We talk about the mindset you will never to cultivate in order to make mistakes, beat the competition, and grow your business in 2020.

When his kids fall asleep and he has an hour to spare, Ryan “Dialer” Moran has been calling people on Instagram after posting for them to submit their recent business challenges. Today’s clips are aimed at giving you more freedom and permission to go out and get more buyers — a subject that was tackled in some of Ryan’s more recent calls — and guess what, it should be natural easy and fun!   Mentioned in this episode   Want to get to 7 figures? Capitalism.com/Brand Want to grow past 7 figures? Capitalism.com/Backroom   The Modern Cowboy | Dr. Dan Hillenbrand Cheryl Gallagher   Keep in touch   Instagram | @RyanDanielMoran

Buying a business sounds intimidating but it's not as expensive as you might think. And you don't even have to use your own money... To learn more join The One Percent @ Capitalism.com/1 In this episode I share a few clips from our live events and talk about these business buying strategies. Mentioned in this episode Preorder 12 Months to $1 Million: How to Pick a Winning Product, Build a Real Business, and Become a Seven-Figure Entrepreneur, by Ryan Daniel Moran Zevia | Paddy Spence Capitalism Conference   Join The One Percent Lesson on Buying Businesses with Shakil Prasla @RyanDanielMoran @Capitalism

Let’s talk about money! Today’s episode is all about how to invest to create passive income — and you get to learn from all of Ryan’s trials and errors. Do you have any income that is not tied to your time? Ryan breaks down the steps and the most efficient investment strategies drawing from some of today’s top investment advisors.   Keep in touch Capitalism With Ryan Daniel Moran on YouTube @RyanMoran @RyanDanielMoran   Mentioned in this episode   Get Unstuck! Capitalism.com/7 Inside The One Percent Investing tips! Capitalism.com/1   J. Massey Garret Gunderson Patrick Donohoe Jason Hartman Tom Wheelwright

From asking Ryan for advice 4 years ago to absolutely killing it today: Brooke Castillo is the founder of The Life Coach School, a massive empire that trains and certifies life coaches. What makes success happen? Tune in to hear Brooke’s insight on what shackles us, the most important thing to get comfortable with, and how to save time. Stay until the very end for a brand new bonus discussion — C-Money kept the cameras rolling for some thoughts on commitment! Mentioned in this episode Get Unstuck! Capitalism.com/7

Can you have it all? Ryan and Chase met through their personal trainer, he currently works for a private equity group and he loves it, but he wants more…   How do you break out of golden handcuffs? Tune in to hear Ryan guide Chase towards finding out what he could do, one episode at a time, to bring meaning to his and other people’s lives.   Mentioned in this episode   Chase Slepak Nithanial Decker Boylan Bottling Company

Today Ryan talks about something really important — a recurring issue with a lot of people he works with — and something you might well be struggling with.   Don’t let your brain justify things you don’t like in sacrifice of the things you do, just allow yourself to get where you want to be. You are deserving.   Keep in touch   Capitalism With Ryan Daniel Moran on YouTube @RyanMoran @RyanDanielMoran

Are you looking for new areas of opportunities? Tune in for an intense discussion on trends in entrepreneurship with the iconic Gary Vee! They also discuss being who you are, playing the long game, buying baseball cards, living within your means, and Oh! There was A LOT of wine: the longer you listen, the sloppier Ryan “Drunk-on-Red” Moran will get!   Mentioned in this episode @RyanDanielMoran   Tweetables “So many people are so insecure and they want to achieve to prove to everybody and if they just understood that if you achieve at 36 instead of 24 you’ll still pull off what you want.” — Gary Vee “I think this newest version of myself is about genuinely realizing that I am making an impact, and feeling a tremendous sense of responsibility.” — Gary Vee “The biggest thing that surprised me so far is how genuinely involved Gary is on the content.” — Zayne “The things I’m singularly most proud of in the world, not a person knows. I’m comfortable promoting business, it’s business! The real humanity is quiet as fuck.” — Gary Vee “Do you know why I almost didn’t have a K-Swiss deal?” — Gary Vee “You know how they say ‘don’t meet your heroes’ well my goal is to be better than you thought I was.” — Gary Vee

Today is a chat with a listener who runs an Instagram page with 300k follower and wonders if he can turn this into his full time job. Ryan believes he can turn this into a 100k a year business in 24 hours.   How much are your followers really worth? Reighan is thinking of selling and has some resistance to Ryan’s ideas, so there is a push and pull to find his best-fit solution, but more importantly, his first step.   Mentioned in this episode   @TheTravellingNomads on Instagram

Bernie Sanders recently tweeted that there should not be millionaires. Other prominent leftist figures have alluded to this idea and today, Ryan opts to tackle the ethics and responsibility of making money.   Are you looking for food for thought — or arguments with friends! — around Capitalism, creativity, wealth, and ethics? Or do you just plain need to hear that it’s ok to make money: you don’t have to feel bad. This episode is for you and no, you shouldn’t feel bad, the pie is as big as we want!   Keep in touch   Capitalism With Ryan Daniel Moran on YouTube @RyanMoran @RyanDanielMoran   Mentioned in this episode   Billy Gene Bernie Sanders Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez Great Thunberg

Ryan shares an episode he did with Dave from ClickFunnels.com and if you’re in the midst of building a business with all of the highs and lows of decision making, this episode is for you. Take it from Ryan “Recess Money Makers Club” Moran, the route to freedom is the pursuit of what it is that excites you, he offers up some advice on how to figure that out.   Mentioned in this episode @RyanDanielMoran ClickFunnels

Today, Ryan interviews Jeremiah Lee Klingman who did his workshop at 17 years of age and had a multi-million dollar exit at 20… The story gets really interesting after money show up.   Are you at the start your entrepreneurial journey or looking for an exit? This episode has you covered in both cases! Tune in for a showcase on the two sides of the entrepreneurial coin: how to start your business, and what to do once the money shows up.   Mentioned in this episode   Capitalism.com/Start Capitalism.com/Exit Tribe Fitness Roam

Listen to this episode before throwing your money at any and all influencers you can find! There is a wrong and right way to do influencer marketing.   Are you thinking of adding influencer marketing to your strategy? Max Kerwick welcomes influencers Lauren Fisher and Rasmus Andersen to talk about their side of a marketing relationship and share critical dos and don’ts of this kind of advertising channel.   Mentioned in this episode Lauren Fisher Rasmus Andersen

Judson switched careers, followed the Capitalism.com plan, built a 7 figure business and developed a really, really weird relationship with Ryan “The Entrepreneur Pastor” Moran.   Tune in for a very interesting conversation on business, juggling multiple businesses, passion, spirituality, religion… Follow Ryan and Judson run head-first into the rabbit hole!   Mentioned in this episode   Capitalism.com/AmazonClass

Tune in for a QA with Ryan and Sylvia, long time listener and entrepreneur who lists off a slew of free resources that she and her husband used to launch and scale their business to 7 figures.   Operationally, how do you get big game influencers on board? Ryan answers some questions she has for moving into the next phase and offers advice — one of them has Sylvia scared — to further her brand and grow her sales.   Mentioned in this episode   JP Sears Brian Lee Want to be on the show? It’s open to all for a limited time, visit: Capitalism.com/FFLpodcast Challenge yourself, launch your first business! Capitalism.com/Brand

Are you interested in starting a business but you’re not sure where to begin, how to find what to do? Do you have a business you may be interested in buying? Today’s episode is for you.   Where is the easiest place to start? You. Ryan breaks down how and why it all starts with you and shares clips from a variety of people who have started their own things and made it big (Moiz Ali, Will Ferrell, Russell Brunson)   Keep in touch   Capitalism With Ryan Daniel Moran on YouTube @RyanMoran @RyanDanielMoran   Mentioned in this episode   Robert Kiyosaki Rich Dad Poor Dad, by Robert Kiyosaki Cashflow board game   Moiz Ali Native Deodorant   Will Ferrell   Russell Brunson

Ever wonder how the absurdly wealthy really make their money? Ryan used to, and he is still fascinated by this question. After interviewing a vast amount of multi-millionaires, he shares the one thing he has seen as a constant among all of them.   There is only one thing for you to do in order to start making money, Ryan shares this, as well as what you should do to turn THAT into A LOT OF MONEY.   Keep in touch   @RyanMoran @RyanDanielMoran   Mentioned in this episode   Naval Ravikant AngelList

Today is part 2 of Ryan’s interview with Suzy Batiz which is essentially a deep dive into philosophical questions. They share how each of them broke from their faith and how they build their spiritual practice now.   Also, Ryan turns Suzy Batiz’s preconceived idea of Capitalism on its head!   Mentioned in this episode   Capitalism.com/AmazonClass Instagram: @RyanDanielMoran Twitter: @RyanMoran   Tweetables   “The pursuit of truth is also the pursuit of God, and it led me away from Church.” — Ryan Daniel Moran   “I will one day write a book called: ‘Why I Left The Church To Find God’.” — Ryan Daniel Moran   “Capitalism is very simply the way that we organise coming together to solve problems.” — Ryan Daniel Moran

Do you have a million project ideas but no projects? Chances are you’re standing in your own way. John is stuck and looking for guidance on a side project he has been toying with for 15-20 years!   Ryan identifies the issues John is struggling with, and kicks down 3-4 doors for him to just walk through! Tune in to get a quick push off the cliff alongside John — just start.   Mentioned in this episode   Want to be on the show? It’s open to all for a limited time, visit: Capitalism.com/FFLpodcast Challenge yourself, launch your first business! Capitalism.com/Brand

Do you ever feel like you’re too old to start? That’s it’s too late? That you’re entrenched in the life you have or have failed too many damned times? This week, Wednesdays With Wyan basks in the afterglow of the Suzy Batiz interview… Keep in touch @RyanMoran @RyanDanielMoran Mentioned in this episode For step by step guides, resources and exercises to start your business go to Capitalism.com/Start

Today, Ryan talks to Suzy Batiz to shed some light on the often overlooked sides of entrepreneurship: entrepreneurs don’t just show up one day, successful and rich, it’s a journey and it’s not always easy but the rewards are so, so worth it. Suzy shows a very vulnerable and open side of herself while sharing the darker side of her story. She shares her thoughts on some of the more objectionable practices in business, the search for meaning, and how she clawed her way back up to happiness after 40.   Mentioned in this episode   Capitalis.com/Paradigm Life’s free investment guide Instagram: @RyanDanielMoran Twitter: @RyanMoran Man’s Search for Meaning Loving What Is

Long time listener Steve Hutchings has been running his popular extreme sports blog since 2010. He’s been looking to turn it into a business but isn’t getting the traction he was hoping.   Have you been sitting on an idea? Ryan helps Steve see some golden opportunities he was blind to and shares tips on how to build   Mentioned in this episode   Want to be on the show? It’s open to all for a limited time, visit: Capitalism.com/FFLpodcast Challenge yourself, launch your first business! Capitalism.com/Brand Abenakiextreme.com Upgradedpoints.com

Do you have an audience that you’re ready to monetize? Or maybe you’re just looking for a new side hustle?   Tune in for this episode geared at helping you choose what products to sell and build a brand around — visit Capitalism.com/start for more written, video and audio resources on building a physical product business.   In this audio episode, Ryan breaks down all the steps required for that first product choice to happen, starting with the easiest path to figuring out who you want to serve, and some exercises you can do to hone into the ideal product for your person.   Keep in touch   @RyanMoran @RyanDanielMoran   Mentioned in this episode   For step by step guides, resources and exercises to start your business go to Capitalism.com/Start

In 2014, Ryan released the 0 to 1 million in 12 months on Amazon video— viewed about 1.6 million times — but 5 years is huge in the digital space… Today’s episode is all about the updated version of the 0 to 1 million in 12 months on Amazon.   What’s new and different in the Amazon space? What’s coming, what’s here to stay and what’s about to go? Ryan shares the best tools to use, where to put the bulk of your energy and breaks down the steps to getting to the million mark in easy to follow point form.   Mentioned in this episode   Instagram: @RyanDanielMoran Twitter: @RyanMoran   Tweetables

Nick has tried a few things, and is investing a lot of time in PPC and optimization, but his sales are now stagnant and have gone down since launch. Ryan helps Nick clear up what it is he loves about his business and how he can do more of it!   Are you about to throw in the towel on your budding brand and switch your focus? Ryan shares insight on discontinuation, actionable tips on where and how to gather intel on your customer base and who NOT to listen to if you’re trying to build a business.

Today is part 1 of 4 of a free video course by Capitalism.com on scaling your brand to 7 figures! Has your brand gotten stuck at the million dollar mark? If so, this series was tailor-made for you and will walk you through the very specific steps that will help you muscle through brand plateaus.   Ryan opens up the series with an in-depth about audience building — He touches on where you should you put the bulk of your energy (instagram or email?) where your content need to be and where it needs to lead, what’s the best way to capture customer information and much, much more.   Tune in for part 3 to 4 to learn about crafting offers, working with influencers and cash flow management to scale your physical products brand from 6 to 7 figures.   Keep in touch   @RyanMoran @RyanDanielMoran   Mentioned in this episode   Capitalism.com/brandcourse

Craig Ballantyne is a high-paid coach, the author of The Perfect Day Formula, and the new Wall Street Journal best-selling book, Unstoppable he is also the founder of a multiple 7-figure fitness Empire.   Are you stressed and strapped for time? Today, Craig shares his story as well as a massive amount of tips you need to put into action if you need more time — cause that’s just what he does: gives you the structure to be successful and incidentally, find 10 more hours to play with, every week!   Mentioned in this episode   Craig Ballantyne    

Ryan is joined by Omar — who runs Margin Business, an Amazon optimization agency — to talk about finding and hiring that anchor employee, the one who frees you up to build your business rather than work in it.   How do you hire for a role that hasn’t been systematized? Ryan shares the 3 most important characteristics that this person needs to have. He also highlights the critical steps to getting organised for that first hire to work out.   Mentioned in this episode   Marginbusiness.com Turnkey Product Management Outstanding Foods

Ryan “DMT” Moran makes an appearance on his Ayahuasca Shaman’s podcast to dive deep into every spiritual pool available and investigate how they relate to one another. Join them for a thoughtful discussion on Ryan’s spiritual journey to this day, how Ayahuasca fit into it and where he thinks it may lead in terms of personal and professional development.   Keep in touch   @RyanMoran @RyanDanielMoran   Mentioned in this episode   Zach and Jess Poitra

Jeff Lieber sits down for an interview with Ryan Daniel Moran. Is Ryan a robot? He shares the one aim that drives all of his actions and how his personal routines enable him to get more done.   Jeff and Ryan also discuss how to build an audience in Amazon, as well as how to prepare for the future in order to thrive in the long term despite Amazon changes.   Mentioned in this episode   Turnkey Product Management Sign up for the Playbook for Amazon Class over at Capitalism.com/AmazonClass   Tweetables   “I think the biggest opportunity, the biggest white space, is building brands around audiences.” — Ryan Daniel Moran

Bradley comes on the Freedom Fastlane podcast to have permission to get unstuck.   Today, Ryan gives advice he rarely gives, and he coaxes Bradley into realizing you know what you want, even when you think you don’t know! Also, how to best use your social media when you’re an introvert.   Mentioned in this episode   Black Rifle Coffee Mizzen+Maines

Ryan picks up a thread he didn’t get to on the last episode: his predictions for the coming elections, Woohoo! Controversy! He names names, makes bets, and draws interesting business lessons from the current candidate positions.   Ryan also touches on the lies he has believed about money and his current understanding of freedom.   Keep in touch   @RyanMoran @RyanDanielMoran

Patrick Donohoe interviews Ryan Daniel Moran in this intimate conversation about the nature of Capitalism and how defending its core principles serves humanity on a large scale and time frame.   Patrick and Ryan also touch on the hardships, failures and challenges of entrepreneurship as well as discuss politics.   Mentioned in this episode   Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez Andrew Yang Toms Shoes Joseph Shumpeter Frederich Hayek Ray Dalio Turnkey Product Management   Quotes (edited)   “Profit is the reflection of you doing good, and with that you can do whatever you want, you’ve already paid your debt to society by doing that good thing in the first place.” — Ryan Daniel Moran   “The only person in politics smarter than AOC is Donal Trump.” — Ryan Daniel Moran   “Today is the first time a message can be delivered at scale, and because of that, we are now incentivized to do whatever gets attention on a mass scale, especially when you’re doing something like running for president.” — Ryan Daniel Moran

Douglas retired from his family business in 2011. He battled burnout and depression and has been dabbling in longevity meetups. He is looking for involvement.   Ryan helps him see how he’s already filling a niche — he looks good at 67! Now he needs to start, Ryan breaks down what he should do.   Mentioned in this episode   FlynnCon   Ray Kurzweil — The Age of Spiritual Machines   Meetup   Peter Attia

Ryan opens up today’s edition with some business news you need to find interesting — pay attention!   Creativity is the key to your pursuits, why? Ryan shares the insights he’s picked up over the thousands of attempts at creation he’s made.   Keep in touch   @RyanMoran   @RyanDanielMoran   Mentioned in this episode   Zevia   Virgil’s Soda   Quest Nutrition   One bars

What does it mean to be a man and an entrepreneur today? Ryan shares his thoughts on masculinity, loneliness, creativity, capitalism, growth and religion.   Ryan opens up about what influence he wants to have as a man and what he has learned about women. And tune in to hear the number one rule of business he has always violated as well as what you should be willing to sacrifice in the pursuit of truth.   Key takeaways   Men are trained to shoulder and carry the burden, do it alone, and do it in silence. This is a lie.   Ryan’s journey started with being aware that he felt alone and noticing that every aspect of his life was better when he wasn’t.   Challenge [8:13] Ryan shares his biggest challenge so far in his journey as a human, a man, and an entrepreneur. He also touches on his take on the meaning of life.   [10:00] Loneliness shouldn’t be man’s default state, but it’s the case for the majority of male leaders today.   Capitalism [12:29] Capitalism.com is one of Ryan’s entrepreneurial ventures and it’s been the vehicle for building the community he’s looking for.   [15:12] Ryan talks about the extraction versus the input mentalities he sees in young entrepreneurs and explains which of them best benefits Capitalism as a model.   Part of why Capitalism.com exists is to change the conversation around entrepreneurship.   Fear and purpose [22:10] Who does Ryan fear the most in this world? He explains the pitfalls of eschewing in opposition to the importance of finding purpose.   [24:44] A 25 year plan is Ryan’s way of harnessing his ability to make good decisions long term. The benefits of long term thinking cannot be overstated.   Ryan is expecting his first boy in December — this led him to an ‘oh! shit’ moment — and it may well be the start of his thought process beyond the 25 year mark and into “post-Ryan”.   Q1 [31:19] Mike asks Ryan about working with very — very — young entrepreneurs. This leads to an interesting conversation about perception.   Q2 [37:17] Kids don’t have any preconceived notions, should it not be easier to make them entrepreneurs? Nature vs nurture: Ryan opens up about what he wants for his own children.   Q3 [40:15] Still want to buy the Indians? Yes, but… there’s a caveat! And this is a multi-part answer on how Ryan has grown and who he has grown into.   Q4 [46:38] John asks what is the impact Ryan wants to have on the world? To be an example. The perception of men and masculinity is of destruction and divisiveness. Masculinity is more about leadership, service and kindness.   Q5 [50:36] Leadership comes with criticism. Is there any way to avoid it or do we have to steel ourselves?   “Believe those who are seeking the truth; doubt those who find it.” — Credited to André Gide, 1952. Translated to English, 1959 (“Croyez ceux qui cherchent la vérité, doutez de ceux qui la trouvent.”)   Q6 [57:04] How did Ryan lose his religion? In short, the church has a lot of dogmatic people claiming to have found truth and Ryan isn’t done looking for it. But in reality it was a complex, scary and painful journey which may someday become a book.   Q7 [1:02:12] After questioning his faith and losing his religion, where is Ryan today? Ryan offer a vulnerable, honest and very personal answer.   Thanks for listening!   Mentioned in this episode   Capitalism.com x Paradigm Life’s Patrick Dohonoe — Free wealth strategy guide   GoBundance   Quotes   “Men are trained to shoulder and carry the burden, as well as to do it alone. This is a lie.” — Ryan Daniel Moran   “I just find that I make better decisions the longer term I think, it enables you to factor more things in.” — Ryan Daniel Moran   “Are you here? Am I safe? Do you love me? If you think about it, ever fight you’ve ever had with a woman had its roots in one of these three things.” — Ryan Daniel Moran   “Listen to the man who pursue truth and flee from the man who has claimed to have found it.” — Ryan Moran quoting André Gide   “American Christianity specifically keeps most people from experiencing God that Jesus of Nazareth referenced.” — Ryan Daniel Moran  

Today Ryan talks to Kei Nishida — Author and founder and CEO of JapanesGreenTeaIn.com — a business for which he’d like to acquire more customers and see their sales increase.   Blog traffic is working, email channels are working and event presence is working… how do you increase scale speed? Ryan offer tips from ramping up content writing to using the attention you’re already getting to your advantage.

This is a short clip from a recent event when an attendee asked what to do with your time once you’ve achieved a certain level of success.   Ryan touches on the feeling he’s chasing, more so than a passion, it’s a goal of family, tribe and community.

Ryan sits for an interview on the Outsourcing and Scaling Show with Nathan Hirsh he shares his thoughts on “Amazon businesses” and tips on how to break from that and into a real business.   Also, did you ever wonder what Capitalism.com’s structure is like, how Ryan structures his schedule and what he’s learned about building company culture? Tune-in for a peek behind the curtain!   Key takeaways [2:35] Nathan takes a minute to introduce Ryan “Delicious Leftovers” Moran to his podcast and asks him to share a little bit about how he was as a child: try to remember how you used to have fun.   First ventures and umpiring lessons [5:16] Ryan doesn’t consider ever having had a first “serious adult” venture. It was really more of an accumulation of all of his smaller endeavours, driven by the goal of becoming a real estate investor. Both Nathan and Ryan used to umpire, they talk about the kinds of lessons they learned and skills they developed.   “An Amazon business” [8:15] The tools have changed drastically, from the time Ryan was coding dreamweaver on a dial up modem. But with more resources and ease of opportunity, there are now more players competing, so the game has become about quality — both in product and customer experience.   Most people are short sighted though and will start thinking that they run an Amazon business. No one ever says “I have a Walmart business” or an “affiliate business” but people do say I have an “Amazon business” the reality is that Amazon is a customer acquisition strategy, not a business.   People who win are the ones who do digital marketing, who focus on people.   Where to start [11:48] Ryan’s advice for people who want to start marketing starts with a mindset change: an AMazon business doesn’t exist, you need to start building your own asset. 1. Budget your profits — the cheque you get from Amazon is not your money, it’s the company’s money. 2. Invest in customer experience. 3. Build an audience — either build it yourself or create a long term partnership with an influencer. 4. Try your hand at search engine optimization, no one is doing it: you’ll have an edge.   People [15:04] Making money is about people, it’s about who you surround yourself with, and it’s about your emotional intelligence. You have to learn how to succeed through others.   Ryan shares what he hates to do that is critical to moving forward in building your business: job descriptions… What is required to move you forward? It’s always the right time to hire when you know what you’re hiring for.   The opposite never ends well, Ryan has failed that way many times and he shares a few.   Structures, meeting and company culture [22:53] Ryan shares a bit about how he structures his businesses: who’s in charge of what… He also touches on the traits he looks for in his teammates and colleagues, how he runs meetings and what kind of culture he is trying to develop at Capitalism.com.   Two things Ryan learned through personal experience: if your culture sucks, something about you sucks, and people need more guidance and feedback than he thought from the get go.   Scheduling [30:13] Ryan touches on which parts of his schedule he protects and which are more flexible, his current objectives and focuses as well as what he chooses to do weather it’s morning or evening.   Owning the Cleveland Indians [31:37] When Ryan was 12, he wanted to be the General Manager of a Baseball team but he also realised that if you are the general manager, someone has to hire you — you are not in control. The owner is in control.   Nathan and Ryan nerd out on Baseball.   Capitalism.com and CapCon [34:39] Ryan shares what the purpose of Capitalism.com is and explains how the Capitalism Conference was born, what its goal is and what’s in the cards for the future.   Thanks for listening!

Jason Franciosa — long time follower of Capitalism.Com as well as Co-Founder and CEO of Element 26 — joins the show to ask Ryan some questions on how to go from $50k a month to the $100k a month mark.   Tune in to hear Ryan’s tips on not skipping steps when planning ahead, how best to communicate with customers, better ways to build audiences and finding the magic-making team member.

Corrupt politicians? Economic hardship? Income inequality? Compared to who!? When!?   In North-America, primary needs are met and more often than not, wildly exceeded. We have lost most of our bases of comparison and so the ability to evaluate our relative situation. Ryan shares his fears around us forgetting how good we have it and what we could lose as a result.

Are you in the low 7 figures, and a bit stuck? You might’ve become an Amazon channel manager. Ryan explains how to get off the hamster wheel and build up and past 7 figures.   Key takeaways The three parts of business are pretty straightforward: 1. Sales channel, 2. Product and 3. Audience. Uniting these three aspects is the key to propelling your brand past 7 figures. Here’s how.   BUSINESS PART 1 [6:13] Sales channel — where are your sales coming from? For most of the world, the answer is not Amazon…   You are a channel manager. On a hamster wheel. [9:52] Somewhere in the low seven figures lives the hamster wheel in which you can’t grow as fast as you used to and you can’t do all of the work alone. That’s when you know you’re an Amazon channel manager. It’s humbling.   Tip: Don’t fall into the trap of then becoming a — let’s say — Shopify channel manager on top of an Amazon one…   Getting out of the wheel will suck [13:04] There was a time, when you just started your business when you sucked at it. But you got better. Now you’re good, the only thing that threatens you is if Amazon makes a change… So you protect your investment and you enter defense mode.   The only way out of defense mode is to hire better people who do specific things better than you.   Tip: After 180 days if a new hiree is not out-earning you, they may be the wrong person for the job.   Now you can focus less on working in and more on working on your company...   BUSINESS PART 2 [15:25] Products! No one got big, got rich or got famous selling the same product as everybody else. This is the unhappy place where we’re trying to outreview our competitors, over analyse our keywords and wage price wars.   Risky business [24:52] If you’re over a million, it’s time to take some risks on products: create a product people actually want, not what everyone else is white labelling from Alibaba.   More risk = more reward.   So, your sales channel is optimized and you have a unique product in the marketplace: you are ready to jump off the hamster wheel and into the big league.   BUSINESS PART 3 [26:38] Audience! Ryan’s favorite audience builder is currently search engine optimization — what’s old is new again — in fact all of his companies were built on search engine optimisation and email.   The hero’s journey [31:35] Whatever you sell, you should always remember that it’s about the people who buy your product and how it helps them in their journey: people don’t care about you or your business, they care about themselves. They are the hero. They are Luke Skywalker.   You are not the hero, neither is your business. You are Yoda, you serve the hero.   Tip: Add an email insert into your packaging, start turning sales into CUSTOMERS.   There is a huge difference between a sale and a customer, and the latter is where real value is built…   Ryan’s closing tip 1 [42:21] You are at a million or up and can’t pinpoint what your business’ purpose is — aside from more sales — you are in trouble. Figure out who you are.   Ryan’s closing tip 2 [47:09] Where is you time and focus going? Outsource all outsourceable tasks and spearhead new initiatives — stop being the operator of all things and start being the leader of all things.   Thanks for listening!

Former pitcher for the Cleveland Indians Nick Hagadone joins the podcast today — a dream comes true today for Ryan and a great learning opportunity for listeners to find out what tips Ryan had for the ex-MLB star to maximise his businesses returns.   Are you looking for some pointers on how to how to craft a launch plan? What about things you should do to get daily sales? Sit-in on this star-struck interview.

During Seller Con in Las Vegas Ryan got mobbed backstage by digital marketers with bunches of questions. Today’s episode delivers some seriously unfiltered Ryan.   Watch your ears though, there is some colorful language on top of some interesting pointers and a few blunt, blunt answers!

Get ready for today’s episode, it’s finally part 2 of black man vs. White man!   Follow Ryan “Debate” Moran and Billy Gene into a multitude of controversial rabbit holes and hear what Billy had to say that may have changed Ryan’s mind on some subjects.   Key takeaways   Trump or Obama? [5:43] Billy and Ryan set the tone for this dialogue by going over drunken items from the last black man vs. white man debate — are people more divided than during the civil war? Are things better or worse for minorities? — and open up this year’s conversation with a personal story from Billy.   Putting other things first [:] Ryan points out that his choice to support Trump, or not, would be driven by his upbringing and his choice of peers.   Billy rebutts that as a black man, it’s hard to put other things — upbringing, peers, etc. — before race since so much of his experience of the world has been dictated by it.   One racist thing [13:35] Ryan asks if there is one thing about Trump that stands out as racist.   The tagline! Billy offers that Make American Great Again refers to a time past, but which? Maybe the one when people of color were segregated against and women overlooked — what about that could you possibly like as a black man. What the f**k does great again mean?   Representation [18:26] Billy notes that perception is key, and that we understand ourselves in the context of what we see, i.e. when he watches a 1920’s film, he understands that he was the milkman. So building pride and making certain that strong black representation exist in every area of life is important to him, he’s plated his Lambo “I’m black” — even if some white people take it personal!   Ryan concedes a point!   The opposite of racism? [21:40] Ryan asserts that he avoids making assumptions based on race and gender while Billy claims — as an advertiser — to be all about assumptions.   Billy thinks forcing hard conversations may be the one positive thing to stem from the Trump movement.   Privilege [24:38] Billy offers that privilege is the innate leg up that a white man may not realise he has in comparison to a black man. He also offers up the main opposing views of both sides which tend to generate disconnect: 1. Don’t say you came from nothing because you don’t know what nothing is. 2. Don’t villainize me for being born with what I was born with. The true leg up is having people like you, in your surroundings that were successful, that’s when you believe it’s possible.   The controversial voice of privilege [29:10] Ryan agrees, but counters that privilege is less of a factor in success than ever before. Billy acquiesces but adds the following caveat: it isn’t gone and people are still not equal.   Empathy [31:33] In a “black man or white man succeeding” scenario, Ryan says he would bet on the person coming at a disadvantage. Billy immediately counters that this may be because Ryan doesn’t really truly know what disadvantage is. And that is privilege, with a little bit of lack of empathy sprinkled in.   Billy shares his personal story of privilege and luck which took root in his parent’s fight against disadvantage.   The key to moving forward with this whole debacle is empathy: for people who are privileged to be cognizant and humble about it and for the people who had none not to villainize.   Responsibility [36:40] Both Ryan and Billy agree that people who have privilege also have a responsibility to make other people’s lives better, whether or not that privilege was given to them or if they worked hard for it. And people without have a responsibility to themselves.   But people with too much privilege or too long of a history of privilege tend to get soft…   Is Billy stumped?   Soft, soft privilege [40:00] Ryan argues that socialist government policies like raising welfare, social safety nets and etc. play a role in softening the masses. Billy offers a personal caveat.   What is the role of government? [45:40] Ryan and Billy discuss the role of government: should governments force the “benevolent responsibility” of successful people? Should there be a fee for becoming successful? And once a program is successful, should it not be cancelled?   Ryan offers that Federal Government should only exist to protect our borders, freedoms, rights and constitution and State Government should decide everything else.   Abortion [48:35] Ryan is of the mind that State Governement should decide their own abortion laws — even if he thinks Alabama’s law is whack. The philosophical question that underpins the abortion debate revolves around when a fetus deserves equal protection under the law.   Billy debates whether men should even vote on it.   Marriage [54:33] Billy asks about the white entrepreneur’s recent obsession with open couples. Ryan isn’t even certain what he thinks about marriage but he does think that the recent spike in non-traditional narratives in the entrepreneurial community is driven by loneliness.   Entrepreneurship [1:00:40] Both Billy and Ryan believe that people have come to mistake entrepreneurship and freedom and it has created a fad around becoming an entrepreneur.   Instagram has created this idea that you can have the house, the car, the plane, the travel, the company and it’s a mistake.   Freedom and money are not mutually exclusive.   Looking for a rabbit hole [1:04:58] Ryan and Billy shop for another rabbit hole to tumble into, they go from universal basic income to the next election to what freedom means.   Freedom [1:07:05] Defining what freedom means to you is usually a journey that starts with setting a goal. Humans are easily bored, so finding the problem you want to spend some blood sweat and tears fixing is key and once it’s fixed, it changes!   It always changes and it’s very personal, Ryan and Billy find a very real human common ground.   Rapid fire [1:10:40] Ryan asks Billy business questions: 1. Fear of loss? Losing will make the win look different. 2. Fear of change? Embrace change with grace is a core brand value. 3. Driver for scale? Simplification.   Billy shares the peace he found with letting go of Billygeneismarketing’s reins — and the difficulties of letting the team make mistakes — having it become an asset that permits branching out into new ventures.   Ryan shares how trippy this is for him since Billy is describing the exact path he’s been on for the past 2 years.   Million dollar studio [1:17:12] The financial driver behind Billy’s business growth as well as his awesome studio and team was … *drumroll* … Ads! More specifically ads to video sales, that is the model.   Final controversy [1:19:00] Billy offers up the last piece of discussion: traditional therapy and medications. The typical person who commits suicide is the white male. Billy offers up that the “get bigger problems” might explain why minorities have have a different perspective and much lower suicide rates.   Ryan adds the “get soft and purposeless” as an aggravating factor to white male suicide rates. Two things make our lives feel fulfilled and happy: 1. Meaning 2. Community   Affluent people tend to lose both, especially if you don’t do most of what Billy and Ryan have discussed in the last hour: redefine your goals and focus on social responsibility.   Ryan goes full circle and pick the disadvantaged person again because they will be less derailed by adversity than the one who had it made.   Race again [1:28:20] Billy uses a sports metaphor to illustrate that the idea that “we’ve come so far, let’s double down” is a hard pill to swallow.   Also, if you want the women’s soccer team to get a raise, watch the damn games.   Closing out [1:31:15] Having these types of conversations helps contextualize everyone’s perspective, there is white privilege, there is black privilege.   But for people in the U.S. to have these dialogues, they need to be out of the “needs” category — you can’t worry about other people’s problems if you’re not sure how you’re going to eat.   In the meantime, Billy and Ryan share a hilariously awkward handshake.   Thanks for listening!

Marianna’s interest in blogging began in 2014 and eventually led her to start The Collective Mill a resource that helps women launch their own blog.   After her email list grew from 500 to 17 000 on it’s own, she is looking for guidance from Ryan on how to monetize her website with her course. His advice is not what she thought, listen in to what Ryan thinks her next moves really should be.

Ryan used to laugh at his roommate for doing this, but after one session, he was hooked. 7 years later into that process, he interviews a practitioner of the work in Network Chiropractic, Dr. Cliff Inkles. What is this woo-woo weirdness? Ryan, C-Money and Dr. Cliff talk through the process of Network Chiropractic.

Today, we feature an in depth interview with Ryan about some seldom shared ideas he has on Religion, Politics and Business.   Ever wonder what Ryan’s most controversial thoughts are? Tune in for that, as well as some tips for better living and serious insight on what the point of religion is, what the outcome of the next election is going to be and the greatest metaphor for life: sports.   Key takeaways   Letting go [5:08] Ryan broke from his faith in what was probably the most painful event of his life so far.   However, when you are ok with breaking from everything you’ve known, you are also able to question every other normative aspect of society. And because people are usually dogmatic, this ability becomes a strategic advantage.   The origins of questioning [6:43] The Baptist church is very dogmatic in terms of scripture being the word of God, and Ryan began questioning the literal truth of scripture.   Is the Bible really the inspired word of God? He concluded that it was not, and this launched his pursuit of truth, which is the whole point of spirituality.   “Trust those who seek the truth but doubt those who say they have found it.” — André Gide   2 Party system [13:00] We’re already starting to see the cracks in the system and Ryan shares his predictions on its lifespan:   The last Republican election had 17 people on the debate, the Democrats are now running more than 20 candidates who qualify for the debate.   So by 2024, more than 50 people could be bidding without any clear front-runner. What this means is finally some room for independents and probably time for a more democratized election.   The Indians [18:00] Around June first the Indians were 28 and 29, Ryan thought “punt the season”. Since then, they’ve gone 38 and 16.   What happened? The team started playing for Cookie, the starting pitcher who was diagnosed with Leukemia: now they had a reason why.   Isn’t it a great metaphor for life: You can have all the raw ingredients, all the talent, but if you don’t have a reason why, it all gets left on the sidelines.   Team culture helps, but so does the human tendency to believe projections rather than reality, so the expectation to win — or lose — has a role to play in the outcome.   Winning [26:00] Predicting the outcome of elections has been relatively easy for Ryan, especially when people are “voting against X”. That is usually a great indicator that X will win: you are still focusing on them and it usually means the other candidates have no real substance for you to rally to.   The entire House Democratic caucus is focused solely on electing someone who can beat Donald Trump! Joe Biden even said his only goal was to beat Donald Trump.   The only people who may have shots if nominated would be Andrew Yang an Tulsi Gabbard: they're running on real issues — even if Ryan is not a fan of their solutions!   Free market [28:52] Should I have the right to consume anything that is destructive to me? Or alternatively: does someone have the right to prevent me from doing something to myself?   Ryan thinks that if you are going to have restrictions, you can only try to police the market, knowing that this will result in an underground industry.   Ryan still has an incomplete opinion on drug policy, but he does believe that punishing the individual is a lost cause.   Marketing the wall [33:07] The wall was always a false policy: it was a marketing tool and a negotiation tool.   It got a lot of attention and enabled Trump to say that 3 ½ years later “there’s still not a wall, we still have work to do, don’t let them take it away from us!”   What will happen is that some parts will be built — some already are and some were already built before Trump — and the rest will be a technological solution that he will call “a wall”, and a win.   Consumerism [34:32] People consume out of fear. When you are happy and at peace, you do not have endless consumerism and the opposite is true as well. We consume to fill a void that cannot be filled by consumerism.   Mental health has to be the next conversation we have as a society — that and marriage — those are the great debates coming.   Quick hack [36:27] Meditation, therapy, personal and physical development inform better decisions, but Ryan has found that the one thing that keeps all of those practices running at their best is sleep. It’s the one thing that makes everything else easier or unnecessary.   What he monitors is being up late at night working and if by 9 o’clock he feels like binge eating, it means he needs to go to sleep.   Controversy! [40:38] Prescription drugs are something Ryan has come full circle on after using Modafinil and Metformin — which is big in the biohacking community — his doctor recommended it as a net positive despite the side effects. He mainly sees those as preventative care and not as solutions to ongoing problems.   The one thing [45:01] If you do only one thing that will have a net positive impact on your well being, Ryan recommends that you spend the time to identify the most traumatic experiences of your life, and see what comes up.   Ryan’s parents’ divorce, it turns out, was a lot to unpack even to this day, and yielded interesting information about his personality.   The seed of change, if you are looking for change, is in analyzing those experiences. It can start with journaling.   Goals [48:10] Ryan aims to do less. And clean up the neurotic decisions he’s made in the last couple of years.   Thanks for listening!

Wendy has been really very busy working on getting her business where she wants it to be, but she isn’t seeing the needle move. “Do you want a testimonial? You just changed my life!” find out what Ryan told Wendy Kim during this exclusive in-person one-on-one.

Every time Ryan visits his grandparents, he pretends it’s the last time. He’s been asking them about their lives, their greatest moments, regrets and secrets for longevity and happiness. Today he shares what 2 things all of his grandparents agreed was key to a fulfilling life even through economic depressions and wars.

John Mackey, Founder of Whole Foods, took a liking to what Cap.com is doing. In this never before shared talk from the Capitalism Conference, he shares the story of how he grew Whole Foods.   What exactly is Conscious Capitalism? John takes us on a brief history tour of Capitalism, how it came about, what it drove and what it should become.   Key takeaways   Capitalism [3:51] John outlines a few of the ten principles that underpin true Capitalism, not the crony Capitalism -- or Crapitalism -- we see today. He also paints a portrait of the United-States’ steady decline in economic freedom.   A brief history lesson [8:00] 200 years ago, 90% of everyone alive was poor, but as Capitalism began in Holland and steadily spread all the way to North-America and Asia, prosperity has since then increased 10x in the low lines!   Zero sum games? [14:55] John debunks the idea that for someone to become rich, another is required to become poor. In truth, where Capitalism is embraced, the floor rises: mortality and illiteracy rates drop and GDP rises.   Morality [18:05] Capitalism’s voluntary exchange principle (competition) easily contrasts with Socialism where the government controls everything (monopoly). In terms of ethics, it’s hardly a difficult choice: because no one owns customers, competition forces businesses to always strive to be better in order to keep the privilege of their customers’ money.   Not only is it ethical, Capitalism is the only system that drives growth and innovation. The only system that creates value.   Scandinavia [25:16] Sweden - that Socialist beacon - has a corporate tax rate of 22%! Compared to that of the U.S. at around 40%, you begin to get a sense that when businesses are allowed to keep their money and reinvest it, it really drives prosperity.   Sweden is not really Socialist, it’s a Capitalist country with a really strong social welfare component, a safety net: they take care of their people.   Perception [28:29] Despite business being ethical - voluntary exchange, noble - elevating existence, heroic - creating prosperity… Despite all of that business people are mistrusted, John tries his hand at why this may be.   Technology and people [35:09] We are better informed, connected, educated, becoming more intelligent, living longer, more mindful, more aware, more conscious. In that sense, we are the evolution companies must take, businesses have to become better, more conscious.   Conscious Capitalism [38:56] John walks us through the 4 tenets of conscious Capitalism. 1. Purpose 2. Stakeholders 3. Conscious leadership 4. Conscious culture   Conscious leadership [40:42] Work on yourself, know yourself, it’ll make you a better leader. Emotional intelligence is worth its weight in gold, and if you’re in the service industry, hire for that.   Understand who you are and what you’re not good at to avoid hubris, because nothing corrupts the mind like success! It isn’t about you, you are to serve your business and your stakeholders.   Old tips! [52:00] Because he rambled before, he can’t ramble now, so John quick-fires his tips! Life is short, do what you really care about. Learn and grow, always. Invest in your relationships. Practice forgiveness. Move away from ideology: it is intellectual death. Find coaches and mentors, but know when to make you own decisions. Culture eats strategy for breakfast.   T.A.C.T.I.L.E. [58:49] John talks about a few of the items in the book Conscious Capitalism, including the role of love, integrity and ethics in your business.   Conclusion [1:01:00] There is nothing we can’t do if we unleash our creativity and keep creating value for the world.   Thanks for listening!

This episode is straight from Flynn Con in San Diego put on by Pat Flynn of the Smart Passive Income podcast. We set up a Capitalism.com advice booth and waited to see who would walk over and sign up to sit down. An attendee named Jessica Dhillon came by, having never heard of Ryan Daniel Moran or Capitalism.com before, and she asked about the direction she should go with her new podcast - The Smart Franchisee. In her show directed at entrepreneurs and 9-5ers who want to buy a franchise, she gives the real story about what it's really like and what you need to know before buying a franchise. However, she worries about being too blunt, making enemies, or being too controversial. On this episode of Freedom Fast Lane, Ryan shares his thoughts about all this...

Today’s episode is a leaked interview with C-Money where he asks Ryan pointed questions on which subjects he chooses to talk about during the 8-Figure exits workshops and why.   Get a glimpse of Ryan’s strategic questions directed at helping shift entrepreneur mindsets from working in their businesses to running their businesses.   Key Takeaways   X-Figure exits [1:37] The workshops are there to lay strong plans to build the exit. They are built to help remove some of the stresses of business.   The Big Picture [2:43] Setting the amount of money that you would be comfortable living your ideal life with is the first step to breaking down the path to it into manageable pieces. It also provides a filter through which you should make all your other decisions.   Most can’t handle it [4:15] Entrepreneurs don’t all have the skillset, time, knowledge or energy to run an 8 figure business.   Giving up equity [6:11] Your job as an entrepreneur is to bake the biggest pie possible, and if you’ve baked a big enough pie, you will have enough to share. But to do this efficiently, you need to find the people who have the ingredients so you can oversee the baking!   Hiring? [9:27] Attracting and retaining good talent is simple: people want to be part of something and they don’t want to work for crappy businesses: you have to build something people care about. The tough thing for entrepreneurs is they often don’t care about the business, they care about what it gives them: guess who doesn’t like it either…   Only build the business you want!   Thank you for listening, it means the world.   Mentioned in this episode Capitalism.com/FFLpodcast Contact Ryan on Twitter @ryanmoran Contact Ryan on Instagram @ryandanielmoran

This is part 2 of a 2-part discussion with Patrick Donohoe, the go-to wealth management guy for Ryan’s wealthiest peers and today’s discussion is centered on how everything comes back to ‘who’. Where do The One Percent really invest their money for the highest ROI? This second part of the interview explores this very idea.   Key takeaways   Everything is people [6:36] everything that has to do with money involves people, successes, demises, everything - Patrick shares how some of his clients and friends use the Kiyosaki B-I Triangle to audit new companies they purchase.   The Pareto principle [10:00] Products are a reflection of what you are doing as a team in the world - choosing who your team is, who your customers are and what systems and structure underly a business is more important than the actual product.   Shifting mindset [13:10] there is an enormous step to take from being self employed to building a sound company and most people will not be able to take it.   Old clues [14:17] Partick shares how he learned to look for clues from older generations and how he understood that you need to not wait to live your life.   The solutions [19:33] most people are in their own way: the actual hard work is to define what it is you want and why you want it. When you figure that out, all of the solutions are there.   Pick an aim [23:10] Because most of us live in a world of plenty, where lethargy can lead to survival, picking a goal just to get up and start is critical. You will be able to adjust the aim as you learn and refine your values.   Bespoke investment strategies [25:54] Finance isn’t as complicated as people believe, and there are so many options to choose from that one solution will not fit all, you should customize your investment plan to your specific needs.   Is this for you? [28:38] You can find Patrick Donohoe’s book Heads I Win Tails You Lose: A financial strategy to reignite the American Dream, in hard copy and in audio version by following this link. For more information visit paradigmlife.net   Relationships [30:58] Patrick shares how he came to understand that he had to move away from his introverted tendencies and that the ultimate value proposition is in relationships.   Subjective pleasure [35:32] Patrick takes the discussion home: figure out why, and Ryan shares the 5 steps to freedom: 1. Decide 2. Cut out 3. Expand 4. Invest 5. Give   Editorial [37:52] Ryan shares his impressions from the interview.   Thanks for listening!

Today, Ryan and Khierstyn Ross discuss how most entreprepreneurs go about building their business backwards, rethinking the Hero’s Journey and using crowdfunding to launch brands.   Have you ever wondered what the next big thing will be? Ryan shares his prediction on the next big opportunity and how to tap into it.   Key Takeaways [1:21] KRoss awkwardly introduces Ryan Daniel Moran in a nutshell and lays out what she’d like to ask during this interview.   Spoiled physical products people [4:17] The gravy train of sales Amazon created has enabled entrepreneurs to go at physical products backwards. It should all start with the audience.   What or who? [6:17] Ryan has ownership in 5 brands and is active in 3, WHAT you sell is important, but WHO you sell two trumps that by miles — let’s say a 20% to 80% ratio!   Identifying good brands [8:17] for Ryan, it’s all about audience, there is no other litmus test factor — they will tell you what they want from you and you can act accordingly.   7 times harder to get a new customer [10:07] most physical products people don’t talk about return customers, followup, backend, upsells, customer experience — they miss 80% of the scale that is possible!   Have you found an audience? [11:30] An audience worth the name has to be in your control (not Amazon, Kickstarter, Shopify, etc.) look for email lists, social media platforms.   Now the Amazons of this world are great R&D labs!   Mat or Yogi first? [12:51] Ryan’s first physical product was a mat and as soon as he placed the order he decided he had 6 weeks to build the audience for it. You have to manufacture your own demand.   The question you need to ask is: who is the person buying this?   Braingasm [15:33] identify who your core customer is — Ryan shares a story from one of his workshops.   Right person wrong product [17:00] Ryan shares his personal experience with having the right person and offering the wrong product.   Counterfeiting is par for the course [19:35] China isn’t the biggest culprit here: entrepreneurs looking for short term gains are. Tom Bilyeu shares this insight with Ryan a few years back:   1. When you launch, you have 18 months (less on the Internet) before people begin to copy you. 2. Innovate. Always.   Systems for scale [24:08] it really is always about the customer. Always. Ryan’s system for new products is asking his audience! Send out surveys, call superfans (yes, pick up the phone.)   Reimagine the archetypal Hero’s Journey: your business is the mentor and your customer is the hero. You are not the hero — you are here to remove obstacles from the hero’s journey!   Beta testing [27:34] develop a minimal viable product (a few hundred) sell them to your list, on kickstarter or even give them away then ask for feedback and innovate from there.   Thinking through the goal [28:40] a product launch is great to start a business, but not as a recurring revenue machine — what is it that you are hoping to kickstart? What are your products 3, 4 and 5.   Partnering with influencers [32:35] Ryan shares what he believes the next big opportunity for physical products brands is, and how to tap into it.   Thanks for listening, and get in touch with Ryan on Instagram @ryandanielmoran   Capitalism.com/8

This is part one of a two part discussion with Patrick Donohoe, is the go-to wealth management guy for Ryan’s wealthiest peers and today’s discussion centered on the mindset for wealth.   What are the first steps that happen when working with a financial strategist like Patrick? You will be immensely surprised — and get ready think about answers to really hard questions.   Key takeaways [3:15] Patrick made his money in financial services. He shares his story, from moving van to where he is today and the mindset change that it all required.   Mindset will dictate your success [7:50] Having a lot of money does not mean that you will be wealthy. The one thing you have to do is figure out what it is you want to be doing in the end, money can’t be the goal.   1. What do you really want? 2. Why do you want it? 3. Have you been acting in a way to achieve it?   The infinite game [13:00] Retirement is anti-life, the idea is to keep growing in ways that maximise your experience of life and ultimately contribute the most to society. Be adamant about growing.   The menu [14:15] The way Patrick counsels his customers isn’t so much about products and strategies, but more about stages:   1. Certainty — no consumer debt, adequate reserves, healthy savings. 2. Vitality — you use your money to fund a fulfilling lifestyle. 3. Freedom 4. Independence   People are predominantly in the first and second stages. And a lot of people come to Patrick while in those 2 first stages — people are afraid.   Graduating from the Vitality stage [16:56] Graduation isn’t going to happen if you’re not taking a vacation.   With all this talk, Ryan begins to suspect Patrick’s work really isn’t about selling his customers products… Helping them find out who they are and what they want is more like it — and palliating their blind spots!   Captive [19:05] Patrick explains what Captive Insurance is — an insurance company you own that provides protection against legitimate business disruptions, and incidentally also serves as a tax ambiguity.   Passive cash flow = freedom? [24:00] Passive cash flow exceeding your expenses would sound like a good path to freedom? Patrick challenges this: freedom is a mindset.   First thing first is you should have a good bookkeeper just to get a sense of how your business is doing objectively.   The gap [26:00] The difference between what a person is and what a person wants is typically twofold:   1. Ignorance. 2. Discipline.   We are all our own worst enemies.   Social conditioning [27:51] There are a million possible financial strategies, but the way we are taught to think about money: - It is the root of all evil - Rich people are bad - Money and time are correlated   So addressing those ideas we have — what is freedom, what is time, what is money is the first step to defining what the vision for your life should be.   What is your purpose, your reason, your soul?   Worthwhile pursuits [31:00] Due diligence skips over the people part… if you strip all of the numbers away, is there something there that still matters?   A business owner’s values and how they align with the business itself, as well as what their goal is in the long term are good predictors of a business's success.   The catalyst to eventually making it is the people running the company, their “why”, what they are after in life.   Losing [33:40] Who you are and how you act when things are going south say a lot about you… Patrick will not invest in a business owner that has never lost money.   Pause for some decisions [36:17] Before tuning in for part two of this in-depth discussion with Patrick, Ryan wants you to decide what you want and what you’re doing all this for. Decide what your worthwhile pursuit is.   Tune in next time, for the number one investment with the highest ROI!   Thanks for listening!

You want to start on Amazon, but you don’t know where? Or how? Or with what? Ryan helps you find the sweet spot and one sweet offer.   Key Takeaways   So, what are you selling? [:38] Ryan breaks down 3 criteria for choosing your first product — he advises you do them all together.   Criteria 1 [1:34] Focus on really big markets. Niche products and smaller markets will only ever provide small profits.   Secret [2:58] Big brands are crumbling… They can’t release products fast enough.   Criteria 2 [4:00] Choose products that you can differentiate.   Criteria 3 [7:39] Before you choose your first product, choose your second and third products because:   3 to 5 products x 25 sales a day x 30 dollar price point = Million dollar business   It’s an insurance for the medium term and a faster route to profitability.   Now I have to pick 3? [9:37] Pick a person, someone you are targeting or marketing to: do they have 3 to 5 things that they buy on a regular basis?   Make a decision [10:21] You can let the Million Dollar Brands training break this down step by step for you for free.   Thanks for listening and get in touch with Ryan on Instagram @ryandanielmoran

Today’s episode is a talk Ryan gave at the Health FX event. He is speaking to people in health and fitness crowd, reminding them they are navigating one of the most opportune markets in recent history.   How do you Yoda-fy your audience — and why would you even do that? Ryan explains how to leverage your audience’s trust into a business building journey.   Key Takeaways [1:29] The health and fitness industry is in a unique position in the entrepreneurial marketplace — it’s easier to build an audience.   [3:51] If you really want to make a difference and believe in sharing a message with the world, don’t waste your time, energy and attention trading clicks for dollars — build a long term asset, and build long term customer value.   [7:05] Here is what a million dollar business looks like: 3 to 5 products 20-30 sales per day 30$ price point   And what you need to take it off the ground is a 10k audience.   [8:47] Stop trying to reverse engineer what other people do successfully. Build for your existing tribe, serve them first and foremost.   [9:31] A brand is outsourced trust, and its asset is the audience. That is the basis on which almost all business acquisitions are made.   [10:56] Big health and food brands are quite agnostic as to where their profit comes from, but they are nowadays unable to innovate as fast as the consumer (information sharing has seen to that).   So if you have built an audience and trust, they will give you money — lots of it — to gain access to that asset.   [14:11] People will hand over leadership to individuals that they trust, and you are already leading your audience on a journey. You have their trust. Your job now is to show them how your products help them navigate that journey.   [16:00] The way we talk about physical health, mental health and lifestyle health has evolved rapidly in the last 15 years and as a result there a massive amounts of smaller communities waiting to be led.   [17:55] Yoda-fy your community and let them take it to the rest of the world.   Thank you for listening, it means the world.   Mentioned in this episode Capitalism.com/FFLpodcast Contact Ryan on Twitter @ryanmoran Contact Ryan on Instagram @ryandanielmoran

John “Genie” Ruhlin makes his money through Giftology, a company he started 19 years ago by accident! It has now grown online courses, investment and consulting branches.   Did you ever receive a gift so thoughtful you still think about it? John talks us through the importance of giving in building relationships as well as how to give comfortably, but more than is reasonable!   Key takeaways [3:05] John has started taking equity in companies to help them turn around. Why do people trust him to do that? He attributes his success in these ventures to surrounding himself with people who are smarter than him, starting with his partner (who people sometimes believe is a figment of his imagination).   Ryan has met Rod, so he can vouch for John’s sanity in that regard.   Convergent expertise [5:40] Having a complementary skill set in your partner is key and while Rod brought operational skills and strategy, John provided marketing skills and relationships.   Looking for a Rod [7:20] Ryan sends a message to the Universe: he’s looking for his very own “Rod”.   Dig your well before you’re thirsty [9:01] 3 years before ever meeting him — out of the blue and without any expectations — John sent Ryan a Cleveland Indians memorabilia box in the mail: just because he liked what Ryan was doing in the world.   The warm circle [13:50] Who are they and how do you identify them? — start with the people who are paying you, clients past and present, referral partners, influencers, vendors, mentors, advisors… Check for everyone who has believed in you — you may be surprised how many that is — and show them you value their contribution to your relationship.   John shares a cool resource for the Cap.com tribe:  referralswithnoasking.com   There are no metrics for random acts of kindness [19:05] Human beings are wired for reciprocity, so trying to quantify relationships for a measurable ROI is bound to feel awkward and fail. Give with no strings attached.   Connecting for opportunity [25:04] If you are resetting in your life or pursuing something new, make a list of 10 people in your warm circle and send them a hand written thank you card for how they impacted your life, book a time with them to catch up on THEM, what they currently want, do and need.   John advocates going a step further and shocking them with kindness! He shares a few stories of how he did just that and how the relationships he was building actually evolved.   Promo products are NOT gifts [31:46] Gifts are recipient oriented, not brand oriented. Giftology will never put your logo on a gift and neither should you.   There is a sweet spot for comfortable and thoughtful gift in terms of market value, and that tends to hover around the price of a nice meal — 200 to 1200 dollar range — so not a trinket and not a Rolex. The gift should be a tangible reminder of the relationship.   Gifting is not an afterthought [37:11] so much so that some of your marketing budget should be diverted… not to 20 000 people but to the 200 that matter most.   The Indians await! [42:04] Ryan wraps up the conversation by asking John what he recommends people shift in the way they think about relationships.   Thanks for listening!

Ryan shares how to get customers and then get them to buy from you, even when humans convert and buy more on a one to one basis,   This is an excerpt from a keynote Ryan gave at Seller Con in which he shares the tactics of converting.   Key Takeaways   Building an audience [1:40] for the next 18 to 24 months from this keynote, the organic reach is on Instagram.   1. Document the growth of your business — document everything, publicly. 2. Spend 10$ a day on ads to get followers. 3. Reach out to everyone who follows you or comments and say: “Thank you!” 4. Send your following to a first-in-line group. 5. Post every review, every piece of love, photos, all of it where you are documenting your journey. 2 types of audiences [3:17] Ryan presses pause on himself and breaks down the types of audiences and people usually only focus on one... 1. Awareness — audience for content. 2. Conversion — audience for purchase. He explains how to profit from mixing those two types of audience you build, and it all boils down to one on one interaction. Audience is the key to rapid growth. Thanks for listening and get in touch with Ryan on Instagram @ryandanielmoran

Today is a rant-isode on the pursuit of happiness as well as an update on Ryan’s life and businesses.   Have you been wondering what’s in the works for Capitalism.com? Tune in for Ryan’s break down of his personal goals as well as the direction he’s taking for Cap.com   Key Takeaways [1:56] Calm magnesium calcium tea is today’s beverage of choice while Ryan experiment to give up coffee.   Will you just keep winning? [2:30] Ryan speaks to the strange delusion that entrepreneurs who have big success tend to believe they will just naturally keep on crushing it. NOPE.   The year after selling his last business was met with a few acquisitions and some seriously humbling moments. It then took one solid year of wound licking to find his voice again and decide on the direction of Capitalism.com   Change of pace [4:06] under the Capitalism.com channel, the podcast will now follow a 3 times a week program broken into 3 themes:   1. Mondays: The One Percent — interviews and events. 2. Wednesday: Wednesdays with Wyan — behind the scenes of Ryan teaching and non-business related chats (therapy, bio-hacks, illegal drugs, God, faith and religion, Trump, North Korea, 2020 election). 3. Friday: Freedom Fast Lane — audience submissions, Q&A, old episodes, etc. (Be on the show! Or submit your questions at Capitalism.com/FFLpodcast). The future of TOP [6:50] In the real world as opposed to the Internet marketing world, 10 million businesses are the equivalent of just starting out… Ryan aims at talking to more people that are successful outside of Internet marketing: The One Percenters from all industries. Send some suggestions of people to talk to that have a net worth above 10 million dollars but aren’t talking about it… ryan@ capitalism.com The biggest shift [10:00] C-Money helped Ryan see how selfish he is in business and in life. And though people tend to disagree, he always has had that voice asking “when am I going to get mine” and some of that is healthy, but building a tribe requires actual selfless generosity. Happiness as a biological survival mechanism [13:44] Ryan has a new theory that biologically we are wired to survive, and happiness is what occurs when your brain thinks it’s doing it. So what is the best way for us to survive and increase happiness? Ryan explains giving without expectation as a mechanism for tribe unicity and standing. Pursuing happiness [16:34] Ryan has distilled the 2 ways for him to pursue happiness as opposed to the things he believes will make him happy. 1. Service — giving without expectation. 2. Sleep — enter the coffee fast. BBP [20:39] Max Kerwick and Ryan have moved the Brand Builder Podcast to its own channel now! Make sure to subscribe to the channel. Shifting away from selfishness [22:27] this is Ryan’s current attempt at getting back to what business should be — making sure your customers get what they want — as opposed to how rich you can get, or how little you have to do: - Reimburse training course clients after they complete the program. - Divert some facebook advertisement funding for an entrepreneur scholarship or investment fund. All selfishness is fear based — no one who is truly happy is selfish. Xenu’s secret plan [26:58] You can 3 step your way to a million, but after that you have to become a different entrepreneur — there is no recipe or plan for going beyond that. In that vein, Ryan has begun putting together a curriculum for the backroom that aims at getting entrepreneurs ready and upgraded to take their own business beyond the million. Wine With Wyan on the Woad [29:01] Ryan has a traditionally published book called 12 months to 1 million coming out in May 2020 and he will probably tour for it, but he’d really like to try his hand at touring earlier than that… If anyone listening can gather 50 business people, Ryan would gladly take his show on the road and go talk, drink and record with you! Also, where do you guys consume live content? @ryanmoranWant to join the team? [33:19] Capitalism.com will be looking for a full time “Podcast Manager” position, he explains what he’s looking for in terms of skill. Also a “Head of Special Projects” for all the fun side projects… and a private equity partner, eventually! [35:05] Not everything is going well, but Ryan realises that even if everything was going perfectly, his happiness would be the same as it is now, so the trick is really to seek happiness. Thank you for listening, it means the world. Mentioned in this episode   Capitalism.com/FFLpodcast Contact Ryan on Twitter @ryanmoran Contact Ryan on Instagram @ryandanielmoran

Today’s episode is an off the cuff talk Ryan gave as Erzra Firestone hosted at Digital Marketer for their War Room Intensives. Ever want higher level information? This was for a room full of already established business owners so expect it!   Key takeaways [2:53] Ryan introduces himself and recounts how he stumbled into the war room 10 years ago — coming full circle 10 years later today. AS well as how he found himself in physical products. [8:40] Build assets that can eventually pay cash over time. But short term results are currently king, Ryan offers a game plan for building for the long term. [13:29]They say that WWII got us out of the depression, but how does destruction stimulate the economy? It doesn’t but WWII left a lot of unused assets (we didn’t need to build bombers anymore, so we used those factories to build washing machines). Ryan explains that there are a lot of unused or undervalued assets in the world today whose purposes can be changed.   Get an asset [17:33] First, get an email list or social media following where you know you can get at least 10k people to see it. 10 thousand people is an asset.   Turn people into customers [20:06] So now that you have your asset, don’t optimise for numbers — that’s just an offer, short term game — turn those people into customers and a business, through customer experience.   Build a business [22:00] Native deodorant build a small but happy customer base and within 12 months of applying marketing knowledge, they had an asset worth a million a month selling 2 dollar deodorant. P&G bought them out 18 months in for 100 million cash.   Add assets to your business [30:05] Gary Vee is a good example. At any point he wants to add another revenue stream, he has the systems, the audience and the investors. Cash is an asset, relationships are an asset, traffic, attention, network, brand is an asset.   Build a brand [32:50] Brand is the promise that something will be fulfilled. Ryan gives the example of RX Bar started by some dude named Peter in his basement who built an asset which sold to Kellogg’s for 600 million dollars — You probably know more people, you have more resources, access, expertise, money and you know more about marketing than Peter did.   Cash is not the endgame [38:40] People are not buying cash flow and profits, people only buy assets that complement their other assets. Unilever bought Dollar Shave Club for a billion dollars, not because of cash flow, because of the customer list and the Youtube marketing systems and subscription services.   Recommendation [46:26] For the people who are aiming to leave something behind: trade cash for assets in the long term which will in turn generate more cash for you to invest in more assets.   Q&A [52:50] Yes, get more assets, but the economy being where it is, is being a bit heavier on the cash side not a good idea?   What were Ryan’s tips on Amazon for Brian Lee?   If we have a physical products brand and a decent social media following, should we keep building up the community we have?   Politics! [1:03:28] Ryan is cut off from a political conversation by Ezra!   Thanks for listening!   Mentioned in this episode Million dollar brands experiment: capitalism.com/brands

Today Ryan chats with his close friend and shares more about his personal roadmap to 9 figures.   Finds out just how Ryan plans to reach this lofty height, with inspirational takeaways that you can apply to focus your business for growth you never thought was possible.   Key Takeaways [4:05] Andy welcomes Ryan Daniel Moran for a talk about his plan to build a 9 figure business.   Truth bomb [5:48] the closer Ryan gets to the financial success he dreamed of as a kid, the more he realises the people at the top are just people. It’s just a matter of the right strategy with the right habits.   Give yourself permission [7:24] Ryan shares the two ways he trains his brain to believe he can achieve the impossible. 1. The brain is a normalizing machine — it will make sense and accept what it’s surrounded with all of the time — so whatever your goal is, you have to surround yourself with it. 2. When you reach a certain level of success, you see that it was never impossible and so the next step becomes available. Personal trainer, for business [12:00] 80% of Ryan’s work helping the hundreds of entrepreneurs he has is keeping them on track. Capitalism Conference [12:26] Building CapCon was Ryan’s way of normalizing his surrounding to what he aspired to, and getting to the people he wanted to meet, hear and learn from. At the first CapCon, Gary Vaynerchuk shares his flight plan and something clicked in Ryan’s brain: identify your singular skill, build a structure around it and grow it. Always play the long game [17:20] Ryan no longer commits to anything unless he is ready and willing to do it for a year at the very least. At the time of this interview, C-Money was still Chris and had been employed for 90 days! Ryan wanted to wait one year before passing judgement on how that new employee relationship rated. Ryan uses growing life expectancy as an example of why it’s important to take time and invest time to achieve your goals. Given enough time any strategy will yield exponential results, so the question becomes are you willing to commit to a strategy. Roadmap to 9 figures [23:14] when Ryan sold his business, he came into contact with the really successful people that took it over, and watching them was a very interesting learning experience. - They used little to no money out of pocket - Installed an operating team (they were not buying a job, they were owners) So this changed Ryan’s thinking about being an entrepreneur, an operator and an owner. A company worth a million in profit can sell for 1 to 3 times profits. A million and over business can usually sell for 3 to 6 times profit. Beyond the 10 million cap, you’re opened up to institutional buyers and strategic acquisitions and are now worth 8-12 times profit. So Ryan’s 9 figure plan is twofold: 1. Facilitate 9 figure exits by rolling up multiple 2 to 3 complementary million dollar businesses, handpicked from his masterminds. 2. Using his seminars to place himself in a position of deal flow through contact with multiple entrepreneurs, and acquire businesses. Recent deals [30:00] Ryan has acquired a few companies in the past month, he used outside capital to finance the down payment (less than 50% value) and pays monthly terms to the ex-owner off of the company’s profits. Blind spots Ryan ran into during this deal: - Getting through his own fears and personal junk about this new venture. - Hitting slow season and competition right out of the gates. - The self defeating chatter that followed the rocky start. Creating a complementary portfolio [39:05] at the moment, Ryan is working on deploying his own capital into expanding the portfolio of businesses he builds and works with in order to cross sell to their respective audiences. Thanks for listening! Mentioned in this episode Capitalism.com

Ezra Firestone’s business spent 13 million in advertising and generated 50 million in revenue from one brand in the last 30 months.   He has learned what it takes to scale an offer, which differs from building a brand to 6 figures.   Want to know the commons problems 6 figure + entrepreneurs face and what to do about it? Tune in!   Key Takeaways [4:21] Ezra introduces himself and Ryan “Ice Cream” Moran!   Mo’ money mo’ problems [5:50] The 5 common problems of 6 figure + entrepreneurs: 1. Scaling ads profitably 2. Funding 3. Hiring, sourcing and training 4. Diversification of traffic 5. Growth plateaus (1, 5, 10 and 20 million) Grow your back end [8:21] The game is won or lost on the back end: if you look at what any brand that has scaled really big has done is add more products. There will be about a 15% increase in COA year over year — so you need to get more from every customer you have. - Add at least 2 new products a year. - Go all in on email — gifs in emails get higher clicks! - Run an email sale every 6 weeks. - Aim for 20 to 40% of your revenue from email. Teachings from private equity [13:01] What Ezra has learned from his experience in venture capital consulting. 1. People who have grown brands to 9 figures think differently: your advertising revenue should always be reinvested. 2. The closer you get to a 50/50 customer mix of repeat to new, the higher your multiple. 3. User generated content — there is no better conversion asset. Paid amplification [19:20] Ezra’s decade of experience running online advertising, gives him insight he freely shares on where the opportunities will be over the next 24 months. - Instagram is projected to double (to 22 billion) between now and 2021. - 90% of Facebook’s ad revenue comes from mobile for 6 to 8 seconds, Instagram is even shorter. Considering the battle for video between YouTube and Facebook, this is where you need to go all in: - Super short form videos — 5 to 15 seconds long. - Content sequencing The sales cycle has gotten really long: about 60 to 90 days so make sure all of these areas are tight to maximise your sales channels: - Adjust your retargeting. - Provide images for images for every available outlet. - Focus on the story and only follow up with the product. - Do some snail mail. - Cross sell. - Upsell on the checkout flow - Bundle your products - Price tier order bump (size up options 4oz, 8 oz etc.0 From driver to navigator [36:50] if you only drive you can’t see the mountains in the distance, or what is coming up. You need to free up your time to make it to events, meet people and stay at the forefront. You can’t do that while driving your business. How are you to work for? [38:13] Ezra invites everyone to check themselves as employers: 2 people can get to low 7 figures 3-7 people can get to mid 7 figures 5-12 people can start to see those 8 figures Do you give good benefits? Do you have a comfortable work environment? Are you investing in your employees? If you want to scale you have to get good at human resources. Mobile site on point [39:42] 85% of web traffic is mobile, you need a good looking mobile website. The header of your head site on mobile is worth 10% of your conversion rate — update it make it nice and easy to use on mobile. Like going to the gym [41:36] advertising is like going to the gym: will you see any results if you do it intermittently? No. Same goes for advertising, be consistent. 15 to 30% of your top line revenue should be invested in paid advertising all throughout the year. The Halo effect [42:34] The 8 figure mark often happens in years 4-5-and 6. Because you spend money to amplify your brand, you generate brand assets: customer emails, people who have bought before, pixeled audiences, etc. Be premium [43:35] It’s just as hard to sell a cheap product as a premium one, and the premiums often have better profit margins. The grind [44:32] it’s not about how much you work, it’s about what you produce: don’t burn yourself out, and make room for what’s important to you. Business will fill the amount of time you give it, so it’s important to set a container on it! And finally repetition creates mastery: be consistent — keep at your business. Thanks for listening! Mentioned in this episode [email protected]

Today’s episode features Ryan’s fireside chat with Stephanie McMahon at the Capitalism Conference in January 2019.   Vince McMahon went from a trailer with no indoor plumbing, to declaring bankruptcy to a 6 billion dollar brand. Stephanie talks about what it means to earn your place, listening to your audience and finding your business’ ‘motor’.   Ever wonder how the biggest travelling show — 180 countries in 25 languages — in the world runs?   Key takeaways [5:40] The WWE’s image in the media has changed dramatically in the last decade, and Ryan asks Stephanie to talk us through the 4 generation story of how it became the global brand and community it is today.   Listen to your customers and do your research [10:25] the WWE’s direct to consumer network was created because the audience asked for it, and because the market research showed the WWE fans were 5 times more likely to consumer online video than the norm.   There is no ceiling [11:30] Passion is the biggest motivator. You have to believe in your idea more than anyone, you will fail, but you have to own the mistakes, learn from them and apply corrections to succeed again.   XFL [17:09] Learning opportunities in the form of failed attempts and mistakes are important, Stephanie breaks down what they learned with the XFL — there are 2 huge lessons — in order to better do it this time around.   Big shoes you don’t have to fill [19:30] Stephanie talks about being her own person within the McMahon family and building her own story — be proud of the people you admire but don’t compare yourself!   But Stephanie is still insecure and struggles with self-confidence, she shares her dad’s advice.   Thank you’s [22:20] The WWE’s mission is to put smiles on people’s faces and fans have been thanking Vince for it since the beginning. Stephanie has now started getting her own thanks — this is the fulfilling part of the job.   Building a story arc [25:34] Stephanie loves being the villain! She details how the shows are broken down, from Wrestlemania to the monthly shows to the smaller drivers.   Adoption strategy [27:00] the shift to the WWE network caused a big dip in Pay-per-View viewership and overall company value in the beginning, but they knew it was coming and were prepared to take that hit.   Relaying the message is key but always trying to provide your consumers with an experience that’s worthy of their passion, always, in every way is the golden rule at WWE.   60 data scientists are now surveying the WWE’s customer base regularly and helped correct some mistakes along the way:   Trying to lock customers into a 6 month subscription was not a good idea — they don’t do it anymore.   Changing viewer consumption is difficult, and they are still learning how to do it!   #GiveDivasAChance [32:42] the changes in how women are represented in the company didn’t only come from Stephanie and the executive team trying to effect change, but also the fans who started the movement with #GiveDivasAChance.   Stephanie details the evolution of the women’s division since that hashtag trended worldwide for 3 days.   Influencer marketing [35:48] Ronda Rousey was brought in because she was always a fan so the relationship was a good fit from the get-go.   Recruiting and building professionals [39:13] the WWE recruits from all manner of professional sports, from UFC and MMA to the Olympics, Rugby, Capoeira and everything in between, looking for top athletes and bringing them into their top-of-the-line facility which offers a huge array of training from in-ring to life skills seminars and academic training.   A Career-launching platform [40:30] With the Rock and John Cena having become such huge stars, Stephanie explains the intentionality and strategy behind the story lines at the WWE. It starts with NXT (a performance center) which is a league built specifically for people to flesh out their characters — and where the fans play a big part in choosing who makes it to the roster.   A family of greatness [44:43] family comes first and work/life balance will never be a 50/50 thing, so it’s about establishing priorities.  Building her children's work ethic, kindness, respect for others and yourself, learn and grow is very important to Stephanie and establishing a strong family foundation is critical for keeping people together.   Abu dhabi [48:53] women were allowed to perform for the first time in Abu dhabi — women are often edited out of shows for countries with more restrictive policies — and a chant broke out in the audience “this is hope”.   Trying new things [51:14] it’s important to trust your gut, WWE is famous for trying new ventures and going all in. Stephanie talks about blind vs calculated risks and the constant entrepreneurial spirit with the WWE.   Everything you want in on the other side of fear. But you have to know what you’re going after and you have to see it’s success through in your mind.   WBF [56:14] was another endeavour that did not turn out as planned! You will make mistakes and have failures, just don’t make the same mistake twice.   “Mistakes are tolerated up to a point, but excuses never will be.” — Vince McMahon   Calculating risk [59:06] is broken down to what you are willing to sacrifice and what the upside might be.   Caring for your people [1:01:37] employees are employees and the talent are independent contractors — and they participate in every revenue stream aside from TV and subscriptions — and there is no limit to how much they can earn.   Family drama [1:03:34] Stepahnie dishes! And shares some very touching family memories.   Branding for the future [1:06:12] Ryan asks what the future holds for the brand and Stephanie shares how perfectly timed that question really is: there are some conflicting opinions on the direction the branding should take   Although Stephanie is not at liberty to go into details, she does talk about how social media and Internet platforms hugely factor into the branding strategy.   Business structure [1:10:10] Stephanie details the company’s multiple revenue streams and division structure. The WWE is the largest traveling show in the world!   To stay relevant, you have to always keep up. The WWE is currently codifying reinvention and to do that, you have to find the one thing you cannot change, the core of what you do.   QA [1:16:40] the audience are all fans! 1. On working with family? 2. How do you market to different cultures? 3. On metrics in brand repositioning?   A story about a story [1:23:50] Stephanie shares how life imitates art with her relationship with her husband.   Before signing off, Stephanie shares a few last words to the entrepreneurs in the room.   Thanks for listening!   Mentioned in this episode 8 figure exits: Capitalism.com/8   “My parents mortgaged everything that they owned to make Wrestlemania happen, you gotta take calculated risks.” — Stephanie McMahon   “My mom was the CEO of WWE, so I always assumed women could be the CEO and could do whatever they wanted to.” — Stephanie McMahon   “Live as bold and as big as you possibly can.” — Stephanie McMahon

Keep your profit margins high, sell more and remain cool! Because your products don’t have to be the best or look the best in order to be considered premium.   Do you think that if you are selling the same thing as everyone else, the only way to compete is on price or reviews? NOPE!   Tune in for Ryan’s 3 lessons, 2 bonus lessons and one secret secret lesson.   Key Takeaways [1:05] Ryan once paid someone to dress him — you can see the results on cardboard Ryan: have you ever seen someone who looks more like a dad!   [2:52] Ryan shares the story of a Sheer Strength competitor who was outselling them on one product 2 to 1, even when they were higher priced and lower quality.   Lesson 1 [5:40] Branding — and pricing — is all about who you target and how your product is specifically for them.   Lesson 2 [8:35] By making the decision to be a higher price brand, you force yourself to target a different class of person, then match the experience and branding to the price you want to command!   Ryan lays out the Glenlivet/Glenfiddich conundrum… There is a perception of value and quality in price!   Bonus Lesson 0.1 [:] Influencers are not spokespeople! Influencers recommend products and depending on their level of authority and actual influence in your product niche, garner sales results — spokespeople are famous people paid to endorse a product they may or may not use or even relate to.   Lesson 3 [12:54] The only reason you should ever lower your price is to get your customers to buy your other products — a lost leader of sorts — but your other products need to be high margin products.   Ryan makes his argument byway of the essential oil diffuser as a gateway into a lucrative market.   [23:00] Don’t just sell a product, sell to a person — it’s the only way you can build a line of products and expand your offer and raise your margins.   Bonus Lesson 0.2 [23:54] the way you can have control over your margins is if you are seen as the only solution to a problem — a monopoly of sorts.   Ryan pitches essential oils for cats as an example of a people-oriented niche to exploit.   [27:38] If you don’t know who your person is, you have 2 options: 1. Ask the people already buying your product: why? 2. Choose yourself as an avatar customer! [31:06] Wrapping up, if you’ve found value in this let Ryan know in the comments! Oh! Secret, secret bonus lesson 0.3 [31:52] you can have multiple brands that sell the same product and the only difference is the person you are targeting! Thanks for listening!

Aubrey is the man men want to be and the man women want to be with. Living on a compound with Aubrey would mean he would get all the women and own all the resources.   Today, Ryan and Aubrey talks about balance as a way to having it all — ever get tired of your ham sandwich? There isn’t only one menu...   Key Takeaways   Habits or ideas? [1:53] what creates success? Aubrey explains that most of his success came from moments of furiously brilliant inspiration followed by long and often aimless recoveries. Structuring his habits was a way for him to achieve a more even keel.   Having it all [3:47] there is no need to choose, but you do have to dedicate yourself to being fully present: 30 minutes of fully invested time is worth more than 3 days of half interested presence.   Time and energy are the limiting factors — to be present and invested, you need the energy to spend the time.   [5:34] Balance (or counterbalance) is the key to a well rounded life, Aubrey details what that means for him.   The grind [9:43] Entrepreneurs often need to validate themselves externally, which leads to an inability to let go once you’ve reached a goal.   You need to get comfortable with yourself, become aware of the psychological traps that keep you grinding and finally: identify what you are essential for within your company, and build a team that lets you leave to better come back.   Sex and relationships [16:43] society has a lot of rigid ideas about what relationships are but Aubrey’s sample group (athletes, CEO’s, entrepreneurs,etc.) are all in monogamous relationships, cheating or wanting to cheat, becoming more and more resentful.   He shares a bit about his journey towards an open relationship and how it’s helped his couple(s) see their true selves unencumbered by resentment.   Crumbling systems [23:03] governments, religions, society… Aubrey thinks humankind is going through a series of radical metaphysical shifts, beginning with the realisation of self which includes divinity, love and sovereignty over our own bodies and minds.   The crumbling of “parental” structures requires an increase in personal responsibility and structure.   Bad habits [26:37] are lost through knowledge, Aubrey moved towards a lot of good practices through gaining empirical knowledge and removing the intellectual wiggle room not to do them — cold showers are good, but you need every reason you can get to turn the hot water off!   Pain and discomfort [28:49] the ability to push through beneficial discomfort and to collapse your fear surrounding something may be the defining characteristic of really successful people.   Aubrey on wrestling tree cockroaches to collapse your fear into courage.   In a society of abundance, (beneficial) discomfort is a healthy way of getting the yin to your yang and creating growth.   Eat a weird lunch [36:45] Chapter 8 of Aubrey’s book was the most difficult to write — being academic is a tough grind!   Who does Aubrey want to be when he grows up? [38:55] Don Miguel Ruiz, Ted Dekker, Don Howard Lawler.   Delayed braingasm [41:32] the layers of the onion of existence!   One layer is universal love (god) One layer is consciousness (soul) One layer is the physical body   The toothpick is the self, it always touches love, consciousness and the physical body.   You can choose to identify with any of those layers, or recognise that you are always in contact with all of those dimensions — and that the onion is entirely made of toothpicks!!   Thanks for listening!   Mentioned in this episode Capitalism.com

In today’s episode, Jeff Lieber from TurnkeyProduct Management shares one of the most inexpensive ways to drive traffic on the Internet he has seen in the past few years.   Want to put your Amazon-sanctioned giveaway on steroids? Tune in for Jeff’s tips.   *If any of the steps seem obscure, Turnkey has got you covered with a super detailed 5 page SOP — free! — that walks you through every single one of the actions required!   Key Takeaways [2:20] Jeff shares some serious numbers on a giveaway campaign he ran with a client — 1k investment over 2 months: - 9.5k trackable revenue - 176 000 views on YouTube - 23 000 web page visits *Update: supplements are now allowed to do this as well! Where? [4:48] type the word giveaways in the Amazon search bar! How? [6:04] you can use your own product and you can even add related complementary product from other brands — you sell toothbrushes? You can add a tube of Crest toothpaste for some extra marketing value! - Go to your product page - Click the set up Amazon giveaway link at the bottom - Enter the amount of product to give away - Enter the company info and image - Select lucky number instant win - Select the steps to enter (like a YouTube video!) - Offer a discount code to entrance - Select public - Check out and purchase your own products! Steroids! [12:00] YouTube is linked to Google Ads and you can set up retargeting ads for all of the people who watched your video during the “Steps to enter” process of the giveaway. Note [12:40] If you don’t have or don’t know how to set up a Google Ads account or have a Google Adwords Pixel ID, it is highly recommended that you do that first, even if you’re not ready to run ads, it will gather data for you in the background until you are ready to use it — the same goes for Facebook! Extra steroids tip #1 [14:02] make the first 15 seconds of your video count: the customer only has to watch that long in order to enter the giveaway. Extra steroids tip #2 [14:37] YouTube annotations are super effective popups to redirect your potential customers wherever you want — if that’s your website, don’t forget your Facebook pixel! [17:03] Recap! 1. Enter an Amazon profitable giveaway strategy 2. Take advantage of the free traffic 3. Rake in the profits and build a trackable audience! Thanks for listening! Mentioned in this episode PlayBook for Amazon podcast Capitalism.com/Amazonclass [email protected]

Today, Ryan talks with Johnathan Troutman and Nathan Scherotter respectively the CEO, COO and Co-Founders of Empathy Wines — which was the logical interview to follow the Gary Vaynerchuk discussion!   Ever wonder how they launched and scaled their business so fast? Nate and John detail their history with Gary and the plan to take this venture to the next level.   Key takeaways [4:34] Ryan introduces Nate and John from Empathy Wines and asks them about how the company started and how they decided to go all in with Gary Vaynerchuk.   [10:13] Sometimes that entrepreneurial itch gets lost — even in a company that has a huge entrepreneurial vibe — Nate explains that for him, it was when he realised he had been going through the motions.   [12:27] Ramping up Empathy Wines may have seemed like it came together over the course of one or two months, however they had been working full time for 9 months before launch.   Even though they seem like a big company, they are currently only a 4 person gig.   Some benefits translate from having Gary Vaynerchuk as the face of the company, namely shared office space at Vaynermedia as well as Gary’s network and resources.   [16:25] The brand is being built in parallel to Gary so as to let him do what he does best — marketing and sales — but also in such a way as to not be dependent on him: it should transcend him in the future.   Wine is a very experiential product and people want to try it before they commit. Gary’s audience and credibility was hugely important in the initial stages and provided great feedback and content.   [20:04] So if Gary was the spark, what is the plan for fueling the fire? Marketing remains the main aspect to work on, and acquiring new customers through Facebook and Instagram is the goal.   The past three months have been spent strategizing the who, what, when, where and how of the people and vendors they should work with to put this marketing plan into action.   because they had little cost-for-acquisition to launch, they are hoping to dump a whole tank of gasoline on the Empathy Wine marketing fire.   [23:47] Nate and John detail what the current hiring strategy is, and it all begins within Vaynermedia walls — these strategic hires will eventually add their own spin on what kind of marketing thesis rolls out for Empathy Wines. As it stands, they are investing in people.   [28:42] John explains the chain of command at Empathy Wines and For the record, titles are more for paperwork For the first time Gary has been hands off and trying to empower Johna and Nate to make all of the day to day decisionmaking i the business. That’s not to say they won’t be using Gary’s experience in the wine world and his venture capital investing in the company.   There was a recent meeting during which Nate, John and Gary details in which cases Gary would serve as a bottleneck. 1. Generating business opportunities 2. Sales 3. Software 4. Team structure 5. PR Outside of that, John and Nate will be running the show. [37:04] Having been friends for 10 years, how do you protect the friendship when entering a business venture together? John and Nate share their story. But ultimately the cliché is true: communicate. [39:20] The work Empathy Wines has done to differentiate from other wine companies is enormous and it began with John and Nate asking themselves: How do we overdeliver for the money the customer is paying? [41:35] Time to market for wine is super long, John and Nate detail some of the hurdles they’ve jumped and how they. Prepare themselves for the coming ones. Thanks for listening! Mentioned in this episode 8 figure exits: Capitalism.com/8

How would your business be different if you weren’t thinking about what you can get out of it but rather what you can create?   Ryan explains how that subtle shift can multiply your returns!   Key Takeaways [1:27] Frame the question differently! [2:50] The universe rewards creators a lot more than it does selfish gains. [3:18] Ryan has gotten really good at helping materialise creativity — no one can materialise money for you though. [3:43] The paradox: we expect to be the best at everything and be better than everyone, but we need each other in order to be the best at anything! [4:38] When you come together you compound your skills and compound the results — it’s what all business relationships should be. [5:33] Find people you like to do something you think matters, if not then what’s the point!?   Mentioned in this episode 8-figures workshop events: Capitalism.com/8   Tweetables “It could all go belly up, but at least you did something that you felt was meaningful with people that you liked!” — Ryan Daniel Moran

Why do entrepreneurs have such a hard time stepping back from work? Why do we continually engage in behaviors that are exhausting us?   Ryan welcomes Dr. Loretta Breuning on the show for a deep dive into neurochemistry and how you can harness it’s potential to create a happier life for yourself.   Key Takeaways [3:21] Ryan welcomes Dr. Loretta Breuning to the podcast and launches the discussion with a summary of his understanding of brain chemicals.   [5:00] Dr. Loretta offers up her caveats to Ryan’s interpretation: all chemicals have both a good and bad side.   Dopamine is a motivator and a distractor — It will reward you for any behavior it perceives will make you survive. In between survival behaviors dopamine is not necessary or wanted!   Oxytocin is often called the love chemical but really it’s about trust. But herd behavior can be negative so humans oscillate between herd mentality and individual pursuits.   Serotonin is the chemical that gives you a good feeling when you feel like you measure up to your peers.   [8:50] Dr. Loretta unpacks Ryan’s gigantic question: the expectation that we can have a peak positive moment at all times is unrealistic.   It’s important to learn what we understand our brain chemicals do in order to fully grasp the natural rhythm of ups and downs and stimulate our brains in a healthy way.   The advice she gives to people is first: read the books! Ultimately, there is no external fix, you need to take responsibility.   [13:40] Does the understanding of these chemical relationships affect how Dr. Loretta consciously makes decisions? The short answer is yes.   However we all are born helpless and need to please others to ensure our survival, what happens during periods of vulnerability and peak neuroplasticity (up to adolescence) will shape the chemical messages we receive from diverging or going with the herd.   The key is then to begin to see these behaviors for what they are and beginning to retrain your neural pathways.   [17:20] Ryan shares a very personal and vulnerable story and uses it as a case study to explain how his own trust mechanisms were stunted at a moment when he was relying heavily on the herd.   [20:39] With time we develop a tolerance for the chemicals we produce and unless something prevents you from repeating the behaviors that generate dopamine, most of us will keep questing after the same reward. What can we do about that?   This is where you can use Serotonin! If you are trying to merge away from one behavior, use your need to measure up to your peers to drive forward a new goal and take pride in a new goal.   [25:58] Cultural trends are often a Serotonin pitfall where people become obsessive about measuring up to their peers and social media is an enormous driver for this.   [28:43] Are there ways through diet, exercise, lifestyle to train the way to produce more of these chemicals? Can the body eve produce more of these chemicals?   These chemicals are produced from fat — don’t cut it all out! Sunlight is also a multiplier.   Diversification is key: if you only have one reward mechanism (junk food - good feeling - bad feeling - junk food) you will be stuck in a loop, when the bad feeling occurs, you need to have an arsenal of strategies to divert it. You also need to dig into the root of the bad feeling and address it independently to free yourself of it.   [34:45] SSRIs are popular — Serotonin reuptake inhibitors prevent the reassimilation of Serotonin by your system thereby increasing its bioavailability; MDMA is being investigated also but has been linked with disruption of endogenous neurotransmitter systems; Psilocybin and other psychedelics seem to be promising in the treatment of mood disorders and Serotonin precursor supplements are also all the rage. What is Dr. Loretta’s stance on external supplementation?   Loretta thinks anything external you add into your system will be less effective in the long run than controlling your thought process.   Braingasm [38:38] the minute we rest, we are pausing the pathways preventing them from chasing after the next high thereby creating a lull during which: 1. Our system perceives a threat to its survival 2. Is paradoxically the place where we can examine our programmed responses and chose to design the next pathways. [41:43] If and when we get the room to rest, what do we do to reprogram ourselves? A new project is always good — make it different (it will be less rewarding at first, stick with it) do it in small steps, design the steps carefully so you can repeat those steps every day. Dr. Loretta Breuning’s second book The Science of Positivity: Stop Negative Thought Patterns By Changing Your Brain Chemistry details that process. [47:10] Ryan thanks Dr. Loretta for coming on the show and invites listeners to follow her work at InnerMammalInstitute.org. Thanks for listening! Mentioned in this episode Habits of a Happy Brain: Retrain Your Brain to Boost Your Serotonin, Dopamine, Oxytocin, and Endorphin Levels, by Loretta Breuning The Science of Positivity: Stop Negative Thought Patterns By Changing Your Brain Chemistry, by Loretta Breuning Capitalism.com

Today’s episode is the Playbook for Amazon podcast! Jeff Lieber from Turnkey Product Management welcomes listeners to the show that is dedicated to helping you amp up your Amazon game.   TurnkeyProduct Management sells 8 figures per year on Amazon for it’s clients, if you’re looking for actionable tips, lessons and mistakes to avoid in your own business, you’ve come to the right place.   Key Takeaways [2:19] Jeff launches the podcast by sharing where he is from and how it led him to where he is today.   [4:48] Launching physical products on Amazon was one of the many business models Jeff studies, and the one he adopted — he began his online marketing career with pet products.   Mistake: Ordering 15k worth of pee pads — a full container of goods!   Lesson: If you are just launching a new product line, you can do test orders or air ship a couple of boxes.   [7:07] Jeff’s forays outside of the pet niches — hot fads which ended up fading…   Mistake: Not building a company or a customer list.   Lesson: Don’t chase trends, focus on your core business first.   [8:09] How did he decide to go all in?   Tim Ferris’ fear setting exercise for making big decisions: 1. Write down and flesh out what your biggest fear look like — what is the worst possible scenario. 2. Write down the best or even the average scenario. Decide if you are willing to live with the worst case and if the bst case is worth the risk! [12:04] From jumping into his own company to being asked by friends to help them establish their business on Amazon, Jeff explains how he began consulting and how Turnkey started (they’re still a client today!) Lesson: Sometimes the best businesses don’t start out as an idea to fill a niche but evolve from a natural need in the marketplace and often times from saying yes and being of service to someone else! [15:10] Once you have a little bit of success, be careful of shiny shiny distractions (often under the guise of income diversification). Mistake: launching too many companies! Lesson: it’s very very difficult to manage many companies! And they end up all growing at an equally crappy rate. Jeff Hoffman (PriceLine) once said: “I only did one thing at a time — don’t try to get a gold medal in 6 different events”. [16:43] Chose the one thing you like doing the most, for Jeff it was Turnkey — not pet products. Lesson: Do what you are most passionate about! And work with other people that are passionate and complementary to you, you will multiply returns. [22:00] Jeff will be digging into the lessons he learned and mistakes you can avoid while selling your business and when you need to hire, in coming episodes, tune in for some great tips and more! Thanks for listening! Mentioned in this episode PlayBook for Amazon podcast Capitalism.com/Amazonclass [email protected]

Carl Allen is a U.K. based business buyer specializing in leveraged buyouts (LBO). Over 26 years he has perfected a proprietary methodology for buying business without using any of his own money.   Today he shares how to find deals, what he looks for how he structures them so that the businesses he buys are not dependent on him, and how he sleeps with all of this overhead!   Key takeaways [1:47] Ryan is fascinated by this since it’s kind of his goal for the future: he is currently building the infrastructure for entrepreneurs to be able to launch brands within his sphere of influence.   What kind of businesses? [7:00] Carl became the leverage buyouts guy, which was an alternative to building his own business.   Sweet spot: businesses with revenue in the 1 to 5 mil range. Below that you will find that the owner and the business are the same! And above 5 you have a lot of competition.   Some sectors do better than others: IT, engineering, manufacturing, professional services, etc. but ultimately if you’re new to this, buy a business that you understand.   Seller psychology [12:38] Carl’s method looks for in a particular type of owner: highly motivated to leave the business — you can craft a more human deal, psychology is key!   Carl touches on a key aspect of the owner perspective: they want someone who is going to care for their loyal employees and customers, someone who will take the business to the next level but preserve the legacy   A classic LBO structure [13:36] A big part of the LBO strategy is that the sellers do want some money but it can be paid overtime with the business profits. Let’s posit a business with a million dollars in revenue and a couple thousand dollars in free cash flow.   5k to buy with the following structure: 200k at closing — which you finance through debt based financing, SPA or asset based lending — and 100k a year for 3 years off the profits.   Beware deal heat [16:40] Are there andy asset purchases that keep Carl up at night? Yes, but if you do If you do your due diligence and target the following traits in the businesses you buy, it should reduce that amount significantly: 1. Find businesses that do little to no marketing, so you can come in, do it and ramp up revenues! 2. Businesses older than 10 years tend to get bloated with overhead, you can take this off at the start. [19:19] Beware of deal heat! Go look at 20 deals, pick 4 or 5 you like best and play them off against each other. Always play the numbers game. Finding a deal [20:35] brokers are the usual first step for newbies, the problem with brokers is that they will generally overvalue the business to get a better fee. The real way Carl finds deals is with events, networking but also social media marketing! He explains why. First things first [26:04] Once the business is acquired, what do you do to increase cash flow? In the first 6-9 months: 1. Get a management team or a GM in the business 2. Look at the overhead base 3. Drive marketing (direct sales people) 4. Strategic joint ventures may come into play Choosing a GM [28:51] How do you choose those managers?! It’s integrated into the deal: the best place to find a GM is usually within the business: 1. Look for businesses with a solid number two and promote from within. 2. Find someone in your network. 3. In some cases the owner will stay on and GM for you, Carl explains how the type of owner you meet can dictate if this happens: people are good and love doing different things. (Set the founder free!!!) [34:00] How did Carl come to understand all this? He shares his journey from HP and buying big software companies, to leaving the corporate world and stumbling into his very emotional first ever buyout — around which his entire process was built. Work with people [39:55] Carl run an entire business that buys businesses, what is the infrastructure that controls infrastructure. The whole infrastructure is the due diligence and deal, Carl then relies on a strong CEO that he gets by way of a promoted number 2, the existing owner or someone from his network: Carl’s training and mentoring business was meant to generate partnered deal flow, working with people is the key to reducing the amount of work you have to do. [44:48] What does Carl look for in a deal and what should be avoided. Avoid: a cash out; B to C businesses typically doesn’t have a lot of asset; Amazon doesn’t give you control over the customer... Look for the deal making triad: 1. Deals that serve you in some way (do you like the sector, or is there a value add for another business you own?) 2. Always bet on seller psychology. 3. Will this work for an LBO and is there a strong number 2. [49:37] Ryan wants to buy the Cleveland Indians, what is Carl’s guiding light? And considering he does his deals with other people’s money, where does he put his own!? [53:20] Where do people find more of the Carl Allen sweet sauce? Carl has put together a 90 minute masterclass for Ryan’s tribe at:   ninjaacquisitions.com/capital Mentioned in this episode 8 figure exits: Capitalism.com/8

Ryan outlines 3 easy things you can do to ensure productivity when you work from home: because working from home means you never ever escape work?   Do you ever get lost in the sauce? If so, listen in to this quick episode.   Key Takeaways [1:21] Because working from home becomes your very personal work-prison, we tend to use little distractions to try to escape… Tidying, snacking, taking breaks, etc.   Here are three easy things you can do to ensure better productivity.   1. Plan [2:23] First thing in the morning, if nothing else, PUT YOUR PHONE AWAY and map out the most important thing for the coming day.   2. Workspace [4:04] it doesn’t need to be an office, it can be an area or a desk, just make it about work. Shut the world off.   3. Get out [5:44] Get the hell out. When we don’t have outside stimuli, our brains find problems to create.   Don’t let your own thoughts attack you. And don't let your brain make your house a negative space.   [7:55] If you work from home, you have a special set of challenges and opportunities. Live life on your own terms!   If you try these tips, share your comments below the video!   Mentioned in this episode 8-figures workshop events: Capitalism.com/8

Today, we talk to George Bryant, whose contribution to the Brand Builder Summit was viewed as the most impactful and helpful by the entrepreneurs in the audience. So without further ado, here is the go to guy that everyone goes to! The OZ behind the curtain: George “the middle name moniker” Byant. Side Note Wine with Wyan comes back in 2019 — subscribe on YouTube and Facebook!!! Key Takeaways [4:50] Ryan introduces the newly monikered: George “The OZ” Bryant!   [6:59] What does it ethical scaling look like on a tactical level? ● Paid media strategy ● Affiliate marketing strategy ● Massive amounts of influencer campaigns — building long term relationships ● Email marketing — George’s favorite: people just don’t know how to use it though! ● Organic traffic — his #1 play space: no, you didn’t miss the boat. ● Amazon strategy Basically, the tactics are all about figuring out all of the places where you can meet your customer. [7:46] Personally answering 11 000 DMs is something Goerge will still do. No matter how much you complicate it, or how many times it’s been done before, or what formula you’re using, business is business and at the core of it is a customer. That is the relationship that gets to be built: anything that doesn’t serve that isn’t necessary. That means that when you show up in a space, create content that your customers like and engage with, you have to meet them there: you need to respond and build that relationship. Devil’s advocate [12:22] Hank asks how this applies to his sock puppet company. People don’t buy from brands, they buy from people. Imagine if you take away the Internet and shoot back to brick and mortar companies... to be competitive you have to build those relationships. The better you do that, the more your customers self-identify, the higher your price-point can be, the more you can scale. It still applies in the digital world! [15:50] Do you need to find the balance between building a relationship and playing the numbers game? Considering 82% of marketing is done via word of mouth, you should only give people positive things to say about your brand. No means no, Hank, don’t shove your sock puppets in people’s throats — instead, hear their no and find the give: build the relationship make them like you even if they don’t buy from you! [24:27] Ryan always pictures “scaling” as a big thing, but George sees scale as a more micro endeavour: you can only scale one person at a time. When working with a brand, find one influencer and dial in their micro audience, you can then duplicate this process with multiple influencers, generating scale. [27:57] We tend to wait for the 10k or million fan influencer to shout us out, and we ignore the existing advocates of our brands: the 100 people with 10k fans who are already selling our products to all of their cousins! [28:38] The problem with influencer marketing is that everyone is trying to solve it with the same solution, not realising that each influencer is different and wants different things, but all are looking for mutually beneficial relationships. [31:00] Ethically scaling means focusing on the customers, and actually doing what you say you will do. If you build your business around mutually beneficial, long term, 2-way relationships, customers will follow you and your product will get legs. Only promise what you are willing to fulfill. And do what feels natural to you. [34:54] The transaction is nothing more than building a connection, the product is a bridge. There are 3 things people need to change anything in their life: 1. Permission: storytelling for self-identification 2. Safety: built through the touch points that build a relationship 3. Accountability: when they buy, do what you say you will [38:43] Sock-puppet-Hank wonders how to make the transition from what he used to do, to ethical scaling and relationship building? Ask the customers. Get to know them, visit their social, what are they saying about you? Mic Drop [44:46] If you try to build a tower on a faulty foundation it will crash every time. The foundation has to be a relationship with your customers that is not predicated on their credit card. [46:00] People can find George on Instagram @civilisedcaveman. Thanks for listening! Mentioned in this episode Capitalism.com

Getting your house in order.   For Ryan, 2018 was about physical health and mental health — dealing with burnout and overwhelm that all entrepreneurs deal with.   Today he shares the importance of figuring out, and getting back to the core of what you want in life.   Key Takeaways [1:28] Ryan has been guilty of following formulas for business success, not personal happiness, and of losing sight of what made him happy about his businesses in the first place.   [3:15] Doing things against your better nature becomes a painful grind.   Ryan has to work at becoming clear on what he wants from his business, and surrounding himself with people that enjoy and are talented at the things he is not.   [4:34] The Wealth Dynamics Proflies Test Ryan once did revealed he was a “Star” and an “Investor”. It turns out that was spot on, ever since childhood, Ryan has dreamed of performing, being on stage...   So for him, the thing to do now is more PR and talking about economics and politics… Communicating authentically.   [5:55] It’s scary, letting go of what you know produces the results you are accustomed to.   But when you pursue the things that make you happy, the money shows up — maybe because of talent and passion and energy.   [6:43] Transparency, honesty and authenticity creates connection with your audience which in turn creates conversion which is how you fun what you want.   [7:01] Don’t lose sight of why you started: build the business to support what you want your life to be to begin with and all of these things will be added unto you as well.   Wishing you happiness, love and success.   Mentioned in this episode The Wealth Dynamics Profile Test

Nathan is Founder and CEO of FreeeUp, an outsourcing company geared for e-commerce and Amazon businesses, he is also an accomplished Amazon and e-commerce seller himself!   Are you thinking about hiring, or have you ever had a bad hire? Hiring can be an expensive and frustrating endeavour for first timers. Nathan offers some guidance for entrepreneurs on how to crack that tough hiring nut!   Key Takeaways [5:41] It’s hard to scale a business without a workforce, but for some reason people give up on hiring.   [6:12] It’s not taught in school but hiring is a business function, just like marketing: it has to be done.   [10:00] It’s not me, it’s them… Why are your hires not working out? (It’s probably you) You need to analyse your interview process, your questions.   [11:35] The application process needs to be iterative: if a bad hire does get through, you have to analyse the process to figure out why and upgrade it so it doesn’t happen in the future.   [12:55] Max shares the types of hiring turning points he usually sees with his clients. 1. You are generating enough income to begin hiring my first task, usually freelance. 2. You are at 7 figures, should you keep hiring freelance or should you bring someone in house? In terms of in house or freelance there is no right or wrong, only pros and cons and it depends on you: what’s your management style? [15:44] Should you hire specialist or focus on training one individual? Project based people keep you flexible and you can build a good rolodex of individuals that fill certain niches. Agencies can help you maintain a stable workforce. [18:12] The biggest turn off for agencies is the same for everyone, and Nathan recommends working with small agencies (5-10) to build a relationship with an available owner, and ensure pricing and result. [20:42] Being successful at hiring is usually about hiring the right level: there are 3 levels of people you can hire. 1. Low level: they will follow your existing systems (you have a strong SOP and you know what you’re doing.) 2. Mid range: specialist (they know what they’re doing.) 3. High level: expert freelancers that bring in their own strategies and systems (when you don’t know what you’re doing.) [23:35] What is the minimal amount of SOP to bring to the table for a new hire? 1. Information about your business and what the goals are: what does success look like? 2. Be very clear on the “Do not do” part of the SOP. [26:42] Nathan shares his most important advice for people new to hiring: 1. Know what you’re looking for. 2. Interview for skill, but also attitude and communication! [29:22] How do you handle when you need to hire better than you? [30:50] It’s critical to diversify when you hire, give your systems redundancy! You don’t want to have your only supplier drop you, and your only manager quit on the first day of your vacation — true story… [31:44] Mention this podcast on Freeeup.com to get a 25$ credit. Mentioned in this episode Capitalism.com [email protected]

David Osborn is one of the largest real estate investors in the United-States and runs the largest Keller-Williams franchise in the world. Ever wonder how you can get to 9 figures? Tune in for some weird and serious advice refined over David’s 20 plus year entrepreneurial career.   Key takeaways [5:19] There is no amount of hours that will get you to 9 figures, so what do you have to do? The first lesson David learned was that it’s not about you: change the question. The right question for a 9 figure business is always: who. Who do you have to hire to get to the next step? What’s a key hire you could make right now that would drive your business forward? What’s the title, the job description? Start making yourself the least talented person in your organisation.   Get your Whos [8:17] Once you know that “who” is the question, you need to figure out who you have to become to attract that person: the right “who’s” don’t work for just anybody.   What do the “whos” look for? Purposeful people. Learn how to goal set and make yourself accountable for those goals.   Never forget your agenda: if you don’t have an agenda for your life, the first person you meet everyday gives you an agenda.   The matrix is real [12:03] But it’s not like taking the red pill: we usually don’t stay awake tough, so it’s important to get your implicit system on board:   The implicit and explicit systems:   Explicit: is the part of you that you think you are, your inner voice its a slow system, a row boat — as fast as the language you use.   Implicit: is the unconscious, everything that runs in the background and it’s much faster, like a jet — think of the difference in reading speed when you mouth the words!   When you do wake up and get that clarity on what you want, set those goals down in writing and let your implicit engine take you closer to your goals.   Ok, weird, so how do I align my implicit system?   [15:45] First, nurture your 8 life gardens: 1. Relationship and family 2. Spiritual contribution 3. Physical health 4. Intellectual growth 5. Lifestyle and adventure 6. Environment tribe 7. Personal financial 8. Business Set goals [19:17] The clichés do work… for each of the aspects of your life, set goals and have a very clear vision it’ll create a massive vision of what you want your life to be. Then break it down into the day to day goals. Be careful of accomplishing the goals you set, or adjusting them if necessary. If you just write stuff down and don’t do it, all you’re doing is training your implicit system to recognise that what you say doesn’t matter. Do what you say and say what you mean. Manage your energy [27:30] Money is energy, you get energy by spending energy. Make sure you have energy to spare: Nurture your primary relationships: your significant other, your kids, your friends, your peers Nurture your health, your brain, your spirit, your community Be ruthlessly honest with yourself and cut out what doesn’t work. Contain your environment and eliminate the chaff so you can focus your attention like a laser beam. The beautiful thing about capitalism is that everybody has a job and you can hire them to get your time back for your own agenda. Pay people to: ● Cook ● Clean ● Pay bills So you can focus on: ● Hiring talent ● Looking for opportunities ● Creating vision Check your peers [32:04] Hang out with winners, winning is contagious. Dump the losers, charity belongs in charity. Coaches [42:05] invest in coaches, be around leaders and teachers. [46:19] Set goals, manage your energy, check your peers, get coached and be ruthless honest. We are forgetful creatures, put it in your flight plan. Q&A [52:00] David opens up the floor: How do you cut out family? People don’t have to do what you do, but they can’t be resisting you. Phase them out, they will notice less than you think. How can I attract the mentor I want? Come from a point of service, add value and be prepared if they say yes. Did he grow organically? Yes What is your hiring process? Personality assessment, Behavioral assessment. 3 sets of interviews: Screening, Comprehensive and Hiring. Spend at least 10 hours with every new hire, always ask yourself what’s going to bug you about that person in two years and listen to your gut. What can you do to empower your unconscious brain? Stop listening to your conscious brain! How do you segment your life without losing your business time? Miracle morning, goal setting, writing it down and once you have the revenue: outsource the things that eat away at your time. What is in David’s flight plan? goaltemplate.com

Today’s episode features a behind the scenes segment from a recent 8-figures workshop held at Ryan Daniel Moran’s lakehouse.   Ryan explains the 3 types of managers you business needs and the formula to go from 100k a month to a million. Are you looking for your 8-figure exit? It will require you to make the transition from hustler to entrepreneur.   Key Takeaways [2:40] Your audience is already generating content for you.   [5:02] Making a business requires a product that you can convince people is better than the alternatives 1. Have your product down 2. Get your sales optimized and get reviews 3. Put your reviews up as content [7:36] So you have the business 1-2-3 and you want to push further, go from 100k a month to a million… How do you do that? You deepen the product line... How do you do that? Figure out what your customers buy after your product... How do you do that? ASK THEM. [10:44] The million $ formula is 3-5 products at 25 sales a day and there is a reason behind this: in order to sell 3 products, you have to know who the buyer is. Really well. [11:33] Audience building and an ideal customer avatar is about helping you make decisions, and decision drive progress. [11:56] Focusing on Shopify is great as a way to optimize your sales channel, but it won’t be a multiplier. Your focus as an entrepreneur should be in building your business, your product line. Or else you’re just a sales channel manager. [14:03] Building a good business requires 3 types of managers: 1. Ideas manager — inventor 2. Distribution manager — influencer 3. Sales manager — channel manager Being a business owner means you have all three, you don’t have to be good at all three but your business does. Mentioned in this episode 8-figures workshop events: Capitalism.com/8

So you finally settled the money part and now you realise the happy part doesn’t just happen? Today Ryan shares an interview with his friend and lifestyle inspiration Alex Huditan on how to improve life and scale happiness.   Ride the wave and love the flow of life: Alex does his best — and it’s really, really good! — at living by his own definition, and he runs a successful 7 figure business on Amazon.   Key Takeaways [5:12] Alex shares what he does and the ways he tries to positively impact the lives of his fellow Romanian.   [8:31] Alex’s lifestyle is a goal of Ryan’s and stretches his perception. Ryan is the kind of entrepreneur who can do nothing else but be an entrepreneur…   “How does Alex have so much free time, and is so happy!?” When does he get any work done?   [9:26] Alex shares that he isn’t that good at time management, but has been focused in the past 5 years on getting better at being him.   He has created partnerships that free up his time to do what he wants: he mainly focuses on helping his community, and the other parts of life.   [10:53] You should invest in all of your relationships and give as much as you can, the universe will send it back, one way or another.   [13:34] Alex talks about how he was always a fun first person. He explains the fun side of ever job he’s held, every failure he’s had. It’s no wonder he’s a happy person, everything has a positive side.   In every job he’s had, he always prioritized learning and growing and made room for free time every day.   Ryan resonates with the idea that when things are right, they are easy and the negative connotations of “work” just lose their meaning.   [17:41] Entrepreneurs often fall in the trap of getting good at something, seeing results, getting better at that one thing and somehow beginning to believe they are only good at that one thing.   There are many things to do and create in this life, there is no need to focus on only one thing.   [19:46] Ryan thinks he tends to work and burn himself out because it is the thing he has found so far that gives him the most meaning, excitement, personal pleasure (Workaholism!). And a lot of entrepreneurs are under the impression that once you settle the money part, the happy part just happens.   Ryan know this to be false, by experience.   [22:27] Alex offers one piece of advice to people to have the money but can’t find the happiness: go listen to Ryan’s podcast about being enough.   It talks about how you need to be happy and at peace with who you are, in a materialistically detached way. If you lost it all or chose to give it up, you would still be enough.   [24:23] Alex shares one of his experience of a meditation retreat. By the 6th day, he felt like he wasn’t getting it and was about to quit until it all clicked.   [33:03] Singular events, psychedelics or extreme experience are often the cause of change in our lives even while being non-essential in nature. Epiphany can be achieved with mundane experiences, but that story is much less glamorous.   [34:08] Fun is fun, it really shouldn't be a pursuit in the first place! Let it happen.   Alex suggests trying new things — things that you are not necessarily comfortable with at first and more than once! — and going in with the right mindset.   Be careful of the stories you tell yourself when defining the world: “I don’t like clubs”, “I don’t like to dance”, “I don’t like fast cars”, etc. They are preventing you from keeping an open mind and experiencing the world.   [38:05] Alex shares an exercise a friend taught him called:   “Perfect Day”: You are God on another planet and you can do whatever you want from dawn to night. You can bring things from our reality into yours but not by naming them, you have to describe the senses and feelings related to that experience.   [41:19] Alex challenges Ryan’s language on fun and happiness!   [44:01] The people you surround yourself with will dictate how you live your life… be careful to let people you want to be like enter your circle.   [44:50] To the people who have struggled to find the lifestyle after the money, Alex offers this:   Entrepreneurs often want to ditch the 9 to 5 and end up working themselves into a stupor… Delegate, meditate, start life now, start fun as soon as possible, there is no reason to put this off.   Meet new people, do new things and keep an open mind.   [47:56] The word entrepreneur has become a synonym for hustle and grind and workaholism, be wary of using it to define yourself, if only in your head…   [50:11] Ryan thanks Alex for being such an inspiration and invites listeners to follow Alex on Facebook.   Thanks for listening!   Mentioned in this episode Capitalism.com

Influencers are not a magic button, and working with them can make or break your business depending on how well you enter into the relationship.   We all know there are no guarantees in business, but if you want to use influencers the right way for your business tune in today: Ryan shares 3 easy tips as well as the biggest pitfalls to avoid in building an influencer relationship that works for everyone.   Key Takeaways [:52] Working with an influencer successfully requires that certain criteria be met the most important of which being: ● Does the product you want to amplify match the influencer’s audience. [2:52] People are selfish. They don’t want to mentor you, give you shout outs, talk about your thing. The first mistake to avoid? 1. Going directly for the ask. The second? 2. Overrating a spokesperson — it’s an audience you want. [4:07] So how do you position your brand to influencers? It’s really 2 simple things: 1. Show the value it brings to their community 2. Does talking about it make the influencer look good? If your product doesn’t do that, you can still pay to get the influencer, but there will be diminishing returns... [6:06] And the last but most important part of building that relationship is to find the give: 1. Go for the simplest yes possible (can I send you a sample? Can I share your stuff?) RECAP 1. Bring value 2. Make them look good 3. Give

Today’s episode is about really rigorous data based approach to social media advertising. Tev Marusenko, PhD, takes a very academic approach to data collection, integration and management he shares the tactics he’s used in his own business endeavours. Key Takeaways [6:07] Max introduces DOCTOR Yev Marusenko, and asks him to talk a bit about himself. [8:59] After getting his PhD, Yev opted for a career change from theoretical academia to marketing and it turns out there are many transversal skills. [13:00] Establishing a brand and then marketing or building the brand by testing? Heroclip had huge growth goals and that required both approaches at once.   First, you need branding so: branding strategy sessions! Heroclip is a carabiner, it could have been sold just as a carabiner— mind the competition! — but it already looked different so they spend a great deal of time thinking about what it actually does and how it differs for the customer. Reading branding books, articles, workshops and knowledge sharing.   Second comes the testing, integration and data management and that’s more of a word by word process of tweaking and iterating.   Brand optimization [20:28] Yev explains how he sets up a data collection campaign.   Your metrics require variety: you need to test a sizable sample to test (10 taglines for example) and you will need to choose or more measurements (clicks, or shares, or comments, etc.)   From there, Yev usually picks the top 10% regardless of performance and moves on to analysis.   Which brand assets can you test? [25:45] What decides the brand assets that you can test? There are easier and harder ones to get at and generally, the harder assets to get data for are the ones that make the most difference.   Easy (static elements): taglines, headlines, short form copy, images. When dealing with images, you have to consider 2 aspects: 1. The content to the image (logo, text, etc.) 2. Design aspect (border or no border, tilt, etc.) Hard (evolving elements): anything about the customer journey. Where do they go after clicking on your link, the order of the content they view, are they more analytical or emotional… this involves a lot of iteration. [29:00] Max emphasizes the importance of those evolving elements in brand building, typically people associate brand with static elements. Starting out with data testing [30:27] for someone who is new to Facebook ads, how do they integrate this kind of strategy? Don’t get too overwhelmed: start with two customer touch points and practice your interpretation skills! Yev and Max discuss an example on testing website page click through and feature responses that answers two questions in one. [38:07] Yev created software that attributes sales to people and figures out how much they’re spending with regards to how much you spent to bring them in. Zontracker does 3 things Amazon businesses can use: 1. Tracks the sales in Amazon coming from Facebook ads. 2. Pulls Amazon customer data into Facebook. 3. Optimize for Amazon purchases within Facebook. [47:12] Max signs off and invites listeners to connect with Yev on Facebook and LinkedIn! Mentioned in this episode Capitalism.com [email protected]

How do psychedelics play into the lives of entrepreneurs? Today we dive deep into belief systems, religion, consciousness and all that good philosophical magic.   Tune in for a very human discussion on what it means to strip away some of your certainties and what you can learn in the process.   Who better to talk about this than Ryan, who in his single minded and systematic pursuit of truth ended up shedding a dogmatic upbringing as well as a religious career.   Disclaimer This interview and associated content is in no way an endorsement or recommendation that anyone should do any illegal drugs — there is nothing you cannot achieve or go do on your own through meditation or spiritual practices.   Key takeaways   Questioning everything [:] Ryan has a history of questioning the established structures around him: 1. He questioned the 9 to 5 workday train and became an entrepreneur 2. He questioned his religion in phase 1 and started a lifelong spiritual journey [8:00] Phase 2 of his spiritual quest has been centered around questioning reality, he now finds himself in the midst of a spiritual awakening. Losing my religion [8:36] Losing one’s religion the way Ryan did, cognizantly and rationally, is profoundly traumatic. It requires a systematic breaking away from brutish indoctrination along with everything from which you drew meaning. All of your certainties, absolutes and reassurances. Imagine the pain of ripping from your source of truth, hope, value, worth, connection, community, home and language. The foundation of your entire understanding of life. He then went through what he believes to be a necessary part of healing, angry atheism. In the past year, Ryan produced a Documentary — which he has yet to release to the public — called Losing My Religion. In the opening scene Ryan — having never even held a cigarette in his hand — does 4 grams of psilocybin mushrooms. Who can you turn to? [11:56] After stripping away so much of himself and his old life, Ryan found himself in a spiritual void. But he hear the many accounts of trusted sources that assured their most profound spiritual experiences came from mushrooms. His first and only [to-date] trip was both a good, and bad trip during which he had never more intensely wanted to go to church. It was also an incredible spiritual journey which led to a deeper understanding of why he broke away from his religion and concurrently, being drawn back into certain elements of it. It is still an experience he is unpacking but left him with this indelible sense of falling in love with what he believes is true. [15:24] THIS IS ALL A JOKE, DON’T DO DRUGS. The decline of religion [17:34] What is this all for— Making money, getting fit, doing anything at all — if the end result is simply death? Ryan now believes that everything we do is constantly changing, growing and evolving consciousness as a comprehensive whole. Taken back into it’s historically relevant context, religion was the expression of our innermost need to understand our position in the universe. It made sense at the time, as a way to explains our greater purpose as well as the things we didn’t have the technical means to grasp. As time passes and understanding of the universe grows, the language and means with which we explain it needs to be adapted as well: religion has taken us as far is it could. The conversation is starting to change and it’s time to move into a spiritual phase shift. The first trip [19:30] Ryan’s brain began playing every thought he’d ever had, to the point of overwhelm, until he got to the end of the file folder, and then, for the first time ever he felt like he was himself — not the voice in his head he’d always thought he was, but his true self — it was the most freeing, expansive and joyful experience ever. He now understands he should have listened, he should have stopped when things were good, but he pushed further and took another gram. And so for 30 minutes of absolute terror, he felt the infinity of time while clawing at the gates of Hell, with no way out. After that ordeal, he got a glimpse of the world as a whole. A magnificent epiphany of the grand design, his part to play in it as well as that of every other being in existence. Every choice we make, every person we talk to or play a role in the developing theater of consciousness. This is what drove his desire to go back to church: everyone plays a part and we’re all riding the same wave. Getting to the bad place [24:38] Ryan had that beautiful first experience, why did he push it further? Does he tend to go too far? Yes, and the pattern is identifiable as an almost unhealthy addiction to growth, the emotional attachment to breaking the next barrier, the next unlocked secret, as opposed to being in the present. Business and psychedelics [26:18] After selling his company for a hefty sum, Ryan found that the money he thought would bring him happiness simply did not. What’s the solution then, make more money? How depressingly tedious... Cue the MDMA and he realised that he had always thought he was defective or broken in some way, and had been looking for validation from outside sources. In terms of business it translated to a radical change in perspective, from following systems and ideas — hustles if you will — that would profit him, make him money, to a more creative and generous approach: what do I want to bring to the world, what value can I add? From the take mentality to the give mentality: what are you giving to the world? He also understood 2 important things: 1. He can wait for the right opportunity. 2. He doesn’t have to serve the customer that isn’t a right fit just because they have deep pockets. The inner child [33:12] For a lot of entrepreneurs, their entire life has been driven by the 10,12,15 year old who suffered trauma. We all have stories in our past that are driving our behaviour. It really doesn’t have to be crazy trauma to have an impact in adult life, but it does need to be addressed and unknotted in order to relearn to have fun and be happy. It’s hard to be happy when you’re in survival mode. Building or creating? [46:15] Ryan advises entrepreneurs, and has helped hundreds of them make their first million. The ones that do the best are systematically the ones that create something. Everyone wants the formula, and Ryan has it, but it’ll never work unless you create... It’ll all just be price wars and review wars. Capitalism [47:01] Capitalism is the system through which we create things (it’s not the only one through which good ideas come from) but it’s the only system where bad ideas lose We’re all on the same team. We’re all just fighting about how to get there. But we won’t get there with less freedom, we’ll get there with more. Mentioned in this episode Tucker Max — MDMA therapy

Reinvesting dividends! It sounds boring.   Just wait ‘till you see the compounding cash flow numbers on this strategy, you’ll understand why it’s the only reason Ryan cares about dividend paying stocks at all.   Are you looking for an investment workhorse that will build a nest egg for your future? Pick up a good habit and put 10% of your earnings into this long term strategy.   Key Takeaways [2:55] Ryan starts off by sharing his personal minimum criteria: a stock that pays a minimum of 4% and has raised its dividend every year for at least 10 years.   [5:35] As an example we’ll use AT&T whose stock trades at about 40$ a share.   Let’s buy a hypothetical 300$ worth at a 6% dividend a year for a measly 18$ a year.   [7:08] AT&T have raised their dividend for at least 10 years: let’s posit a 10% annual raise. Y1 — 6% Y2 — 6.6% Y3 — 7.3% Y4 — 8% Y5 — 8.8% Y6 — 9.8% Over 10 years these numbers become really interesting.   [9:03] The next step is the dividend reinvestment plan: Y1 — 10 shares at 6% reinvested Y2 — 10.5 shares at 6.6% reinvested Y3 — 11 shares at 7.3% reinvested Y4 — 12 shares at 8% reinvested Y5 — You see where Ryan is going with this...   [11:35] There is a double compounding effect over time which means that at some point when you stop reinvesting, you still have cash flow, and you still own the underlying stock which means you can sell it, borrow against it, etc.   You liked this content? Comment, subscribe and share!

Today, the mysterious Jeff Lieber joins Ryan and Max for an insightful interview covering the reasons why big brand tend not to be on Amazon as much (and why they should be) as well as a host of tips and important advice on expanding your business on Amazon.   Jeff is the Founder and CEO of Turnkey Product Management, a company offering a full portfolio of management options for automating your Amazon growth while freeing up capacity for you to work on your business. Jeff also built and sold a few physical products brand himself and receives Ryan’s highest endorsement.   Why should you be on Amazon, even if your brand is doing great on its own channels?   Key Takeaways [1:54] Ryan starts by roping Max into a question about his initial shock with Amazon product sellers: he was struck by how far you can grow on Amazon by just focusing on product sales, and how inversely low performance seemed to be.   [3:10] How can companies use Amazon in a way that builds their brand rather than just focussing on product sales?   If your brand is successful through your own channels, you will benefit from bringing the branding and messaging to Amazon: make it a place for your existing customers to recognise you, and a way for new eyes to find you.   At the end of the day, having a diversity of sales channels will always make your company more valuable.   [5:07] Amazon used to be a low price, low margin product dumping ground and a lot of physical product sellers still treat it like that. But it’s still the largest pool of online hungry buyers looking for products just like yours. If you’re not there, you’re missing out.   [8:23] What can product sellers and brands do on Amazon in order to keep their margins high and avoid falling into the low price point race to the bottom?   Differentiate yourself, stay premium, pride yourself on quality and great customer reviews: live up to and keep earning your price point!   [9:57] Price, at the end of the day, comes down to your ability to fulfill the promise your brand makes. A better, stronger brand will command a higher price.   [11:41] Jeff shares that his more successful clients are always great at one or more of the following: 1. Audience building 2. Paid advertising 3. Innovate [15:38] Bigger brands are notoriously off Amazon, and the reasons may simply be because they have more control over their  proprietary channels. If that is the case you may simply need to shift your thinking: Amazon is the largest marketplace in the world, it should be one of your sales channels for 2 reasons: 1. Make it easier for your existing customers to have access to your products. 2. Meet new customers. [20:49] Jeff built his own pet brand on Amazon — still the best place to launch a brand — and to day he firmly believes that having multiple sales channels is what ensured his business’ success. [24:53] The biggest impact you will have from an Amazon presence is that customers that see you elsewhere will look you up on Amazon and immediately become a customer because the process for them is much easier. But for that to happen you need to streamline your page by optimizing your bullets, your copy, your headlines, etc. Max gets tactical — this is the one biggest missed opportunity he sees — and advises that your listing images should tell a cohesive story that includes the brand and taglines or a promise statement that can be consistent across products. [29:06] Jeff’s biggest forward pushing items for growth: - Launching new products - Building (and using) your customer list - Nurture 1 or 2 off-Amazon channels [32:07] Ryan turns the floor over to Jeff to talk a bit more about Turnkey Product Management and he invites listeners to visit turnkeyproductmanagement.com/ryanmoran for some exclusive content. Thanks for listening! Mentioned in this episode Capitalism.com

Today is a rare treat, Ryan talks about Capitalism.com’s advertising platform which he never does! Why today? While turning a bad day around, he has a huge realisation about his business.   Do you want to muscle out of your ruts, big or small? Ryan shares his sure fire way to pull yourself out of the muck.   Key Takeaways [:29] Ryan’s been following a process he calls success stacking which means that when he feels like he’s in a rut he does a few key things.   1. Identify what isn’t up to your expectations for the day — journaling is in and of itself a great practice, and here is a tangible way to use it, it can help you put words into what’s going on in your head: today’s a bad day, figure out why. 2. Get an iota of momentum, it’s often all you need — and sometimes that just means going to the gym, or even getting a haircut. [1:19] Today was a real weird for Ryan, he shares his journal entry and how he pulled out of his day’s muck by finalizing a deal he’s been after for a while. Braingasm [3:44] Ryan finally sees how doing one small tweak may in fact take care of a problem he’s been seeing with Capitalism.com’s attractivity. [5:22] Finally Ryan shares how the great team he’s built around him has awarded him a lot more time to drive himself crazy and how strange it is for him to learn how to work on the business rather than in the business.

Because you asked: today, we diverge from the usual interview and Max breaks down the very concept of ‘brand’ into easily digestible parts. So is it just a logo?   Key Takeaways [2:49] Max asked the community what it is you would like to see on the Brand Builder Podcast and you responded!   Over the next few weeks and months, he’ll be covering a lot of the questions raised but for today:   What do we mean when we talk about brand?   [5:15] A lot people think of brand as logos, palettes, packaging, marketing funnels and copy... All of those things are important aspects, but they are not enough.   Your brand is the collective emotional response to your product or service, and that includes your customer's expectations, memories, stories and relationship with regards to your company.   [6:32] In a perfect world, you are not selling someone something the one time, you are entering in a relationship that will last and spans months, years or even a lifetime.   That relationship is built on three principles: 1. Brand promise — the guarantee, quality and efficacy of your product 2. Meaningful differentiation — how are you different in answering your customer’s wants and needs 3. Elevating your customer — help them be the hero in their own story [9:42] Your brand is the only thing that will keep your customers with you when the competition pops up. [11:22] So brand is something you have do across every single touch point with your customer, and each of those points is an opportunity to strengthen or weaken that relationship. Reinforcing that relationship requires two things: 1. Agreement on brand direction — you need to know where you are headed 2. Consistently strong communication — everytime someone gets something from you is an opportunity [15:00] The best brands in the world are built with a specific customer in mind, a singular message that resonates with that customer and they communicate that message consistently across all channels. That is how you build the equity that makes your brand valuable. [16:30] Max recaps and invites listeners to share their comments, questions and suggestions with the Capitalism.com community. Thanks for listening! Visit capitalism.com/events for upcoming events and additional content. If you have feedback, guest ideas or topics to explore for this podcast, email max Kerwick at [email protected] Because it really does make a difference: don’t forget to subscribe and leave a review on iTunes. Mentioned in this episode Capitalism.com [email protected]

So, should you do Ayahuasca? No.   But if you want to hear what it was like for Ryan DMT Moran and what he took away from the experience, listen in.   Preface: Ayahuasca has become this cliché thing that entrepreneurs do, they come back changed and want to tell EVERYONE about it. It’s like being vegan, or doing crossfit.   Ryan wants to make it crystal clear that he is not a hippie and did not want to talk about this experience. He is not an “Ayahuasca person” but since he also attends burning man, he may already be on a slippery slope...   Disclaimer This interview and associated content is in no way an endorsement or recommendation that anyone should do Ayahuasca or any other illegal drugs — there is nothing you cannot achieve or go do on your own through meditation or spiritual practices.   Key takeaways   How did this come to happen? [2:58] For Ryan, it began years ago with an obsession for the truth — to witness: he left his faith in his mid-twenties because he no longer believed it was true.   This obsession has had him chasing ideas down many a rabbit hole, and he has been on this self-discovery journey for a long time (it would be ill advised for anyone to jump-start their personal discovery journey with the use of potent psychedelics.)   Recently though, his most reasonable, rational friend shared his very positive experience of Ayahuasca, and because this trusted friend did not come from a spiritual background and had such a spiritual experience, Ryan was convinced.   He had never planned on doing Ayahuasca and never wanted to: isn’t that a glowing testament to the power of referrals!   It’s been two weeks [6:04] Ryan’s afterglow is gone now and he’s ready to answer C-Money’s questions from a more grounded place.   Surface questions first [7:28] What does it cost? (Shockingly affordable), What did you feel physically? What did you see?   There were no hallucinations per se — nothing like the open-eyed movie of psilocybin (mushrooms) — the experience was more akin to MDMA (ecstasy) but even then, it doesn’t really encompass the experience.   Imagine that ethereal feeling in the space between consciousness and sleep, when your thoughts are more material, tangible and textured but free.   Imagine being in this state with a lucid mind.   An intensely personal experience [9:17] Aubrey’s Marcus’ recounted experience was diametrically in contrast to that of Ryan.   Don’t take legal advice from a guy on the Internet [10:03] So the shaman prepares the brew from leaves, and hands you the equivalent of a raisin smoothie flavored shot glass...   Where do they find the ingredients? What are the legal ramifications?   Ryan doesn’t know! But as far as he believes, it’s protected as a religious rite if you fit the criteria...   Anxiety [13:26] Managing his anxiety is a goal that Ryan was hoping to make some headway on with this experience, but on the first day he was met with a mind where thoughts were racing at a million miles an hour “How is this ever going to help me get rid of anxiety?”   That was the first realisation: those thoughts WERE anxiety.   Anxiety is the voice in your head who is constantly judging and making evaluations about right and wrong: you feel anxiety because you are making a judgement and that judgement may be right, or wrong.   I judge my body. I judge my bank account.   According to what? It’s all subjective, and who’s to say who’s right?   If you stop taking that voice so seriously, if you just remove judgement: there is no more anxiety.   Drive [16:36] Entrepreneurs tend to use anxiety as a tool to move forward, and they often fear healing the wounds that drive them, in case it removes their drive altogether.   But say your driver to get wealth is fear of scarcity, having wealth will not fix it! It will only make it worse: What should I do with my wealth? What if I lose it?   Try thinking of it this way: I don’t want to be happy because unhappiness drives me!   Consciousness [22:56] You dose everyday for 3 days and Ryan’s day 1 was frustrating because he was fighting with the voice of judgement the whole time.   Because of how day 1 unfolded, on day 2 the facilitator gave him a smaller dose before the ceremony followed by a full dose at the ceremony.   This journey was more pleasurable, and Ryan had an out of body experience for which he was required to disidentify with all physical things.   It sounds esoteric but it is a really interesting thought experiment:   Take away the money, the track record, the stuff? I am still me. Take away health? I am still me. Take away the “Ryan” construct? I am still me. Take away your daughter? This was immensely painful but I was sad for me, for what I had lost. Somehow, I am still me.   Everything is temporary and everything is a blessing. If you accept what is, you can create what you want without any attachments to the results.   [27:40] This realisation does beg the question as to the place of legacy in this world… The obsession about legacy, immortality is rooted in a fear of death.   Death [29:37] Three weeks ago Ryan didn’t believe in life after death. He does now.   He tries his hand at explaining life after death in two minutes or less:   In our experience of life, we are slaves to certain rules about our existence as reflected by certain things like biology and physics. Those are reflexions of the physical world.   Ryan asserts that consciousness precedes the physical world and in that construct, when our biology decays and goes away our consciousness remains.   “You remain in the physical world even if your meatsuit goes away.”   Life after death (or before birth) is a physical but not in the sense of a biological experience, it means in essence that your consciousness is situated on a continuum which intersects other realities including this one.   Where is my meatsuit? [:32:21] What does it mean for consciousness to live on without the brain?   Ryan offers 2 analogies to better grasp his understanding of consciousness.   1. The dolphin: A dolphin swims in the ocean and one day, he jumps out of the water and is amazed — The air! The sky! The trees! Wow! the whole though pattern about this experience is contained in the 3 second jump — and suddenly it becomes scared to lose all of this new wonder. But as soon as it hits the water it realizes it’s home, and home is the same place after the jump as it was before. Life is the jump. When it’s over you just fold back into what existed before, and that’s home. We need to enjoy the jump, man. 2. The flashlight: Turn it on and it beams out wide and the light goes on, and on, and on forever and we are all photons in that beam expressing what is happening at its source, the origins of the beam: the singularity. The lesson [37:03] Ryan’s big lesson from all of this was: Relax. There is no end or arrival, nothing to grasp, nothing to figure out, to do, no one is in control. Literally nothing is under control. Anything you chose to do is all equally fine: at the end of it we all go back into the same ocean, weather that means nothingness or pure consciousness. In that context, there is nothing to fear! You are already fully expressed so dance in it. Resistance is futile [39:47] We quite literally create the things we don’t want by resisting them. Your resistance to a thing supposes its very existence and possibility. Trump is the perfect example of this: the reason he is president is because all the people talked about was how he shouldn’t be president (they created the constant media noise about him.) “Trump shouldn’t be president” is a qualitative statement that includes the possibility of “Trump is president”. Back to reality [43:58] Ryan has done a lot of personal work and although he did gain some important insight, he didn’t feel the urgency to proselytize as some do after such an intense experience. Goal [47:29] To be content with what you have, to stop judging and comparing: there are days even Elon Musk doesn’t want to be Elon Musk. What if we just didn’t play the comparison game? We’d all be equal and actually free! Which would probably result into you doing the thing that will make you the “Elon” of what you love to do. Happiness [56:23] Stop making life so hard. Ryan has such specific rules as to what is required for him to be happy that it’s easy to fall short, and when he does, he feels miserable. When he meets other people and they ask what he is up to, his answer is now “I am practicing being happy”. Happiness is the game, and business is just one of the ways Ryan is happy. Find pleasure in what is. Leadership [1:00:04] One of the things that occurred to Ryan was that if he wants to become all he wants to be, he has to to empower other people to do the same. What he had done in the past was pull other people along — preventing them from learning and growing — when in fact he should have been pointing to the goal and calling people into that path. A leader’s job is to set the overall vision for the goal and then hold their people accountable for that. Capitalism [1:03:16] After having a hippie experience, do you relax the marriage to Capitalism as an ideology? Nope! It still stands that Capitalism is the system through which we exercise freedom and freedom requires people to be responsible, not coddled. The purpose of Government is to set the rules though which we practice freedom. As few rules as possible. The judge [1:05:50] Ryan used to view God as the outside judge but the idea that there is a god outside ourselves, judging us, is actually a miscategorization of our own inner judge. People who have a very profound desire to judge other people are actually just judging themselves. If you forgive yourself then you have the freedom to not judge other people which allows them to be what they want to be. Let go of judgement will set you free, and that is a very humbling thing. But means everything to overall happiness.

What if Ryan could show you 3 ways of never buying a house but reaping all of the benefits of real estate investment? Find out how! Key Takeaways [:24] At 9 years old, Ryan used to read a kind of consumer report publication for children called Zillions — he was not the popular kid in school — that’s where he got his love of entrepreneurship, real estate and investing in general. [3:10] Initially, entrepreneurship was Ryan’s way of making enough money to become a real estate investor so he started buying single family real estate as soon as he was able to afford to. After doing it, he can openly say that it’s a mistake to do that if you are an entrepreneur. He explains why and moves on to what to do instead:   Go all in on your primary business and take your cash to put into passive income.   [8:00] The source of any income is never passive in and of itself, but it can be passive for you. Here are the three areas Ryan invests his own money: 1. Real Estate Investment Trust 2. Hard money lending 3. Real Estate Syndications and Funds As long as you’re confident in the underlying business and people running that business. Braingasm [15:20] Buy stressed assets, take investor money, fix ‘em up, get the value high and take bank loans to pay back investors quickly! The Fastest route to freedom? Make your money in one specific business and invest the profits in an area you’re confident in. You liked this content? Comment, subscribe and share! Tweetables “Money while you sleep is nice, but it doesn’t really exist: there has to be a business behind the investment!” — Ryan Daniel Moran “Income can be passive for you but the source of it is never passive.” — Ryan Daniel Moran “I would never invest in a business where I didn’t trust the people.” — Ryan Daniel Moran

Are you too late? Did you miss the boat on Internet opportunities? Ryan signs in from Austin Texas to answer this important question.   This podcast will share what opportunities he is currently chasing, as well as others he has watching in the marketplace.   Key Takeaways [3:02] Isn’t it risky to invent a new product and do something cool? No more so than releasing a product that anyone can copy.   Ryan built his most successful businesses around a cool idea for a group of people and then used Amazon as the delivery mechanism.   On the other hand his businesses that struggled were the ones trying to find the hole in the market and then release for that.   [5:20] He shares a super exciting new project he’s become an advisor for, he thinks he can get the company to 100k a month in the next 90 days.   There is no data to back this statement up: there is no demand for the product on Amazon, it’s never existed before, it’s twice the price of similar products on the market. How is he so confident?   [8:06] Lots of entrepreneurs will have the product in hand and ask what influencer they should bring on. Ryan does things differently:   Partner with influencers; find out what their community needs and make it, then use the sales channels (Amazon, Shopify, etc.)   [9:25] Become good at creating a product that a group of people want. There are lots of different ways to do this but the obvious one is that you need to bring unique value to the marketplace.   Think outside of what other people are doing.   [16:08] One of the mistakes Ryan made was releasing the same product in the same way as others, which can bring a successful company to plateau.   Ryan has helped people learn and watched them scale and sell for 10’s of millions of dollars. And that was another mistake: he wasn’t partnering with them at the start!   [19:30] Ryan talks about the new backroom where he has now started to do mentoring and advising work with entrepreneurs and businesses that are looking for a more intimate, hands on experience with possible partnerships.   It’s open to about 20 people for the next year but it doesn’t come cheap, the financing structure is interesting though in that you pay the bulk of the fee off your profits.   If this kind of thing is out of budget for you or if you’re just starting out you still have 2 options: 1. A less involved online option will become available in the coming year 2. 3 day workshops are also held for 4 to 15 people at Ryan’s house every quarter

Dreaming of the big payday? Coran woodmass shares his secrets on the brands getting bought and sold today. How does he know? His registered buyers have over 830 million available for buying product brands: Coran is the Founder and Managing Partner at FBA Broker, the first company to focus exclusively on physical products that have an Amazon sales channel. Want to know what’s killing it in the ecommerce space and what criteria business buyers look at before acquiring?   Key Takeaways [3:43] For the last 2 years, FBA Broker has been producing a monthly business price guide that tracks and reports on all the public business sales in the industry.   The last 12 months were dismal, the market is flooded with low quality small businesses leading to record low sell through rates.   Comparatively, record levels of capital is being raised to acquire physical products brands.   [7:50] In the 2 to 5 million range, the sell through range is 39% whereas in the 100k range, we’re looking at 13%.   So what is working? Brands. Here are the 5 elements for a brand to always sell, regardless of market condition: 1. Brand synergy — repeat sales to one demographic 2. Product uniqueness and diversification — don’t rely on one hero product 3. Revenue diversification — keep the 30% rule in mind 4. Size — most buyers are not interested below 1 million revenue 5. Growth — Year over year trend Coran also shares a very important buyer criteria: margins, they are all looking for healthy margins. 30% is the average tracked. [14:54] What if you don’t have the 5 key elements? Build or acquire them! Coran explains how to do just that. 1. Think like a bigger business Look offline: US based businesses valued under 50 mil present the greatest legal investment opportunity available. The next 15 years will be the largest intergenerational transfer of private biz in the history of the world worth an estimated 10 trillion. 2. Think strategically Vertical, Horizontal, operations, shared services, logistic, supply chain: what you want is multiple arbitrage: buy low, combine, sell for a much higher multiple. 3. Get money (Where the f*ck do I get the money?) There is zero shortage of capital in this world. The shortage is in entrepreneur-led operational teams that know how to deal with product brands. If you can find the good deal, you will get the capital, if you have an operations team and you find the deal you can get all the capital you want. [22:24] Coran’s parting thoughts: pay attention to your mindset, read as much as you can, participate in events, hang out with people that are not holding you back from your crazy dreams: be with like minded people, pay for all access, VIP, join the backroom! Have questions? [email protected] Thanks for listening! Visit capitalism.com/events for upcoming events and additional content. If you have feedback, guest ideas or topics to explore for this podcast, email max Kerwick at [email protected] Because it really does make a difference: don’t forget to subscribe and leave a review on iTunes. Mentioned in this episode Capitalism.com [email protected] The FBA Broker

This episode is all about unwavering faith that you can accomplish your singular mission.   Hal Elrod survived 2 very serious brushes with death — with a joyful, happy attitude — which gave him singular insight on overcoming and achieving your goals, and to top it off he has bootstrapped a multimillion dollar business.   If his advice on the subject isn’t solid, there is no advice to be had!   Key takeaways [2:14] Ryan asks what unfulfilled dreams Hal Elrod has turning 40: Lakehouse dreams!   [4:36] Hal Elrod’s talks about his background from direct sales to keynote speaker, writer and coach and publisher.   But being self-published is a tough hustle: Miracle Morning was published on 12-12-12 — he needed an unforgettable date because of his significant brain damage from a car collision at the time — during the year and a half that followed he did hustle, we’re talking: 150 podcast interviews, 40 + speeches, 12 local and national television interviews. It took 6 years to get to the million books goal.   [12:48] Ryan asks Hal to talk about the radical new publishing business model he implemented   [15:00] Hal explains his quantum year, the one where he accomplished everything:   Mission: Double best years’ sales Side goals: Publish first book Launch speaking career Launch coaching business Put on 20 pounds of muscle Meet wife Rock climb 3 days a week Lead a team to achieve at their highest level   [23;34] what is the process you can predetermine and commit to which if you commit to over time will move you goal from possible to probable to inevitable? 1. Predetermine the process 2. Don’t be attached to the day to day results. [25:11] Having the singular goal forces you to structure and schedule your life in a way that permits success in more than one area. And by way of following your goal, the one thing that if of most consequence, you are countering human nature and it’s usual path of least resistance. [26:46] Ryan had his own ridiculously productive year but shares how the process has seemingly exhausted him. How is Hal just such a happy dude, he never seems tired despite almost dying twice and accomplishing all those goals how o you go all in on a goal without it being a total grind? Have enough goals that you love, that energise you, to balance out the ones that are less joy-a-riffic. Don’t let your goals compete: if all the thinking and energy and planning goes into the one main mission, the rest of the goals find their place. [31:17] Hal touches on the importance of a foundation schedule — especially for entrepreneurs — including fun time, and free time. Structuring your schedule gives you more freedom and it prevents you from getting lost chasing the shiny things. [34:13] Hal has talked about his car accident story very publicly but has been more reserved about his battle with acute lymphoblastic leukemia. He shares the gut wrenching details of how he found out he would have to fight the odds with a 10% chance of survival (downgraded from 30%). The day he was diagnosed he had to have unwavering faith that he would be in that 10% and make it his singular mission to live. 1. I will beat this 2. This will be the best thing that ever happened to me [40:47] Do medical doctors factor in commitment in the way of recovery? Hal shares how his doctor convinced him to do chemo despite the fact that he was initially against it and was aiming for a more holistic approach. [46:18] Our greatest growth comes of our greatest adversity, Hal chooses to live as if every adversity is his growth and treats it in a positive way. Forget hindsight 20/20! [47:44] Ryan’s final question: does Hal still have a singular mission, or does he ease off sometimes? He does, it’s actually 2 grand missions and he shares how his foundational schedule ensures these missions long term. [52:02] Ryan thanks Hal and invites listeners to subscribe to the podcast and send him their comments on Instagram @RyanDanielMoran. Mentioned in this episode   Capitalism.com Miracle Morning Miracle Equation

For some reason, entrepreneurs seem to forget that mentorship is also a relationship like any other: you have to add value to it, or else you’re just another askhole.   Tune in for a 3 step on how where you need to be and what you need to do to find and keep a good mentor.   Key Takeaways [:24] “Hey Ryan! will you mentor me?” No. [1:42] The one-on-one mentor/mentee relationship is very important — and just like any relationship — you have to make deposits in order to withdraw.   Here is what you need to do to find a mentor:   Right place [2:28] put yourself in a position to identify and meet the type of person you want to enter into a mentoring relationship with. Join communities, pay for masterminds, events and conferences!   Right person [3:50] identify the person who has built or done what you want to do, regardless of the area, marriage, business, fitness.   Right price [4:55] find the give! Find out what they want, what they don’t have and give it to them.   [5:54] Human beings have a limited capacity for people who they can pay attention to. If you want a mentor to pay attention to you, you have to offer them value, and offer it to them strategically.   Comment, subscribe and share!

This episode is about what it looks like to put together million dollar offers and about why it would go much faster if you were dialed in: even idiots get rich.   (Or to paraphrase Michael Scott from The Office: K.I.S.S.: Keep it simple, stupid)   Tune in for some great insight and straightforward tricks from Travis Sago of Bum Marketing.   Key Takeaways [3:26] Ryan introduces one of the people that has had the most impact on his life, his mentor Travis Sago.   [4:11] Simplicity and specificity of offers is one of the lessons that Travis had been waiting for Ryan to understand.   Offers x Execution = Business Success.   If you have a great product for the market (Offer) and build it, market it, and distribute it well (Execution), then you’ve “won” at business. That’s all there is to it.   It’s possible to do well with an awesome product and okay execution, or with a mediocre product and great execution, but you’ll find greater success doing well at both.   [6:15] Ryan shares his struggles with ideas he thinks are great but end up failing and asks Travis what can be done to remedy the situation:   1. Identify the offer [6:37] Anyone can sit in a corner and imagine something. But, if you don’t look at what people’s actual purchasing interests are, you’ll have no idea whether or not it’ll make a wave in the market.   Let’s say you’re relaxing at a farmers’ market. If you just observe what shoppers are looking to buy and where and how they are dissatisfied with what’s on offer, then you’ve found an opportunity to meet an unmet demand.   2. Test the offer in the marketplace [10:25] So you have this idea and it seems solid and people seem interested, how do you gauge the markets?   The answer is pretty straight forward: ask people! Gather data, run pilots and market tests and from those results, either jump in, shift your focus or can the idea.   Ryan’s recent braingasm [13:38] There is no need to learn this the hard way: always have market intelligence before spending time or money developing or investing in something.   [18:41] Travis shares the acronym he uses to classify ideas into areas of business people get fed up with: TIMER Time. Identity. Money. Energy. Reputation. An idea that doesn’t fit into any area should be floated, there is no harm in discovering a new category and broadening your offer! Just be careful of polishing turds.   [23:54 — 27:22] The Backroom.   [24:54] How do you know if your offer is clear? People are simple really, the best conversion tool on the planet is your index finger: make it so that you can point to your customer’s need as well as your offer to fill that need. Travis gives examples of how that might look in different industries.   3. Sales [28:00] So the offer has been identified and tested in the marketplace, what is the sales mechanism? It’s a very, very simple G3 order form (Gimme, Gimme, Gimme) or a payment link. Don’t overcomplicate this part.   [29:00] When you really start to dial-in on your offer, you will multiply value.   You can tweak and optimize your page 5% a month and see where that gets you overtime, but wouldn’t you be better off making a change in the direction of your offer to be something that really resonates with the market? That could multiply your revenue!   [39:10] Scaling what works: throw your spaghetti against the wall and then throw more of what sticks.   [41:08] Ryan thanks Travis for everything and gives him the floor to talk about where people can find and follow him.   Mentioned in this episode Capitalism Conference

Today’s episode is a one on one that occurred during CapCon between Ryan Moran and Matthew, an attendee with whom Ryan has been exchanging online with about business, life and religion.   Tune in for an honest chat about the necessity for honesty in everything and deciding how you want to show up for your vision.   Key Takeaways [:20] C-Money introduces today’s episode, a backstage conversation at CapCon between Ryan and Matthew.   [1:05] Matthew opens up about the year of transitions he’s facing personally and professionally as well his plans for a new product and brand. [2:34] Ryan’s 6 month course helped Matthew and his business partner ideate a brand for which they are currently doing Facebook ad testing — the platform offers a cool feature in that they provide you with the names and addresses of your customers so you can build lookalike audiences. [4:39] Ryan’s advice on building an audience or a tribe. You can realistically and successfully be one of 2 things:   Be a BRAND, be absolutely brutally honest with yourself, and with the people who follow you — Ryan talks about his super fans.   Be an AUTHORITY, be the lighthouse, be the mentor — Ryan shares how this is less suited for him, and how his own mentors shine.   [8:59] Matthew opens up on his insecurities about putting himself and his content out there. [9:54] Before having a crystal clear vision you need a crystal clear understanding of yourself: who and how do you want to be when it all happens? [11:57] If you know what you want your tribe to look like, start communicating with those people. [12:47] Matthew asks if there is anything Ryan would have done differently with his online presence and brand?   Mentioned in this episode Capitalism Conference Ryan’s 6 month course CES Kevin Nations Onnit

Joel Marion is the founder of Biotrust Supplements but he caught Ryan’s eye when his own personal brand blew up overnight. How do you develop the right mindset around advertising, marketing and brand building in 2019.   Tune in for some actionable strategies on how to scale your business and your message 10x bigger and 10x faster. The proof is in the results: from 0 to 100 million in one calendar year. More than once   Key Takeaways [3:57] Joel introduces himself and explains that the strategies he’s about to share are all things he has spent the last decade successfully implementing into his business ventures.   [10:48] When it comes to income vs impact opinions differ, Joel sets everyone straight: Go for impact and income will follow? Nope. You may have a fantastic products but it will go unsold if insufficient energy is focused on generating sales. Go for Income and impact will follow? Nope. If you only push the sale and don’t have a great product, you will have short lived income.   In truth, both are equally important: you can’t have scalable impact without scalable income.   [14:12] Everyone needs traffic to convert customers but traffic is an auction: pay more, get more. So the lion’s share of traffic goes to the one who can pay the most for it, without fail.   Organic growth is very nice, but it’s not repeatable or sustainable. The only 2 sources of scalable traffic are the ones you pay for: 1. Warm traffic (pay for someone’s audience) 2. Cold media (CPA, CPM, CPC) [21:05] “Okay Joel, how can I afford to may more than everyone else, Joel? I’m not rich, Joel!” To scale a business you have to dial in these 2 aspects of your business:] 1. Front end — Increase traffic to acquire more customers. 2. Back end — Build a sales funnel and monetize your customers. To scale a business fast the trick is to get confident enough to go negative upfront to increase traffic, and maximize your sales funnel. How do you get confident enough to front all this advertising money and fast-track your front end? KNOW. YOUR. NUMBERS. [24:13] This is actually the name of the game. Do you know your cost to acquire a customer, down to the dollar? Do you know your cost to acquire a customer for every traffic source? You need to figure out what is the value of that customer at 2 weeks, 60 days, 90 days, 180 days. This is the information you use to determine how long you will be in the hole before you break even. If you know exactly when and how much a customer will pay you, you can know how much to pay to acquire that customer and how long you can front the money for it. How do you maximize your sales funnel and fast track your back end? UPSELL [27:07] You should upsell immediately, on the order confirmation page, on the order confirmation email. The shipping confirmation email has a 95% open rate, you never see that elsewhere, use it. [40:46] The real scaling of a business comes from dialing in the back end, knowing your numbers and being able to comfortably lose money upfront. Learning all of this is complex and complexity can be scary, but the more you put yourself in complex situations, the less fear you will feel. [51:34] Joel recaps the 4 steps to scale any business fast: 1. Maximize front end offers through testing, optimization and refining your marketing skills — never outsource marketing. 2. Dial in your back end and know your numbers, know your numbers, know your numbers. 3. Do the work and get comfortable with back end reporting. 4. Be willing to go negative upfront to outbid your competition — don’t go beyond 180 days. Thanks for listening! Mentioned in this episode Capitalism.com Other Joel Podcast Dan Fleishman — social media presence build

This episode is a private conversation with AJ Vaynerchuk, who comes in with the tactical, practical side of business and who Ryan believes has been underrated in the success of Vaynermedia. Tune in to hear some of AJ’s insight on Ryan’s overarching strategy as well as how they agree on what the future holds for products and brands.   Key takeaways [4:55] AJ was asked to speak at the 2019 CapCon because Ryan has always perceived him as the integrator of Gary’s vision.   Ryan shares his current feeling that he is on the cusp of something bigger and that AJ is the person to ask about how to know when the time is right, and the opportunity is right.   [7:35] There are often several different way to sink your teeth into something, but what do you do when you are unsure of which path to chose? How did AJ know he was sitting on something special? It’s a complex answer:   1. Opportunity. A major part of where Vaynermedia is today takes root in Gary’s and AJ’s 2006-7 belief that social media was the new frontier in communication: they were believers and essentially bet on a sector.   2. Timing. By 2011 they had a head start and it was going to be f***ing hard to catch them. They were talented enough, smart enough and early enough.   3. Expertise. Gary and AJ are both really good at customer service, at every level. Service-based businesses are a natural fit for them.   Find your fit: Having a clear grasp of who you are and understanding your own personality will help you find an industry in which you thrive and are successful.   [10:22] Ryan’s bet is as follows: he posits that influencers will start launching their own brands and it’s inevitable that the likes of Honest Co. — with the pairing of Brian Lee and Jessica Alba — is where things are headed.   Influencers don’t want to learn business, they want to do what they do, so the play is to help them monetize their following as leverage for access to the person with 2 million followers.   [11:57] AJ synthesises that Ryan intends to become the infrastructure and operational partner for an influencer to launch a brand from and agrees that there is in fact a business there, a scalable business to boot: once you do it once or twice, trust is built and the next influencer will fall in.   [14:46] Ryan share the Aha! moment he had with Gary: “Vaynermedia is the play”, it stands on its own and allows Gary to build his own brand and give freely.   It stands to reason that to follow a similar path, 2 choices are available to Ryan: 1. Capitalism.com becomes its own business and infrastructure and liberates Ryan to build his own brand 2. Another business is launched and stands on its own to liberate Capitalism.com as Ryan’s personal brand channel [17:41] AJ shares how Vaynermedia went through that transition from being Gary’s social media agency to becoming its own independent company, not to the public eye or Gary’s following but in the industry — If you’re the CMO of a multi-billion dollar brand you know that Gary is not spending 20 hours a week on your brand. Note: It used to be that Gary would work on every account for the first few YEARS! [20:01] AJ suggests that Capitalism.com should be spun out: create a new business with a new name and independent branding and leverage Capitalism.com as a funnel to get customers. He disagrees with Ryan that the value proposition for something like that would be that it’s part of the Capitalism.com network — a good disagreement is always food for thought and growth! [25:19] Find the give. [25:47] Ryan shares his takeaway from this discussion with AJ and Gary and how they run their business is how they empower people and they stay in the owner’s seat. AJ agrees with the direction anthanks listeners and invites them to subscribe to the podcast and send him their comments on Instagram @RyanDanielMoran. Mentioned in this episode   Capitalism.com VaynerMedia Book: Rocket Fuel: The One Essential Combination by Gino Wickman and Mark Win

Today’s episode is about daily routines, how they generate momentum and help drive you forward even when you aren’t at your best.   Weather you have an established practice or are just starting out, tune in for some practical advice on how to structure your mornings and your days for a better chance at achieving your goals.   Key Takeaways [:27] Morning routines: they’ve become really popular and complicated, but don’t get overwhelmed by other people’s routines or try to reverse engineer their lives.   Take control of your own life, and be happier, wealthier and wiser, if you do nothing else, Ryan explains why you should stop this one thing and start this one other.   1. STOP THE PHONE [3:00] Be intentional about the use of your time from the moment you wake up. Don’t put yourself in a position where you are reacting to what the world throws at you, there will never be time to build what you want and do what you want if you are constantly reacting to what other people say and do.   2. START JOURNALING [7:04] Journal about your goals. The practice suggested in the book The One Thing is a good starting point:   Take your life goal, put it on a timeline and break it down to what you need to do in 10 years, in 5, in 3, this year, in 3 months, in 2 weeks, and finally, today: what is the One Thing you should do today in service to that goal.   It will set the intent for your day and put you in a position of intention and control over your time, your goals and ultimately your life.   [9:52] If you only stop the phone and start journaling, you will have a leg up on everyone. But if you want to take it a step further, create a system that will accelerate your results: TRIBE 5   Time — how you spend it and who you spend it is your happiness. Relationships — every dollar you make will come from someone else. Income — sustaining your happiness. Body — ROI is really low when you’re dead. Expansion — challenge your mind.   On a quarterly basis, set targets for each area of focus and determine the habits that are required to foster those goals. If you’re just starting out, try these goals on for size:   T target: don’t check your phone, decide on your intent for today. R target: connect with 2 non work related people per day. I target: accomplish your One Thing. B target: get a workout in before going online. E target: listen to a podcast, read, etc.   And finally, here is what a daily routine looks like with TRIBE 5: Wake up 1. Set your intent (don’t look at your phone!) 2. Work out 3. Do your One Thing 4. Connect with 2 people 5. Read   At the end of the day, grade yourself on 5 without judgment. [22:50] If you are starting over or going through a really hard time, just do one of those things, never miss it and it will create momentum in your life and momentum creates success. Thank you for watching and let lkndflckjsndlfcjbasldvkjbadvjna Mentioned in this episode Craig Ballantyne Tim Ferris Aubrey Marcus The One thing Tribe 5

Today’s episode is an excerpt from the Freedom Fast Lane Live 2015 (now known as the Capitalism Conference) with Jeff Hoffman.   Tune in for the Q&A section of this very popular talk with the well known billionaire.   Key Takeaways   Q. Thoughts on funding.   [2:26] For some reason, everytime Jeff asks entrepreneurs what their sources of funding are, no one says ‘customers’. He blames Silicon Valley for all the loans, bank debt, private equity, venture capital and this idea that you need to get the funding NOW.   List everything you need to do for your business to reach your definition of success, and circle all of the things you can do without anyone else’s money. Then do them.   If you need money, ask yourself if you can you sell something. Creative ways to finance your company through customers should always be your first attempt.   Borrowing money from somebody else should only come after you’ve done everything you can think of.   Q. Thoughts on money.   [4:43] Jeff would literally divide his money into 2 piles, one for him for the value that he created, and the other one to reinvest in his business.   To best manage your business’ money, you need to think of what normal controls you would you implement for someone else’s money: is the money being spent on things that will sell more for the business?   Entrepreneurs is like jumping off a cliff and building an airplane on the way down. If you don’t have that mindset of always focusing on the plane, you’re in the wrong field.   Q. Thoughts on failure.   One of the harder things with entrepreneurs is that failing is tangled into pride and ego, and when you have borrowed money from everyone you know and your business is failing, you don’t want to see them — especially for the holidays.   The problem is that people don’t define success and failure, and so they have no way of measuring.   So Jeff developed what he calls the Thanksgiving test. 1. Make a clear list of what success looks like 2. Have all of your stakeholders sign it 3. Come next Thanksgiving, determine if you succeeded/failed 4. Keep going/move on By following this, you will never be stuck in failure for a long time, and your pride and ego will not prevent you from facing your stakeholders. Mentioned in this episode Capitalism Conference

Today, Ryan talks about a product that integrated itself into his life journey and why he chose to invest in it. His Tesla.   Tune in for his advice on when to be frugal and when to spend as well as why (and how) you shouldn’t pay cash for bigger ticket items.   Key Takeaways [:22] Living frugally — which Ryan did while building a 6 figure business from his dorm room and paying himself 500 $ a month — means driving a Chevy Cobalt with manual crank windows who’s engine finally blows out. He was the first person in his family to buy the new car he wanted. Bruce, the Kia Sportage. He still owns Bruce. [1:38] Once he started making legitimate money but more importantly when he found out he was going to be a father, he decided to give Bruce to his partner, and started looking for his new car. [2:05] How do you feel driving a Tesla? New. Ryan bought the Tesla a little bit for the insane button, but this car reflected his growth, and gave him the confidence to be what he felt he had evolved into. It was an investment in training his brain to think bigger. [3:47] This investment helped Ryan because he could afford it. It’s important to push yourself to more, but always within your means. Living above your means will foster a mindset of scarcity and fear. [4:23] Ryan’s Tesla life lesson is also a lesson in business: your customers are on their own journey: if you communicate how your product or service helps them on that journey, they will be willing to pay a premium for it. [4:50] How does Ryan find balance between frugality and expense? The answer is two-fold: 1. Will it stress you out? 2. Can you pay cash for it? If you can pay cash, it’s okay to buy it (but don’t actually buy it cash! Ryan explains why, and what to do instead. Mentioned in this episode Kia Sportage Tesla Model S P100D

Today’s episode is a keynote by Garrett Akeson on the company he bootstrapped with his wife: Kindred Bravely. He shares a mountain of examples on how they company managed different aspects of growing a business out of Amazon.   Tune in for some practical tips on how to run a remote team, why culture matters and how much money you need to actually run ads!   Key Takeaways [2:58] Garret introduces himself and his brand Kindred Bravely.   [4:54] Launching a business can have a clear path but it’s rarely smooth, this talk will cover 7 areas to help you navigate growing a business: 1. Brand 2. Telling a story 3. Vision 4. Timing 5. Hiring 6. Culture 7. Remote teams   However, Garrett’s overarching advice, will always be focus. Brand [6:10] it matters from the very beginning, but don’t be afraid to change if it doesn't feel right — Kindred Bravely was called Davy Jeans for the first three months! Story [7:56] is what you use if you and to get out of Amazon, and that story is how you connect with your customers and how you build that relationship. So the first thing you have to do is get to know your customer, the numbers are there: use the information and identify the core values your customers resonate with. Communicate your story and your values everywhere you can. Use imagery to create emotional connection and make sure all of your copy is brand coherent — you can outsources ads, but you have to keep your content in-house, no one can talk about you better than you! Vision [13:08] is how you shape what’s to come, build a vision for your company that projects far into the future, make it detailed and share it with the whole team so that everyone aims in the same direction. Timing [15:11] means that there are never any guarantees. So getting off Amazon may not lead to greener grass. Garrett shares some indicators that the timing may be right for you. At less than 200k per year on Amazon, don’t bother with anything else, focus on increasing sales. When you hit 100 to 200k a month, now might be the time to start thinking about building your off channels.   You will need deep pockets for Facebook and Shopify ads, Garrett recommends no less than 100k dedicated in cash. Acquiring a new customer on Shopify averages 23$, you will burn through money to test your funnels, and your ads, and get your target audiences right. Let Amazon foot the bill for that, launch all your new products there! Hiring [23:22] people that love what you do will ensure they require less management! When Kindred Bravely posted their first job application, it was a flood of their own customers that came, a flood of moms. Garrett shares some tangible tips on hiring practices: 1. Use long form questionnaires that get really specific, this will enable you to screen out people that are not right for the job — Kindred Bravely uses a google form they developed in part from Topgrading questions. 2. Do skill specific testing — Kindred bravely does typing and phone typing tests since most of their work is with social media online. 3. Do group interviews to see people dynamics and immediately compare and grade applicants — Zoom is a good tool for this. 4. Don’t be afraid of hard questions, they give you insight on the type of person you are meeting — Garrett shares the last question he always asks and what kind of insight it gives him. 5. Keep your 2nd, 3rd and 4th choices as potential employees on future positions. Culture [28:39] ties in to vision and core values. By attracting applicants that identify with the brand it’s much easier to build that internal culture and brand. Empower your employees to embody the vision and values both at, and outside of work — Garrett shares the Kindred Bravely monthly giving program initiative. Remote teams [30:27] means that people rarely get a chance to meet, so you have to pay extra attention to building and fostering connection, support and growth for your employees in order to drive success. Garrett shares how he adapted Ryan’s TRIBE 5 into his own company culture and rembraded it BRAVE (Body, Relationships, Assets, Vigilance and time, Expansion) as well as integrated The One Thing’s “One Thing” to implement quarterly 90 day goal sprints for his employees. Kindred Bravely also uses GetGuru as a way to centralize all company workings information including, vision, mission and values so that the employees always have something to measure up against. [39:06] Garrett wraps up with details on Kindred Bravely’s progression and talks about SBA loans — have a business plan and remember it’ll take about 4 months to get the loan, Amazon lending — with high enough sales, and after having 3 years of financial history, you can get a traditional Bank loan. Q&A [43:36] Q. How do you figure out and reconcile salary ranges for full-time and part time positions in a remote setting? A. Ask how much the applicant would expect to make for the job! Set yourself up into a negotiating position by asking 2 simple questions: 1. “How much would you like to make now or?” 2. “How much would you like to get in a year from now?”   With the answers to these, you get a range to work with. [45:40] Max invites listeners to share feedback and suggestions for the show by sending him an email at [email protected]. If you enjoyed this content, subscribe and review the podcast! Mentioned in this episode   Kindred Bravely Book: Double Double: How to Double your Revenue and Profit in 3 Years or Less by Cameron Herold A. A. Milne Sun Tzu Topgrading Zoom Dan Sullivan Book: The One Thing by Gary Keller and Jay Papasan Slack TRIBE 5 GetGuru Shopify Live View SBA loan Amazon Lending    

Ricardo Pero launched a business that lends money to e-commerce companies to fund their inventories.   Most business owners will buy inventory with their own money, and with all of their capital tied up, they have nothing left to do but stress out.   But there is another way of doing things which is use other people’s money to fund inventory, so you still have your own money to invest into growing your business (advertising, product diversification, systems, people, etc.)   Tune in for a great conversation on the challenges people run into while funding their own inventory and how SellersFunding can help you do things differently.   Key takeaways [6:12] Ryan talks about an idea he had a few years ago and introduces the man who beat him to the punch! Ricardo Pero, Founder and CEO of Sellers Funding.   After working in investment banking for years, Ricardo saw how inefficient traditional credit models were at accurately assessing e-commerce business risk. He saw an opportunity.   [8:14] Traditional business owners usually rely on their own resources (bootstrapping), and tend to be overly conservative in the way they borrow. They don’t have an ROI mindset.   In a lot of cases if you’re going to spend X$ on inventory, it’s X$ you can’t put into anything else. However if you fund it, you will pay interest but because you get the same amount of money when you sell the product your return will be much higher.   A tool for planning cash flow [13:29] The SellersFunding sales prediction model looks into cyclicality and sales performance and provides you with this information so you can make more informed decisions.   You will know exactly when you need to order more inventory, how much of it you need and how much it’ll cost you.   [14:14] Ricardo talks about why he chose to divert his career from investment management to focus on this new enterprise. The main question was always how can I best apply my knowledge of investment management?   E-commerce has the largest dataset to work with in terms of investment evaluation and, as a sector should outperform brick and mortar by a wide margin.   Once he had chosen the e-commerce industry, he had 2 options for building this company he wanted: 1. Partnering with sellers and providing support for their working capital needs 2. Make direct investment into brands     Ricardo decided to move to the credit side because the client pool is much wider.   The cash flow gap problem [19:00] is in essence the problem that SellersFunding solves:   Between the purchase order and the moment the product is available for sale is this gap which — if your products are sourced from abroad — can take up to 100 days for that first sale to happen.   In order to bridge this gap, SellersFunding offers an interest only grace period of about 60 days from the moment the order has been placed. In this manner, the business retains control over as much money as possible and the loan payment can theoretically come out of the profit margin.   Braingasm [21:54] e-commerce businesses are essentially recession-proof.   Qualifying for the capital [22:10] is a slightly different process. You will be evaluated on the traditional business metrics, cash flow metrics, structure costs and inventory levels but — and here’s where it gets interesting — also on Amazon business reviews, customer feedback and account health.   Those metrics are actually more important to SellersFunding because they are a better indicator of your commitment to your customer and ultimately your future performance.   Getting the capital [25:10] SBA loans take many months before funding is received, Amazon lending requires a year’s track record, how does SellersFunding compare?   SellersFunding only needs 6 months of track record. The application form takes about 5 minutes and is then run into the pre-qualification model of 3 million sellers. Depending on the length of your track record, running the model takes a few minutes to an hour. Within the day you will get your answer and within 48 hours, your money.   [28:00] Ryan asks Ricardo where do the funds come from, what his biggest loan cheque to date has been and what the terms look like for a loan.   The biggest sellers get about a year to pay off the loan and the average interest only period is about 60 days, the amortization schedule is matched to the marketplace payment cycle.   Theoretically, you could manage to pay off your loan faster than the term and not pay any more interest, and once you’ve paid off 50% of the outstanding transaction, you’re eligible to apply for a new loan.   [34:54] There is no one specialised in e-commerce! SellersFunding wants to become the leader in e-commerce lending and is looking to partner with clients for the long run.   [39:44] Ryan climbs on his soap box and reminds all physical products entrepreneurs to break out of their cash restraints and go fund their inventories with other people’s money: keep your own money to invest and build up your business!   [44:52] Ryan thanks Ricardo for coming on the podcast, recaps some key elements to remember and encourages listeners looking for funding to follow this link: www.capitalism.com/sellersfunding.   Mentioned in this episode Capitalism.com Sellers Funding LendingClub      

Today Ryan shares some tips on staying motivated, even when entrepreneurship becomes hard, lonely business. Tune in for 3 practical things you can do to keep yourself on track as well as some down-to-earth real life examples of how those practices helped Ryan through some tougher moments.   Key Takeaways [:28] Dopamine floods your brain when you start a new business, you are full of energy and drive, but it doesn’t stay there long term so today is going to be about sustaining momentum.   [1:42] First things first, entrepreneurship is very hard and it will demand more of you than you could ever imagine. So it’s virtually impossible to sustain momentum and stay motivated when you’re building a business that you don’t like or building it with someone you don’t like, there’s really no fixing that.   But if you do love your business, here are 3 practical things you can do to keep momentum (there’s a bonus at the end, too!)   1. Focus on the people [3:39] Take the time to be plugged into the people giving you attention and money, or the people you want to serve. The way you get rich and the way you sustain momentum is giving. Quick tip: run a poll or survey to get feedback on your people ask them what you are doing that resonates with them. 2. Plug into a network [8:10] entrepreneurship is lonely, and you will need a community of people you can talk to about your difficulties, other entrepreneurs who will understand what you are going through. Join masterminds, online communities and build a list of people you can count on: every opportunity comes from others and having a network facilitates that. 3. Compare yourself [13:10] but only to yourself! Look at how you did today, and plan how to do better tomorrow. Ryan tries to be transparent about how it can suck so that people who do compare themselves to him can have a more holistic view, but be careful, not everyone does this. You can use other people’s experience as models but won’t be motivation, what will motivate you is your own growth. Bonus! Follow a plan [18:00] you will not always feel motivated and on the days when you don’t feel good you will need to rely on that routine to drive you forward, Ryan uses Tribe 5. This will help you track if you’ve done what you were supposed to do today, and if not? It happens. We are motivated by progress so it’s hard to follow a system and stay unmotivated for very long. Thank you for listening, and If you want more like this: subscribe to our channel. Mentioned in this episode Tribe 5

Ryan talks with Hal Elrod about what life after cancer taught him and how we can all adopt these learnings, ensuring we focus on what’s important to us. Key Takeaways [:43] Ryan introduces his guest, Hal Elrod as well as why he thinks it’s important to hear his insights on life, success, money and how his battle with Cancer taught him.   [4:27] A year ago, Hal Elrod was diagnosed with acute lymphoblastic leukemia, a rare cancer with a 10% survival rate. He emerged on the other side of his worst and best year with a clean bill of health, and a fresh perspective on what is important. [11:00] Hal shares a key aspect of what his brushes with death have taught him: if you cannot change something, there is no sense in wishing you could, or laying blame. The only thing you can do when you encounter a tragedy is to grieve but never to extend that to where it becomes detrimental to your mental and physical well being. Only you have power over your emotional states. [13:10] Hal’s perception of life has changed through this experience with Cancer and the things you have to do to live your best life are as follows: 1. Identify what matters most to you and be clear on it 2. Evaluate how you are living in regards to what matters most 3. Commit to changing the things that don’t align (baby steps!) Hal shares his Unbearable, Uncomfortable, Unstoppable strategy for changing habits that don’t align, a bit later in the podcast. [14:40] Hal share the 2 things that matter most to him: health and relationships. He also dives deep into the evolution of his diet in the face of both his Cancer and new evidence from plant based to keto. Ryan and Hal discuss smoothie recipes! [20:00] Most entrepreneurs get their emotional needs met through money and work, especially when you love your work. During his time in the hospital, unable to work for weeks at a time, Hal realised that the most important thing for your family is your passive source of income. So to establish financial security, two things are important: 1. Have multiple sources of income. This means you have a contingency plan and financial security. If one stream of income crashes you have one to fall back on. What’s more, you are in a position to transition into that secondary income stream on a full-time basis. 2. Have a team in place who continues to drive your business ventures and ensures that income and revenue continues to go up. [28:22] Success if the freedom to do what you love with the people that you love. How do you get there? You give, for real. Hal shares a personal and very emotional story of how his perspective changed and how his son showed him the importance of being with the people you love in the way they need. [35:07] So how do you change the habits that don’t align with what matters most to you? The most effective way to change habits is to commit for 30 days and look at these 30 days as three 10 day phases. If you’re making a change that is going to be a game changer, can you bear anything for 10 days? The answer is always yes. Phase 1 (Days 1-10) Unbearable, this phase is is self explanatory, but you have to muscle through, sometimes though, the excitement will make it easier. Phase 2 (Days 11-20) Uncomfortable, The second 10 days are the transition phase where you’d rather do the old thing but have made the commitment. Phase 3 (Days 21-30) Unstoppable, The final 10 days are where the magic happens. Somewhere in those 10 days, you’ll go to do the new habit and it will be effortless. You won’t even think about it. There’s no resistance and you don’t have to overcome anything. [41:37] Ryan asks what Hal would tell his younger self: 1. You mean more than you think to your family 2. Look through the eyes of other people and be a better, father, husband, friend, boss, man. [47:10] Ryan reflects on what this conversation with Hal has brought him in terms of how he wants to show up in his own life and how his use of Tribe 5 has helped him grow. Mentioned in this episode The Miracle Morning Healing Cancer from Inside Out: A Practical Guide to Healing Cancer With the Rave Diet and Lifestyle by Mike Anderson Designs for Health Julian Bakery Psycho-Cybernetics: Updated and Expanded by Maxwell Maltz The ONE Thing: The Surprisingly Simple Truth Behind Extraordinary Results by Gary Keller and Jay Papasan Eben Pagan Training Tribe 5

Today’s episode tackles the question why is Capitalism the #1 solution to the world’s problems? Tune in for what drives people to the marketplace, what happens when governments intervene and the white was better than the moldy red this week, or was it… Key Takeaways [:40] JP asks Ryan and Clement permission to ask Ryan a question, it is granted. [1:04] Capitalism is the #1 solution to the world’s problems, explain. [2:07] The scale of incentive is important for generating desired outcomes. [3:10] Force incentive vs choice incentive. [4:27] Let’s agree to agree.   Mentioned in this episode Grant Cardone Aubrey Marcus interviews Daniel Moran

Today’s episode is a presentation Max did on how to increase your pricing by focussing on your ideal customer and serving them the way they are looking to be served. Tune in to learn about the story building process that works across every single industry, how to push past some of Amazon’s restrictions, and why going from product to people will open up a world of marketing opportunities.   Key Takeaways [4:30] Parental advisory: Max will be poking fun at Amazon despite it being the best place to launch products profitably, acquire cash flow and scale a new business, sensitive ears beware.   [6:20] Creating a consistent customer experience and making sure that that every touch point with your customer tells your brand story is the only way to ensure success at the same level as major brands.   [8:33] The very first step of any good brand building process is to target and attract your ideal customer, the one that will ensure your future success. And in order to do that you have to get to know everything about them. Everything.   [14:15] So you have your archetype human, now you have to understand how they will look at your product: they will put it in a pyramid reminiscent of the Maslow’s pyramid of needs.   Pyramid base: Basic product requirements. In every product category there is an ante to be paid, a set of basic requirements your product has to have in order to be considered acceptable as such — wheels and a chassis for a car for example.   Pyramid middle: Product features. Once those basic requirements are met, you may add value — product features, customer service, options packages, etc. — keep in mind that this added value is not your brand and you should never build around them: they can be copied.   Pyramid top: Brand story. This is where the good stuff is and it’s where the right brand story can take you: higher prices, customer loyalty and positive word of mouth.   [17:12] Amazon lets you compete at the product feature level — middle of the pyramid — with keywords. But they keep control over the emotional drive to purchase with ratings and reviews: how your product makes customers feel is the brand. In essence, Amazon lets you sell products that ultimately strengthen their brand, and Jeff Bezos is laughing all the way to the bank with your money.   [18:35] Customers use products and brands to tell stories about themselves to others. You need to participate to that in a meaningful way, and at every opportunity: customer relationship are built on consistent experience delivered over time.   [21:35] So how do you get to the top of the pyramid? 1. Communicate with your customers any way you can — if you can talk to them it’s great, in person is even better. Get to know who they are as human beings, what their goals and aspirations are. Address their concerns and don’t reduce them to a set of attributes. 2. Establish core values and beliefs as a composite of what your customers care about and want and the promises your product makes in addressing those — it goes without saying you should never make unrealistic promises. Be certain all your products align with these and adjust or get rid of the ones that don’t. 3. Put it everywhere the foundation of your brand experience is your core values and beliefs and for that message to be strong, it needs to happen at every touch point with your customer. Apply it across every channel. [26:45] If you’ve done all this you will be able to increase your prices. Keep in mind some customers may be lost — Deal seekers have a functional relationship with a brand, you wont keep them around — but it shouldn’t affect the overall profit margin. [27:23] Max wraps up his spiel and thanks the audience. Ryan jumps on the opportunity to brag about Max and invites listeners to check out the video of Ryan and Max building Ryan’s personal brand story. Mentioned in this episode Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs Max and Ryan Video Max Kerwick’s instagram

Ryan Danger Moran welcomes you to The One Percent! Today’s episode is very special, and features the much anticipated interview with none other than Gary Vaynerchuk — the other half, along with Brian Lee, of who Ryan wants to be when he grows up. Don’t miss this one for some rare insight into Gary’s bubbling strategic mind, how he only ever plans for the long game, a surprisingly sharp lightning round, and the way this conversation has updated Ryan’s mindset about ho to best approach the next decade.   Key takeaways [:39] Despite still reeling from the depth of the experience interviewing Gary Vee, Ryan introduces today’s episode and shares a bit about how this discussion altered the way he will plan for the future. [7:30] Gary often says “You have to learn to love your losses” and being a staunch Indians fan offered Ryan a singular opportunity to finally understand what that means. This leads Gary and Ryan to nerd out on sports. [11:30] What is this incredible Rosé? Ethical Wine, Gary’s 40$ wine for 20$. [12:58] Ryan shares a vulnerable moment in his life when he began to question weather the actions he was taking were truly reflective of the man he wanted to be and if those goals even still made sense. [14:58] Gary gives insight into his own moments of doubt, highlights that these mind shifts are required for growth and a vision for the future — and he thinks Ryan is cooler than him. [17:08] Adversity is foundational to success and Gary was raised in a way that fostered huge amounts of self-esteem and zero entitlement. His mother never fostered delusion, an enormous pitfall parents seem to fall into nowadays — which scares him : he explains how delusion creates entitlement. [20:02] Hustle porn and overworking yourself is absolutely delusional and contrary to what some people seem to think, Gary is not about that… He’s about finding happiness, being self-aware and dominating life. [21:00] Successful people are special in a very straightforward way: they obsess over the work but it’s because they love it and are happy doing it. If you work at something you don’t love, somebody else will love it, they will work harder and have an advantage. [22:00] Ryan tries his hand at explaining Gary’s strategy: his audience and the free content he puts out give him connections, leverage and exposure. [23:49] Gary interjects with a very important nuance: hustlers are killing him in the short term, but in the long term the play is always building Vaynermedia to sell the brands he has and will have in the future. Give to your audience without expecting any returns — be grateful if there are any at all — and ask people you have no idea who you are to buy your product. The person who can build a framework that doesn’t look to monetize their audience, wins. [27:14] Braingasm: You want to be happy? Give without expectation. You want to be unhappy? Think you’re getting something for your actions. You want to be really unhappy? Do shit for the sake of something else happening. Which is what everybody does. [27:43] Ryan has a humbling moment as he realises that he believed there may be something off about his own strategy when in fact he had been hanging on to expectations — when he so often gets recognised by people in the streets who say his content has helped them build 7 or 8 figure businesses. [30:00] Braigasm: Gary Vee may or may not be an influencer on his brands, it doesn’t matter at all… Do Vaynermedia clients signing million dollar cheques give a shit how many followers he has on instagram? [32:47] Ryan touches on something that really struck him in one of his previous interactions with Gary, his lack of ego. Gary explains that even though he may seem like he IS ego, his actions in the last 20 years attest to the fact that he is predicated on humility. [37:30] Gary often says he is doing for everybody what his mother did for him  — but today, on this interview, he has a realisation and for the first time ever, voices the way his father shaped him and that influence is helping him shape the world. [41:29] 10 years ago Ryan decided to follow Gary. Today, he feels ready, whispers away from where Gary was 10 years ago. So he asks Gary to poke some holes in his strategy. [43:00] If you keep giving to entrepreneurs in a way that addresses their short term wants and needs and helps them achieve 7-8 figures, you will give yourself disproportionate leverage to own a significant percentage of their business. And don’t make your audience the source of your livelihood. [44:40] Because time is short, Ryan invites Gary into a lightning round of trend predictions: 1. 2020 election: Gary thinks Donald Trump is likely to be elected but Joe Biden could beat him, and America could be looking at a 4 party system in 50 to 100 years. We didn’t pay the piper in 2008 and the gift keeps on giving. 2. Marriage: Gary believes the shadows of our society, infidelity, prostitution, strip clubs have been massively important to the maintenance of marriage and he is curious to see what will happen. [51:20] How will Ryan change as a result of this, and Brian Lee’s meetings, the two people who represent what Ryan aims to be. 1. People who get really big and really respected are ones who do great things. Both Brian and Gary are good business owners and operators, and Ryan has missed running businesses... 2. The long game is the only game, and in order to grow, things have to be built outside of yourself or else you are always the bottleneck. Ryan thanks listeners and invites them to send him their comments on Twitter @Ryanmoran and Instagram @RyanDanielMoran.

Freedom is not money, freedom is doing the things that make you happy. The purpose of money, the only reason money matters, is to sustain the life you want. If you want to be free, then you have to know what you want. But asking the questions that will lead you to figuring out what it is you want is a very hard job. Like Ryan did, most people will go after the money believing that once they have that, they can make a grab for freedom. The troublesome thing that happens when you do that though is that the money itself becomes the purpose, and your life has none. Ryan has boiled financial freedom into 5 steps to follow so tune in to learn the way — but do be careful, these steps need to happen in this exact order for the system not to break.   Key Takeaways   1. Decide [4:17]: you are absolutely required to decide, what you want your life to be like and be clear about it, don’t make it someone else’s life or belongings — don’t covet. Decide what you want and pull it into the present. 2. Cut out [6:26]: you don’t get without giving up, the universe requires you to make a trade to create the room for something new. Nowadays we have an overabundance of everything, but your primal brain doesn’t like to cut things out, it only processes the immediate loss, not future gain. To counter that, you have to be very intentional about what you want (step 1) and start cutting out things that don’t align (step 2) to give yourself space for step 3 because you don’t get to expand until you have made the room for it. 3. Expand (you have just created the space!) [11:07]: what are you expanding into? New businesses, new relationships — we are the 5 people we spend the most time with — learning, reading, listening. But this expansion, in order to continue, will require you to keep giving up things, it’s a positive feedback loop. What from the past will you decide to bring into the future. 4. Invest [13:13]: skip the short game and plan for long term results. Follow Ryan’s Tribe 5 areas of long term investment Time, Relationships, Income, Expansion. 5. Give [15:52]: it sounds silly but it’s true. You are never ever free if you are in a take, scam, hack or extort mentality. You need to find what you have to give be it money, time, knowledge, anything really, and invest it! People always want the hack but the only thing that creates financial freedom is you deciding that you want a different life, cutting out the things that are not in accordance with that life, expanding into new possibilities, investing for the long term and constantly giving. You want to build the life you want? To get happy? To be free of the game? That’s how. Mentioned in this episode Intentional community Dan Sullivan Robert Kiyosaki Tribe 5

Ryan talks with James Altucher, a successful hedge fund manager, entrepreneur, bestselling author, venture capitalist, and podcaster. In this episode of the Freedom Fast Lane podcast, James shares how to achieve real freedom following four guiding principles for a healthy lifestyle, as well as the investment strategies he would have told his 20-year-old self to follow. Key Takeaways [2:46] James talks about where he started out. How after he sold his first company building websites for a lot of money, he figured “if I can make it there, I’ll make it anywhere!”. He was wrong, he lost every penny. And then he was wrong several times again. [4:04] So what was the problem? Why was he having such wild success and such brutal failures? He explains how he set out to find and rectify the cause of this uneven keel and what he managed to distill from this research. The 4 pillars of health   1. Physical health [4:52] It’s one of the most basic but most important aspect of overall health for high achievers. If you don’t have the energy to get things done, they won’t happen. Eat well, don’t drink or do drugs, stay in shape. 2. Emotional health [5:12] You are the average of the people you surround yourself with, and life is short so be cut-throat about the people you love, value, and spend time with. 3. Creative health [6:40] You need to be creative everyday, if you wait for inspiration you’re already too late. Write your ideas down, think about how to execute them. Do fun, unique, new and stimulating things. 4. Spiritual health [7:15] It’s your fault, no matter what. If something negative happens, take ownership: improve, learn, evolve. Life goes on, so make sure it goes on the way you want it to and move forward. [8:26] If you are healthy and creatively doing things you love around people you love, you will automatically find things to sell, people to work with, businesses to build. Being a choice-ist [9:11] You make 10,000 choices a day from the most mundane to the most important. Most of them will be inconsequential or negative. Being a choice-ist means that that you aim to have the highest amount of the choices you do make in a day be ones that you enjoy making and care about. [10:21] How can you become more of a choice-ist in your own life: delegate the choices you don’t like to make or are not knowledgeable enough to make, to trustworthy people. Setting up these systems may take time, but they will reward you in the end. [12:25] James shares some practical tips on increasing the quantity of enjoyable choices you need to make. Every experience should be a source of earning, what did you not like, what would you want to do more of. Focus on that, make decisions that will serve that goal. [14:00] Money is never the critical factor in freedom. James takes Elon Musk as an example to illustrate this point. “Elon Musk has to wake up at 5 a.m., run six companies, deal with spaceships blowing up, deal with government subsidies to run his solar panel business. He’s making a big bet on the future of energy — a good bet, but a scary one nonetheless — and he’s got to manage thousands of people from 5am to 10pm.” What might be good for Elon may not work for you! You need to think about the lifestyle you want and decide what will make you happy and fulfilled and make choices in your life accordingly. Investing [15:54] James shares advice he would have given his younger self on investment. 1. The Plus-Minus-Equal rule [16:27] PLUS: Find the people that are better than you and learn from them. Read, read, read, read: learn everything you can about investment and everything relating to it, history, related fields, people, etc. EQUAL: Find people at your own level that can constantly challenge you. You’ll be surprised how fast you can evolve alongside a community of like-minded people. MINUS: If you really think you know something; teach it. It’ll remind you of all the basics, and people just starting will ask questions that you might have overlooked. 2. You are the biggest stupid idiot ever [21:24] This alone has reduced James’ chances of failure from 95% to 10%. Despite all that you’ve learned in step 1 you should never invest in anything thinking you are the smartest person in the room. You aren’t. Look up at who is investing alongside you, do you trust them, do you look up to them, are they successful? Trust your “plusses” and talk to you “equals”. You can only bet on people. [29:50] James shares his endgame. Mentioned in this episode James Altucher Mike Massimino Jocko Willink Elon Musk Berkshire Hathaway Warren Buffett

Today, Ryan drinks along side Dr. Clement Wan, Coran Woodmass and Max Kerwick and touches on the difference between the manager and investor mindsets, what is required for a brand to be attractive to buyers, how to drag yourself out of a funk, and why you should focus all your business energy on an archetype. Key Takeaways [1:04] Making decisions from an investor’s standpoint versus a manager’s standpoint will be lucrative but benefit both positions! Dr. Clement Wan explains that when you start thinking as an investor you will strive for making your business a more valuable asset, and as a result alleviate some of the management workload.   [2:38] What do we say instead of generating sales? Build assets!   [2:59] Ryan taps into the law of attraction — does a bit of voodoo really — to call on someone who can comment on the current state of physical products on the marketplace: Coran Woodmass! resident Acquisitions Specialist and brand new American! [4:00] Coran Woodmass talks about a recently launched deal and the reason so much money is flocking to it. It’s a real niche brand that can be scaled outside of Amazon, and it’s got a huge amount of user-generated content to boot!   [5:44] What do we say? Instead of being a content creator, be a content curator!   [7:05] The market is evolving and growing, but growing at the top end — the 8 figure exit is the entry point now — and the guys at that level are really need to spend the capital. So would you please build something worth buying, I would really like to buy your asset!   [8:50] Feeling down on your luck? This is the model to use to turn everything around. 1. Make a list of 20 to 50 people that you look up to, people you want to do business with, people who are ahead of you 2. … Call them 3. Talk about them — don’t make it about you — look for ways to help them and neve, ever pitch on the call [10:33] Max Kerwick is summoned to the hot seat and gets coached on how to hold his hands on camera (it’s all about the hands people). But really though, Max is here to coach us about what the biggest brands in the world have in common: an archetype customer. Don’t be theoretical or squishy, build and focus your entire business around a specific customer. Thanks for listening and letting Ryan and his guests invade your thoughts and world for a bit.

In today’s episode, Max Kerwick shares a keynote from the Capitalism Conference by Tom Bilyeu — the man behind Quest Nutrition and Impact Theory — a 60 minute compilation of all of his most valuable business secrets. Tune in to hear what he learned on the path he took from hand-making protein bars in his garage to a multi-billion dollar brand. Key Takeaways [03:00] Tom introduces himself and explains how he was not a born entrepreneur: he even went so far as to deliver papers for free because he was afraid to ring the doorbells to collect! [05:30] The two childhood goals Tom had zero idea how to achieve. 1. Become rich 2. Have 6 pack abs [06:20] The king of menial jobs… So much so that everyone expected him to fail. [08:10] Who is your white rabbit. Tom talks about his two very muscular rabbits. [09:23] Tom’s superpower — Nietzsche said it best to the people he cared for — suffering. [13:40] After Tom endured his work and his riches without meaning, he quit, so he could start asking different questions. Failure and sadness are the only guarantee. Know the odds, while you’re striving for success and happiness, and do something you love. [19:36] A unicorn company is a formula, the before and after pictures are there. But there ares difficult parts: being afraid, feeling stupid, lost and hopeless. [20:49] To build your own unicorn company you have 2 jobs. Job 1: - Develop your mindset and understand that what you believe is a choice: the Matrix has you, it’s time to lift the limiting veil. - Keep listening for job 2! [30:00] From a decidedly utilitarian perspective Tom shares his method to develop usable new skills. - Be an eternal student — you are not yet the person you need to be to accomplish everything you want to accomplish - Meditate - Be open to change, don't just talk about it - Execute - Develop grit [34:00] Have an ego, everyone does, but have it about the right things. Make certain you pride yourself on things that will drive your goals, don’t pride yourself on being right. [36:45] Grit is sustained effort over time, persisting through your boredom and suffering, develop this faculty and learn to tell the difference between lack of grit and disinterest. [38:24] One of the questions Tom hears most frequently is how do you find your passion? Like for building a Unicorn company there is a formula: Interest + Mastery = Passion. [41:41] We said keep listening and here it is: Job 2, build your business, Tom breaks down the how to’s: - Find your why and make it blindingly clear - Be transparent - Focus on value, it’s the only sustainable thing - Be authentic - Connect with your audience — Tom’s tricks, get the green light from thought leaders and engage influencers to access their 1 000 screaming fans - Add value (customers hate your content) - Finally, execute and grind baby grind because it starts with a willingness to persist long after it’s boring. [1:01:30] The central mantra of Tom’s life is “Just because you’re incapable of something today, it doesn’t mean that you’re not capable of learning that thing. It’s about who you want to become and what price you are willing to pay to become it”. Mentioned in this episode Quest Nutrition Impact Theory Book: The Will to Power by Friedrich Nietzsche Book: Extreme Ownership: How U.S. Navy SEALs Lead and Win by Jocko Willink Book: Antifragile: Things That Gain from Disorder (Incerto) by Nassim Nicholas Taleb Book: Grit: The Power of Passion and Perseverance by Angela Duckworth Book: Start with Why: How Great Leaders Inspire Everyone to Take Action by Simon Sinek Joy Remetta Super Fan Award Jenna Marbles

If you mixed Brian S. Lee and Gary Vaynerchuk together, what you’d get is who Ryan wants to be when he grows up. Don’t miss this game changing interview with Brian Lee, the incredibly humble man behind 3 different billion dollar companies. How does he identify opportunities and build exciting companies? Tune in for an in-depth talk about his philosophy for bringing together people, products and capital.   Key takeaways [5:22] Brian’s latest project recently launched, he talks us through how the idea turned into what is now Art of Sport. Shopping for sunscreen and realizing there were no mission-driven sports body care brand out there started it all. [8:56] In a pile of thousands of entrepreneurial ideas how does one pick? it’s all about the idea that sticks with you, the one that keeps coming back. [9:44] If you’re going to make and sell a product, make it the best possible product. Vet the formulations, the ingredients, the scents. When your idea or product resonates with someone, that’s when you can get them involved — that’s how Art of Sport attracted Kobe Bryant as well as a long, long list of other athletes — always focus on the product. [11:52] The “Producer Mindset” is a good key, and it helps to palliate all of your weaker areas. Be the architect of your project, find and bring together the pieces and people you need for your business: product, capital and audience. [13:18] Sometimes though, producer mindset won’t help you, only good ‘ol grind and hard work, that’s how Brian’s Legalzoom was started. The Honest Co. was a different story... [15:36] Brian needed to decide if he wanted to be a CEO, again, after doing it for so long, so he thought about how and where he could bring more value to the capital he had raised. [16:26] Most people want to build companies to sell them so they can leave but Brian wants to build sustainable, generational businesses. [17:44] How does Brian define success? Am I Henry Ford, Steve Jobs, Jeff Bezos, Mark Zuckerberg, have I reached the pinnacle, changed the world, revolutionized the game and will I transcend time? It’s a tall order, he’s still working on it. Ask him if he is fulfilled and satisfied instead. [20:26] Go for audience first, what else is there? When considering who to partner with to launch consumer brand its about the relationship between the market and influencer, it’s got to relate. There needs to be a 1:1 relationship between what the person is marketing and what the audience expects them to market. [23:07] BAM Labs is a place for Brian to start his own companies. BAM Ventures is a seed stage fund: we have to love the entrepreneur and not hate the idea. Too many investors fall in love with ideas. How does Brian chose his entrepreneurs? “Tell me about your best friend and I’ll get an idea of your character, passion, fire, smarts and and trustworthiness. [26:50] The surprisingly simple way Brian funds the companies he starts. [28:53] Brian shares an investment story from Legalzoom. Sometimes just 750$ will do it. [29:29] Ryan asks for Brian’s advice on where to go next.   Mentioned in this episode   Brian S. Lee Art of Sport The Honest Company Legalzoom Seven Spark Churchhome Global

In today’s globalized yet isolated world, the pressure to perform, create and provide has fallen squarely on the individual, and the loss of community has exacerbated the weight of this task.   Ryan’s last quarterly meeting turned into a profound philosophical realization on the importance of fostering partnership and a network of support for your team so that they can in turn derive purpose and growth from this communal journey.   Can the means, and the ends that justify them, be added unto you when there is no meaning behind any of it?

Your relationship with your customer is like a bank account. Make no mistake: every time you ask someone to buy something, you’re making a withdrawal against relational equity. Since it can’t be all withdrawals, listen in to Ryan Deiss to master 4 fundamentally human ways to build up — make a deposit in — your relational equity vault: laughter, tears, belonging and generosity.

Ryan and Marx talk about the dynamic nature of life and happiness, and how speaking less and less in a universe that has reciprocity coded in has had painful results: hurt people hurt people. Are you serving a person or are you serving Amazon? The more value you give the more money you get, focusing on a person and giving them what they want will drive you forward, no cat (you’ll have to listen in to get that one!)

Max Kerwick — BBP co-host and brand building secret weapon — speaks to a select group at the 8 figure exit workshop at Ryan’s home. Who is your singularity, the figurative customer who is most predictive of your long term success? Be weary of “busy moms” or “25 to 35 year olds” and their variance, establish your bullseye and aim for it. Tune in for some insight on brand design methodology: building an archetype on goals and interests, identifying its variants and gathering data.

Sean’s first engaged quarterly retreat was an epiphany for the whole team. What happens when you go from “being” the brand to building a brand? Your business becomes greater than the sum of its parts. And when the brand needs to grow beyond you, how do you shift your leadership style? Clarity of purpose will engage your team in a meaningful way and drive them through that first dip in the sigmoid growth curve. Preach your why and rally the masses.

After meeting with Gary Vaynerchuk, 3 time billion dollar brand builder Brian Lee, and going through a therapy workshop in LA Ryan Daniel Moran shares his insights and breakthroughs about business and life.

Ryan shares an insightful conversation from a recent 8 figure exit event he held at his home. Matthew Fichtner explains his perspective on the world as a veteran, and why he now sees that we are seeking military solutions for issues to which opportunity is a better answer. Tune in for a chat on creating safe spaces for people to build for themselves because the best thing you can provide hopeless people is opportunity to build for the future and building something without knowing what you want effectively translates to scaling unhappiness.

Jesse Itzler shares what magic dust he uses to scale businesses quickly and sell them before jumping into his next enterprise. Check the box and move on. Tune in for some great insight on the importance of a network of authentic relationships to propel your business forward; how challenging yourself can move your kids and loved ones to chart their own path; and how the amount of days you have left needs to factor into how you choose to live.

Is emotional intelligence innate or acquired, and why is it even important? You make decisions based on emotions, and so do other people: learn to use that to your advantage. At an earlier Capitalism Conference, Gary Vaynerchuk said that it’s all about people EQ skills. Tune in to find out how to increase your emotional intelligence: your body, your habits and going further than empathy.

If you don’t brand yourself, your customers will brand you. Max Kerwick talks to Steven Black about social listening, a great tool to begin or improve your ongoing market research processes. Tune in for some serious advice: your social media channels are not secondary sales channels, engage with your customers! The importance of customer retention, abandoned cart sequences and stop apologizing for being in business.

Ryan shares a resonant keynote from the Capitalism Conference, Bedros Keuilian gives tangible advice in 4 areas of business strategy: Vision, Mission & Values; The 3 R’s; Scaling your business; and Leadership. Tune in for a profound conversation on the nature of entrepreneurship and find out how Bedros deals with fear, stress, pressure and the internal struggles of building and growing a business.

Who is Charles Crawford? The advertising ninja. Ryan Daniel Moran probes and prods at the best Facebook advertiser in the world, to find out, among other things, what it is that makes him the best. Charles is working for a billion dollar exit, but where does he derive meaning from? What’s his mentality and what shaped it? Can he fail? Can you? Listen to this titan dissection.

If it seems unlikely at first glance, an employee-less million dollar company is possible. You don’t have to have everything figured out to start your business, but there are a few key things to consider if you’re going to go it alone. Your business is a means to an end, your ‘end’ is ultimately the lifestyle you want, and so that needs to be the first thing you establish. Find out what non-employee options exist out there. Tune in for an expert breakdown of what is required to launch and grow your one-person show.

Some people are natural born leader and some less so, but leadership is a skill and so it can be developed. In this episode of Freedom Fast Lane, Ryan Daniel Moran breaks down what you need to do. Tune in for a deeper understanding of what you have to practice to develop your own leadership. Own your own life, make decisions, set boundaries and communicate your expectations but above all of this: have a vision and cast it.

First, have a great product and customer experience. Second? Ryan details the 3 steps you need to take on your journey to beating out your competition. Should you simply try to outrank your competitors, are there different things to try? Tune in to hear how to play a higher game and win: build something meaningful, sustainable, scalable and sellable.

80% of Amazon sellers are not entrepreneurs, they’re hustlers — and Ryan loves hustlers! But what if you want to go from hustling to building an 8 figure exit business? Can you walk away? That is the difference between an income stream and a business. Don’t waste the opportunity you have built, turn your business into a brand. First, start transitioning from operator to owner, then listen in for the next steps.

In this episode of Freedom Fast Lane, Ryan Daniel Moran talks about the habits you need to develop to help you in maximizing your life. Listen in to learn the 7 principles of freedom and how these can help you build better results for yourself and your business. Become a real capitalist: responsible, creative, generous, sagacious, coalescent, transparent, healthful.

Take the time to listen to this important episode and find out what Ryan understood when he hit rock bottom, and what thoughts he had about himself at the time. Ryan talks about the fact that there is no shame in mental illness, there never was: we all have junk! The people you surround yourself with is very important, but the confidence you have in who you are and what you want will set you free. And take care of yourself, body and mind.

You sell on Amazon but you want a brand, can the shift be done and if so, what steps should you take? Ryan Daniel Moran breaks down for you. First, mindset: you are not just an Amazon seller, you are a brand. Second, identify: find out who and where your customers are. Third, diversify: get out of the Amazon platform and get to your customer!

Max Kerwick plays it differently today by tackling a common listener question: “it’s great to build around an ideal buyer, but how do I market to multiple types of people?” Do you really have to speak to different customers? First, diagnose and second, decide if you need to segment. Listen in to find out how to do both of those things efficiently.

Ryan Daniel Moran is interviewed by John Crestani for an honest, gritty take on why Ryan won’t apologize for his success, what path he took, and what prices he paid to get where he is today. Listen in for some fundamental insights on how human contact can and will propel you forward, who you surround yourself with will change your biology, and success is a tribal event: it benefits everyone.

In this episode of Freedom Fast Lane, Ryan Daniel Moran talks about the idea of freedom and how that notion can literally change all aspects of your life. Tune in to gain practical tools to figure out what your compelling future is, and why knowing what you want to be free to do is just as important as being free of the things you don’t want to do. Find meaning in this new world where the “hunting/getting of meat” is less and less what we biologically understood it to be.

Listen in to this wildly popular talk by Ezra Firestone and gain some insight on how to scale your online business quickly and effectively. Find out how to target and attract your audience with the use of a wide variety of consumer data-points. Learn the best attention-grabbing advertising strategies on the market and discover how to use Facebook Messenger as an potent tool to scale up your business.

Ryan Daniel Moran talks about the reasons why some entrepreneurs manage to break the million dollar cap and how some just don’t. Find out how Ryan chooses what companies he will invest in — the ones he sees breaking the million dollar mark — and what he advises to do with the other ones! Will following a recipe get you beyond the million dollar plateau?

Ryan Daniel Moran talks about the usual challenges businesses looking to scale up typically run into, and how to tackle those issues. In this episode, hear about what is required to take your business from the million dollar plateau, and start growing it into a multi-million company.

Ryan Daniel Moran recently held a Capitalism.com 8-Figure Business workshop at his house. The subject of Kylie Jenner becoming the world's youngest billionaire at 21 came up and Ryan discussed her overarching strategy and how it applies to anyone selling physical products. Want to attend a future workshop? Visit www.Capitalism.com/8

Todd is growing a business selling skincare products online. He wants to reach a bigger audience, learn how to target his buyers, and build a brand with organic growth. But first Freedom Fast Lane host Ryan Daniel Moran has some deep personal questions for Todd before he'll give his advice.

Are the things you are currently working on going to bring you the greatest long term results? In this #ThrowbackThursday episode Ryan Daniel Moran shares the lessons he has learned about "multipliers", the things you can invest in that will compound your results. 

On this extra special episode of #WineWithWyan Ryan Daniel Moran is joined by our Capitalism.com Chief of Staff Ines. He geeked out on baseball for a bit before taking questions from the audience about audience building and entrepreneurship.

Ryan Daniel Moran recently spoke at AdSum 2019, a summit for online sellers and digital marketers. In this talk Ryan shares how you can combine the power of online marketing through ads and great offers to send traffic to Amazon products.

AJ Vaynerchuck – the seemingly mysterious other half of the VaynerMedia empire – shares his life lessons about launching and scaling the client service business that started with a $80,000 account to turning over 9 figures a year. Speaking at this year’s CapCon, he uncovers the work ethic he shares with his brother Gary, and his experience of launching VaynerSports compared to VaynerMedia.

In this episode of Freedom Fast Lane Capitalism.com founder Ryan Moran covers the 2 steps necessary to achieve financial freedom. 1.) Build a business 2.) Invest the profits Ryan goes into detail about how he achieved financial freedom and you can too with the right plan.

The fastest way to create breakthrough change is to get around people who shatter those paradigms. Jesse Elder is the guy people go to when they have noise in their heads and need to get it in line with their mission and purpose so they can serve more people and go to the next level. In this talk from the first ever Capitalism Conference Ryan & Jesse talk about overcoming self doubt and creating a new normal.

On this very special episode of #WineWithWyan I am joined by our Capitalism.com Chief of Staff Ines. We caught up about our takeaways from The Capitalism Conference and all of the inspiring entrepreneurs and business owners we had the privilege of meeting and took a few calls from the audience.

Many companies break when they scale too quickly with poor infrastructure, and when Michael Dubin’s Dollar Shave Club hit momentum through a viral video, he had to figure out quickly how to scale effectively. Hear his story behind the hit viral video from 2012, the importance of worrying and the golden ratio to tracking success.

I was so grateful to have Alex Charfen speak at at this year’s CapCon, as he shares the research he’s found all successful entrepreneurs have in common. He maps out what the path looks like to run an empire you’re proud of through The Billionaire Code, and the transitions it takes to become truly successful. Helping businesses scale fast, Alex knows what you need to regularly remind yourself along the journey.

Freedom Fast Lane began back in 2013. Ryan Daniel Moran ran it for over 5 years and then retired the show after completing the goal of finding personal financial freedom for life. After a few exits from physical products brands (the latest of which was for over 8-figures in cash) and some well placed investments the journey was over.  Now on the Capitalism.com Podcast Network Ryan is bringing Freedom Fast Lane to discuss building businesses and investing the profits after all he has learned.

Would you believe that there is a formula to growing your business, one that generates millions of dollars? Mark Ford (pen name Michael Masterson) created it and has applied it dozens of times. There are four steps in this formula, and Mark shares them with us on today’s episode. After growing a business to $65 million in four years, Mark took the process and duplicated it over and over again. Entrepreneurs who apply this process in their businesses experience success, and you can too. Marketing is everything, and copy is king. Once you have those nailed, your business growth will take off.  

Rule number 6 of Jordan Peterson's 12 Rules For Life is to set your own house in perfect order before your criticize others. I talk about what this means to me and what this important lesson means for entrepreneurs. - Ryan Daniel Moran

When starting your own product business, it’s easy to tackle a million and one problems at a time. Starting on the simplest problems first sets you on a much better path. In this episode, Kevin Lavelle, founder of Mizzen+Main, shares how he made “the best damn dress shirt for men” that’s now worn by men across 50 states. We uncover how Kevin built credibility through a crowded market, boosting immunity through making mistakes, and the risks of scaling too early.

This week on The One Percent Podcast (now on the Capitalism.com Podcast Network) I give a behind the scenes look at the empire we are building. I am joined by my right hand man and content creator C-Money in the Tesla and we had a conversation about some big changes within the company, the hiring of new employees, and our vision for the future. We run through our current revenue model, unpack the good - and bad - hiring strategies we’ve used in the past, and what to do with company profits to continue making an impact for entrepreneurs around the world as the brand grows.

Let's say your first physical product is starting to really gain traction and pick up sales. What do you next? How can you grow your brand even bigger? In this episode co-hosts Ryan Daniel Moran and Max Kerwick guide you through the next steps to make sure you're not just a "one hit wonder" but to ensure you can grow a sustainable and profitable brand you'll be proud of.

After 13 years of entrepreneurship I wanted to give you a look behind the the curtain at where I've decided to go and where Capitalism.com as a company is going.    

What leads someone to become an entrepreneur? And what happens when the early programming and patterns of life that lead to success are no longer serving you? About half a year ago I shared my experiences I had during and after Burning Man, on my own journey of personal development. I realized that I had been operating my life through the lens of "Not Being Enough" which lead me to a lot of behaviors and thought patterns that I want to change. In this follow-up I expand on my thoughts about validation, ego, purpose, and how to bring your life into alignment.  

Is your business a "lifestyle" business? An escape from the corporate world? A means of independence? Or the expression of a true passion? Could it turn into a long-term growth business? There is nothing wrong with any of these strategies. But it's important to get clear on the purpose of your business. In this episode of The Brand Builder Podcast co-hosts Ryan Daniel Moran and Max Kerwick share their thoughts on operating a business you may or may not be truly passionate about.    

Is the Amazon gold rush over? Well, not necessarily... but you can't use the same strategies you were using in 2011 or 2012. In this episode I'll be walking you through the model that we are following when it comes to building physical products brands. Amazon is just a distribution mechanism. A place to sell things. In this monologue I'll be sharing my current strategies for selling physical products and building a scalable & sellable brand in 2019.

How much do you need to earn to live the life you want? As entrepreneurs so often we chase freedom and work ourselves to death waiting for a payoff to come later. This is my keynote from The Capitalism Conference 2019. My first keynote ever at my own event. In this presentation I wanted to communicate my own path in the empire I am building with Capitalism.com. I wanted to communicate this idea that freedom IS the doing of what you really want. Today. And ironically, when we are in alignment with our purpose and zone of genius, the money just comes easily.  

Moiz Ali founded Native Deodorant 2 years before selling the company to Procter & Gamble for $100 Million.  How does that happen? How is there still so much money to be made in deodorant, and how can YOU sell products people will pay a premium for? In this talk from a Capitalism.com event Moiz shares his journey, and how he quickly grew a brand that is now featured in Target and retail stores across America.

How long can we go before the next recession? Most entrepreneurs are holding on to their money or, worse yet, putting them into assets that will eat away at their wealth. Sam Prentice is the capital warehouse expert I turn to deploy my own money in a way that will take advantage of the market upside without participating in the downsides. In this interview we talk about best investing practices, what asset classes might be right for you, and how you can multiply your wealth in any market. For more information about Sam Prentice visit www.WealthWarehouse.com

Acquiring a business can help you bypass the time spent on building a business from scratch. But what happens when you acquire business which hasn’t been reaching its full potential? How do you change it into something which makes you money without you needing to spend all of your time on it? Shakil Prasla buys online companies for as little money as possible, sits in the owner’s seat, and delegates systems and processes to a manager. This has allowed him to purchase eight different online businesses, all of which he has turned into profitable enterprises which makes him money while he has little involvement. In this episode of The One Percent (one of Ryan's most downloaded Freedom Fast Lane episodes) Shakil explains how his business model works, how he acquires new companies, and the process he takes to make his income passive. Key takeaways: - How to pick profitable products for a long-term investment - Finding good people for a successful online business - Spotting growth potential in companies you’re interested in acquiring 

The best audience to sell to is one you are a part of. Being part of a community you truly understand the pain points, the challenges that come up, and where people want to go in that niche. So when Jake Rhodes started making products for crossfitters he started to gain some traction. But it wasn't until he learned how to create relationships with influencers and athletes that his business truly shot through the roof.

Should you invest in real estate, stocks, other businesses... cryptocurrency? In 2019 we are looking at an unpredictable market. Some say it could collapse any day. Fellow entrepreneurs Mike Dillard and Jason Hartman are not so pessimistic. But with the uncertainty of the economy I wanted to pick their brains about where they are investing their hard-earned money. I have some of my own opinions as well. If you've gotten value out of The One Percent podcast please leave us a review and subscribe to make sure you never miss an episode.

Not long ago Roxelle Cho was making products in her garage.  After she gained the loyalty and support of a growing customer base through Facebook Live, Instagram, and emails she had to scale quickly. Fused Hawaii is a handmade swimwear brand that empowers women to live comfortably in the skin that they're in.  In this episode Roxelle shares how she has created a community of superfans who want to buy from the company again and again while spreading their message and telling their friends.  

Brooke Castillo inspires me as an entrepreneur. She is the founder of The Life Coach School, a massive empire that trains and certifies life coaches. She really likes money and her results speak for themselves. She has built a thriving 8-figure business while just a few years ago it was generating only 300k annually. She has done all this while working only... THREE DAYS PER WEEK. I thoroughly enjoyed this conversation and I think you will as well if you like money, if you like smart people, and if you'd like to have more free time I think you'll get a lot out of it. Listen to more from Brooke Castillo on her podcast "The Life Coach School Podcast"

We see a lot of physical product sellers who are really settling for low profit margins and who are really in the weeds of their business, particularly when it comes to navigating the challenges of Amazon.com So we had Jeff Lieber on the podcast who works with Amazon sellers to free up their capacity as entrepreneurs and help them quickly scale.  Jeff Lieber is the founder of Turnkey Product Management, a company dedicated to helping clients automate their sales growth.

In this interview I talk with Ajit Nawalkha, cofounder of MindValley Teach and Evercoach. In this conversation we talk about how entrepreneurs can take their purpose, passion, and practicality into account to live big in all areas of life. He shares his story of growing up with nothing and going from an intern to becoming an abundantly successful entrepreneur and searching for meaning through it all. If you like this interview, take the next step and get Ajit's book Live Big: The Entrepreneur's Guide To Passion, Practicality, and Purpose... and maybe leave a review on Amazon while you're at it. For more interviews with the world's top 1% off entrepreneurs, Subscribe today.

George Bryant is a marketing wizard who helps companies ethically scale. This means dialing in what is really important to the customer. Finding what message will resonate on a large scale so that you can advertise to your ideal audience and ultimately grow a massive brand. We sat down with George on The Brand Builder Podcast to discuss building trust and genuine relationships with customers to create loyal buyers.  To hear more interviews and case studies like this subscribe to The Brand Builder Podcast.

Perry Belcher is the co-founder of DigitalMarketer.com and NativeCommerce.com. He is one of the world's best marketing specialists in the direct response world. If you sell physical products, but you do not feel "in control" of your sales, Perry is the best in the world at creating physical products funnels. In this talk from The Capitalism Conference Perry walks through his "ideal funnel system". You'll learn how to target your ideal customer effectively and massively grow your business. This year's Capitalism Conference event takes place in Dallas, Texas January 21st, 2019.  

Capitalism.com has launched a NEW podcast I am proud to present to you on The One Percent. The Brand Builder Podcast gives a behind scenes look at some of the world's most successful brands and gives you the keys to what is working right now. I am joined by my counterpart Max Kerwick, one of the best branding experts I know. Building a physical products brand is the most predictable path to a 7-figure business. Go subscribe to The Brand Builder Podcast on iTunes so you never miss an episode.

Do you want to build an empire? Everything that’s required to achieve extraordinary results and, ultimately, build an empire is surprisingly simple – but that doesn’t mean everyone is doing those things. So in this with Geoff Woods episode, we discuss some of the simple little things that most entrepreneurs are not doing, preventing them from achieving the extraordinary growth they desire. Geoff Woods is the Vice President of The ONE Thing and the hosts The ONE Thing podcast which is in the top 5% of all podcasts in the world. IN THIS EPISODE YOU WILL LEARN: - How you can identify the talent you need - Why you shouldn’t be on this entrepreneurial journey alone (and who you’re likely missing) - How to get clarity on your vision partway through building a business and don’t know how to scale any further You can hear more Geoff Woods at The Capitalism Conference (Jan 21-23 in Dallas), where Geoff will be a guest speaker.

The journey of entrepreneurship is filled with many emotional ups and downs. JP Sears interviewed me about my own path on his show "Awaken With JP" and I've received so much positive feedback about the conversation that I am putting it here on The One Percent. You may know JP as the soft-spoken, ginger-headed, Youtube self-help guru and master of dry, deadpan comedy but JP is also a veteran "emotional healing coach" with a legit clinical background. This year at The Capitalism Conference JP Sears is going to be co-hosting with me with January 21-23 in Dallas, Texas.

Aubrey Marcus is an author, experimenter, unconventional fitness junkie, and human optimizer. He is the CEO of Onnit, the optimal human performance fitness company that he has built into one of the fastest growing companies in America. In this conversation we had in the living room of my lake house, my mastermind The Backroom got to ask Aubrey a few important questions about how he's been able to partner with Joe Rogan, use influencers, scale to 190 employees, and enjoy the process. Come see more conversations like this at our next event Learn more at: http://www.CapitalismConference.com The Capitalism Conference is our event for entrepreneurial empire builders. January 21st-23rd, 2019. Dallas, Texas.

What does it take for a brand to consistently sell $1 million+ every month? This episode is specifically for those of you who follow me because you know that I have built physical products brands. I have made the majority of my wealth by building, scaling, and selling profitable brands that sell primarily on Amazon. Some had their own online stores, some moved into retail, but almost all eCommerce brands run into roadblocks when it comes to scaling from 6 figures per month to 7 figures per month. In this episode I talk about how you can take a business that is already up and moving and grow it to at least the mid 7-figures and closer to 8.

Joel Marion is the co-founder of a $100 million+ business, BioTrust Nutrition (we've had his co-founder Josh Bezoni on the show before). He has truly mastered the art of scaling companies quickly. Joel has ALSO built a personal brand to 8 figures in 12 months garnering over 1.2 million followers, and 1.7 million emails. He has really dialed in how to scale, so in this episode he shares what he is doing differently from everybody else and how you can apply these same tactics. Come see Joel Marion in person January, 21st-23rd 2019 in Dallas, TX www.TheCapitalismConference.com

Alex Huditan is someone that I look up to and admire. Of all of the entrepreneurs I have ever met he seems to have more fun and truly enjoy his life perhaps more than anyone I have met. In this podcast we talk about creation, work, and how to truly live the literal 4 hour work week. We talk about automation and delegation and whether or not the 4 Hour Work Week is all it’s really cracked up to be…

Ryan Niddel has a thriving business, huge following, great health, a beautiful family, and a wildly successful podcast. But when I first met Ryan he was a COMPLETELY different person. Broke, struggling, relationship issues... steroids. In this honest talk we outline specifically how he transformed into an entirely new person and the steps that you can take to have your own transformation for a better life.

Ever wonder how private equity firms work or what might attract them to invest into or buy your company? A private equity firm is an investment management company that provides financial backing and makes investments in the private equity of startup or operating companies. In this episode I speak with Tony Ludlow, the founder of the private equity firm that bought a majority stake in my biggest exit.

In this episode we address the 3 main constraints business owners tend to face until they break through that $5m/year mark in annual revenue. Until these hurdles are cleared it's very unlikely that they ever will pass this point. Wherever you're at in your journey, this is a must-listen episode if you are interested in building a scalable and sellable company.  

This is the most important podcast I have ever done. I had a major breakthrough in my life, that was THE most impactful shift I have ever had in terms of personal development, and I want to share that with you.

Is there really a perfect diet? In today's world of biohacking and data tracking it is easy to get overwhelmed with too many decisions. That's why I had my own personal health advisor Dr. Anthony Balduzzi come back to talk about eating to optimize longevity, physique, performances, and happiness. This is one you won't want to miss if you need some tips you can apply to increase your own performance in life.

Dr. Loretta Breuning is the author of Habits of a Happy Brain: Retrain Your Brain to Boost Your Serotonin, Dopamine, Oxytocin, and Endorphin Levels as well as The Science of Positivity: Stop Negative Thought Patterns By Changing Your Brain Chemistry; and I, Mammal: How to Make Peace with the Animal Urge for Social Power. Habits of a Happy Brain is one of the best books I have read this year so I had to talk with Dr. Breuning about how our happy brain chemicals relate to the ups and downs of entrepreneurship. I was not disappointed, plenty of actionable takeaways here to help you operate at your best.

What if you could live life at your absolute best, every single day? How different would your business be, how different would you life be? Craig Ballantyne coaches high-performing entrepreneurs and executives to get more done, have a massive impact, grow their influence... and finally have a fulfilling personal life again. In this podcast I interviewed him about how entrepreneurs can truly have it all. Craig gives very actionable & practical advice that you can implement today to start to reach your full potential.

It has been over a year since I sold the majority of my physical products business for over $10 million. This episode is all about my journey as an investor since then, what I am doing to ensure financial freedom for life, and everything I have learned along the way.

JP Newman is a professional real estate investor and founder of the real estate investment firm Thrive, FP. I like to joke that he is the man who owns half of Texas. After working at Sony Pictures he took a hard pivot into the real estate world and shares some of his lessons learned in this casual interview.

Tax laws for business owners, especially those who sell physical products, have changed. After the new tax law went into place the person whose expertise I trust the most is former Capitalism Conference speaker Tom Wheelwright. Stay ahead of the curve on what to do with your taxes this year and how to take advantage of some changes that have taken place with the tax law. You could stand to lose, or gain, a small fortune.  

Ryan Michler is a husband, father, Iraqi Combat Veteran, and the Founder of Order of Man. After growing up without a permanent father figure in his life, he felt the need to create a community and resource for men to become better. As entrepreneurs it is all too easy for us to track the progress on our bank accounts, or even our fitness results, but improving our personal relationships and stepping into responsibility is not so easy to measure. In a culture that is becoming increasingly soft, in this episode we talk about the value of resilience and grit.

In this episode I talk about how I created wealth in my own life and became financially free through investing. If you are interested in learning more about cash flow and how to truly live life on your own terms listen in, subscribe, share with an entrepreneur you know, and visit my YouTube channel "Ryan Daniel Moran" for more content!

Have you ever had a turning point in your journey as an entrepreneur? After our latest quarterly company retreat life is better than ever at Capitalism.com but there have been bumps along the way. In this episode I sit down again with my content creator C-Money to talk about marketing with authenticity, running a personal media brand, growing the Capitalism media empire, and my own personal ups and downs along the way.

Today marks the first official show of The One Percent. In this episode I talk about searching for greater meaning outside of just being successful in business. I tracked my progress as an entrepreneur for 5 years under Freedom Fast Lane but this is the show for the One Percent bold enough create change, pursue wealth, find freedom, take control of their health, and reach their full potential. I am an entrepreneur, investor, a father, and a skeptic who is on a journey to meet the world's highest achievers - those who live in the one percent of all aspects of life.

This is the show for the One Percent bold enough create change, pursue wealth, find freedom, take control of their health, and reach their full potential. My name is Ryan Daniel Moran and I am an entrepreneur, investor, a father, and a skeptic who is on a journey to meet the world's highest achievers - those who live in the one percent of all aspects of life. In this episode I talk about leaving behind Freedom Fast Lane after 5 years of podcasting so that I could start thinking bigger and move forward with The One Percent and growing the Capitalism.com media empire.

I have some very important news. Five years ago I launched Freedom Fast Lane in order to document my journey and share the highs and lows of entrepreneurship. It has been so much fun to have shared what I have learned along the way with you. About a year and a half ago something changed. Some of the magic that I felt at the very beginning started to fade. I felt that I had to start monetizing the following of this show in order to make it sustainable. Monetizing this audience turned into a very stressful thing. Show Notes Allowing myself to indulge in retrospection I’ve done a lot of reflecting over the past six months and I’ve analyzed where I want to go with my career. I’ve reflected upon all the highs and lows of these past six months. As I look back on what worked, it was always when I was curious, honest, humble, when I was always being myself. Exploring new horizons I feel like I’ve said everything there is to say and that I’ve shared everything there is to share on the topics that I’ve been talking about. I decided to try something new. So this is the last official Freedom Fast Lane podcast episode in this format. Up until this point I shared a lot about physical products and some of the strategies we’ve used. We’ll see what comes next.   Connect with Ryan Find more amazing podcast discussions on FreedomFastLane.com.   On Facebook On YouTube On LinkedIn On Twitter

I had an important mental shift this week about business and life. So I went to Facebook live to share and take a couple questions...

I run a mastermind called The Backroom... And at our meetings, each member shares some of their best ideas that are working right now. So a couple of our members, Dylan and Dan, get up and sorta waltz on stage like they don't have a care in the world... And Dylan grabs the mic and speaks with his adorable, disarming Kentucky drawl... And over the next thirty minutes or so, he outlines how he is making millions on Amazon without doing, like, any work. In fact, what he does is so stupidly simple and obvious that I asked my mastermind members if anybody wanted to start doing it. In my estimation, it could be scaled to $100k per month in about a year, maybe less time if someone was really dedicated to it... So there I was... sitting in my own mastermind, thinking about starting an entirely new business... It was that good. "We've sold about $15m on Amazon doing this one thing in the last few years," he said off-hand. "That's on top of our normal sales, of course. We didn't need any reviews or anything like that." Hang on, what? ON TOP OF NORMAL SALES? Like... you can run OTHER businesses or a full time job while also doing this? Yeah. He doesn't get reviews. He doesn't source products. He doesn't even deal with competition. That's what caught my attention. So I had to have him on the podcast to go into more detail.

Ryan had a very motivating chat with Sam Prentice, an investment expert and the co-founder of Wealthpoint, about generating passive income through investments. Here’s some of what Sam had to say about what to do if you get a big windfall (from selling a business for example): Use 1031 exchanges wisely Some of Sam’s clients used a 1031 exchange to take money from one depreciated property, reinvest it in another property, and defer all capital gain taxes. You can actually 1031 between asset classes as long as they are considered like-kind. Some people exited real estate for a great profit and reinvested the money in oil and gas. Set up a capital warehouse and then go for the cash flow First set up a capital warehouse, which means that you will have a limit to how much you can put into it each year. This is basically a liquid place to store capital which earns a return. For the rest of the money, go for anything cash flow. Keep it simple Look for assets that have a value and buy countercyclical assets when you don’t know what you’re doing so that you can trade them later. Always keep it simple. Look for sweet spots, aka places where you have a strategic advantage either in knowledge, or in the people that you know, or the sector you are familiar with.   It was great listening to Sam!   Key takeaways: Take advantage of 1031 exchanges Set up a capital warehouse and then go for the cash flow Keep it simple and look for sweet spots   Connect with Ryan Find more amazing podcast discussions on FreedomFastLane.com.   On Facebook On YouTube On LinkedIn On Twitter   Connect with Sam Find out more about Sam’s company, Wealthpoint, at https://gowealthpoint.com/

Want to know what's coming this year, next year, and in this next coming wave for Amazon, for selling in retail and in marketing physical products to audiences? I have some thoughts.

Mike Zagare is one of the world's leading expert's on maximizing traffic to Amazon product pages. Show Notes A former physical therapist, Mike went all-in on pet products on Amazon and hit it big using pay-per-click (PPC) advertising. Here’s some of what Mike had to say about kickstarting success through marketing: Go big under one tent Mike reached his success by focusing on one niche area - pet products. He started with just a few items under one brand name, and expanded to over 40 products under that brand. This lets him get the most out of his marketing spend, since driving traffic to one brand means driving traffic to all his products. Take your marketing spend seriously If you're going to drop money into PPC advertising, do it right! Draft awesome ad copy. Craft great graphics. Make it have the best impact possible right out of the gate. Target the right platforms Facebook is great for building an audience. It’s not so great for direct response for Amazon products. Make sure that your PPC ads focus on the right venues for the market reaction you want.   It was great listening to Mike!   Key takeaways: Optimize your spend with products under one brand Craft excellent PPC ads, and Put those ads in front of the right audiences   Connect with Ryan Find more amazing podcast discussions on FreedomFastLane.com.   On Facebook On YouTube On LinkedIn On Twitter   Connect with Mike FInd out more about Mike’s company, PPCE Academy, at https://ppce.academy/  

Will Clarke of Poo~Pourri - a company making essential oil sprays to neutralize bathroom odors - gave the best speech you may ever hear about taking a dump... and how 1 video can lead to millions of sales. Show Notes Hire polymaths Hire people who are superb at more than one thing. You’ll have a really strong and well-rounded team that can produce excellence, as they understand how to achieve excellence in more than one area. Empathize with your customers Poo~Pourri relies a lot on humor to hit success with its ads. That doesn’t mean it isn’t sensitive to its customers who have serious health conditions, like irritable bowel syndrome. The company adapts its messaging appropriately so it can make those respectful, lasting connections. Do epic shit Don’t sell an okay product, or a minimally viable prototype. Make something that solves a problem in a unique way (like covering up embarrassing smells from bowel movements when others are in the same residence/building) and hone in on that awesomeness in your marketing.   It was incredible hearing Will talk at CapCon!   Key takeaways: Hire a team of people who are great at lots of things Rely on empathy in your messaging, and Aim for excellence, not mediocrity   Connect with Ryan Find more amazing podcast discussions on FreedomFastLane.com.   On Facebook On YouTube On LinkedIn On Twitter   Connect with Will FInd out more about Poo~Pourri at https://www.poopourri.com/

Casey Gauss gave brilliant talk about HOW brands are currently crushing it selling products on Amazon at the Capitalism Conference this past winter. The CEO of Viral Launch, he’s all about sourcing, launching, and dominating your way to success. If you missed CapCon, now’s your chance to catch up on his awesome tips, including:   Killer hack: Be the best at everything Source the best materials. Have the best branding. Write the best ad copy. Engage the best influencers. If you can come out of the gate with the best possible product and the best possible marketing you can give it, you’ll stun the marketplace. Watch out for crowded spaces If there are a number of established players in a product space with 4.5 star ratings, you might be in for a rough time if you try to go up against them. Sure, you might be able to craft a product worth at least 4.7 stars, but that’s not going to make a difference in the eyes of your average consumer.   Split testing can be your best friend Why go all-in on one marketing strategy if another one might be just as good, or better? Take advantage of split testing to see what the market responds to better, so you can make more effective use of your marketing spend.   It was great hearing Casey Gauss’s talk!   Key takeaways: Being the best at everything is one way to win Avoid crowded markets, and Use split testing   Connect with Ryan Find more amazing podcast discussions on FreedomFastLane.com.   On Facebook On YouTube On LinkedIn On Twitter   Connect with Casey FInd out more about Casey’s company at https://viral-launch.com/.   On Twitter

I recently went on the Life After Business podcast with Ryan Tansom. His show focuses on business exits and what life can be like on the other side after a big payday. After my own big exit last year I am back to brand building and growing Capitalism.com with events like the Brand Builder Summit and The Capitalism Conference. My mastermind group The Backroom is geared towards helping entrepreneurs build sellable businesses so they can have an 8 or 9-Figure exit of their own.

I just had a blast going to Kiev, Ukraine to meet with and talk to lots of entrepreneurs. In this presentation I talk about how to kill it in the physical products space. You can make a million in a year How can you do it? Offer 3 to 5 products. Price them at $25 to $35 each. Sell 25 to 35 of them a day. If you can keep that up, you’ll have made a million dollars after 12 months. It’s a simple formula, but It’ll take hard work to get to that point and keep it up. Build a community of superfans If you can find a thousand people who are really interested in what you have to offer - whether it’s through Facebook, Instagram, a blog, or whatever - you can find 100 people in that group who to become your brand’s superfans. They’ll buy your products at full price and incessantly rave about how awesome your brand is to their friends and family online and offline until they buy it to get them to shut up about it.   Who wouldn’t want fans like that? You can find people that dedicated by targeting a superniche in a way that really speaks to them as human beings, even in a market that seems otherwise saturated. Don’t worry about how well everyone else is doing Don’t feel like you’re a “bad” entrepreneur because you’re “only” making hundreds of thousands of dollars a year when you see others who have scaled up to 7, 8, or 9 figure success. Even multimillionaires have their insecurities. It’s all about the chase to live a life on your own terms, not someone else’s. Don’t lose sight of that. Key takeaways: There’s a simple formula to become a millionaire in 12 months Target a superniche to build a faction of raving fanatics for your brand, and Don’t focus on how well others are doing.   Connect with Ryan Find more amazing podcast discussions on FreedomFastLane.com.   On Facebook On YouTube On LinkedIn On Twitter

We usually never leak calls from our mastermind group The Backroom but I think you will find this excerpt particularly useful. There is so much money to be made when you are HAPPY and in your zone of genius, not putting out fires and doing low-level tasks that can be delegated or outsourced. This episode of Freedom Fast Lane is all about staying in your zone of genius.

I just had an intriguing chat with eCommerce entrepreneur Jeff Lieber on what new strategies can keep your business relevant on Amazon RIGHT NOW. If you’re working in the online physical products space, you need to listen to this episode today.   Make the most out of the Giveaway system Amazon Giveaway is a powerful means to drive interest into your product. You can get really creative with it and get a lot of business. For example, Jeff uses Amazon Giveaway to run contests, getting thousands of people to watch a promotional video in exchange for only two product gifts and some small discounts for those who didn’t win; a really cost-effective offer! Don’t think of yourself as an Amazon business Ryan and Jeff know that Amazon is a dominant player in physical products sales. However, even successful business with a strong presence on the platform still expose their products to other markets, such as retail. The more you diversify how you offer your product, the less reliant you are on Amazon for success. Informed confidence is the best mindset It’s important to believe in what you’re doing as an entrepreneur; there’s no better way to motivate yourself. If you want to ensure your business remains successful, you need information to support that confidence.   Get knowledge of the sector you’re working in, what opportunities there are for you and your company, and who you might want to add to your team, and you could ensure the future for you and your business.   It was great chatting with Jeff Lieber!   Key takeaways: Amazon Giveaway is powerful You don’t run an Amazon business, but you may run a business that uses Amazon, and Inform your confidence in your business Connect with Jeff Learn more about Jeff at https://www.turnkeyproductmanagement.com/jeff-lieber/ Connect with Ryan Find more amazing podcast discussions on FreedomFastLane.com.   On Facebook On YouTube On LinkedIn On Twitter  

Show Notes Ryan had a great chat with Ukrainian entrepreneur Igor Kustov on adapting to the new Amazon game. If you’re selling physical products online, you need to hear this episode right away; you might benefit from the actionable tips Ryan had for us. Here are some of them:   Establish a community You used to be able to just give product away and, by that alone, rank high on Amazon keyword searches. Those days are over. If you want to rank on Amazon, you need to have a large audience of engage customers, with good numbers on an email list. If you have that engaged community, Amazon will reward you. Use Facebook Messenger Facebook Messenger is a really powerful tool for building that audience you need. It’s great at connecting people to your product and keeping them engaged. Make sure to learn the ins-and-outs of it. Don’t ask for reviews until you’ve delivered value If you are good to your customers, they’ll be good to you. Ryan’s often waited a year before asking particularly enthusiastic customers to post an online review of his products. No one will write nice things about you if they don’t know anything about you; build a strong relationship with lots of people and they’ll be singing your praises!   It was great chatting with Igor Kustov!   Key takeaways: Build a strong community Embrace the power of Facebook Messenger, and Only ask for reviews after you’ve delivered value

Molly Pittman had an awesome talk on creating high-performing ad campaigns at the Capitalism Conference this past December. She had a ton of great information, so you definitely need to listen to the whole episode to make sure you make the best use of her tips, but we’ll give you a sneak peek at a few of her main points here:   Craft a great offer If your offer is bad, your ads won’t work. Period. Think about how the market would value your product and its competitors, and how you can play around with that to offer something really compelling to your target audience. Write great ad copy This ties in with the earlier point, as if you can’t figure out how to write great ad copy for your product, then maybe you don’t have a very good offer. Again, reflect on the value proposition that your product gives consumers, and try out a variety of ad copy “chunks” to see how your target market responds.   Produce awesome ad creatives Make sure that the ads you end up making visually adhere to your branding. When you put your messaging out, if people can immediately realize which company’s ad they’re looking at based on its style and use of color, then you’ve made a strong impact before they’ve even finished going through the whole ad!   It was awesome listening to Molly at the Capitalism Conference!   Key takeaways: Craft a great offer Write great ad copy, and Produce awesome ad creatives Connect with Molly Learn more about Molly at https://www.digitalmarketer.com/author/molly-pittman/ On LinkedIn Connect with Ryan Find more amazing podcast discussions on FreedomFastLane.com.   On Facebook On YouTube On LinkedIn On Twitter  

I just had dinner with Gary Vaynerchuk, Lewis Howes, Jay Shetty, Josh Bezoni, and Colin Stuckert. I met Gary when I asked him to speak at the first Capitalism Conference. I wanted to ask him about his vision and path forward to owning the New York Jets since I have my own goal of buying the Cleveland Indians. He had some really powerful advice on the next steps in my career and wherever you're at in your entrepreneurial journey, I think you'll find his truthbombs just as meaningful.

Ryan was delighted to have the chance to ask superstar entrepreneur Kimbal Musk a bunch of questions at the Capitalism Conference. He had a lot of interesting insights to offer, which you can implement in your business right now. Here are some of the main points:   Chase your passion Food’s always been one of Kimbal’s passions. He’s turned that into a massively successful career as a social entrepreneur: growing, cooking, and selling real, healthy food to an increasingly overweight America. You can also find what really drives you, and use that to make decisions on the types of products and services you want to sell. Don’t let people calling you crazy stop you If you want to make something new to sell to the public, a lot of people might think you’re nuts. That could make you lose confidence and stop you in your tracks, but don’t let it. Kimbal’s encountered a number of “crazy” business ideas, but he doesn’t dismiss them on that basis alone.   The Information Age will affect everything The interconnectedness created by technologies like the Internet has already made dramatic changes in how we live our lives. Kimbal sees those technologies as continuing to impact every industry in the years to come.   It was awesome talking with Kimbal Musk about his views on entrepreneurship!   Key takeaways: Chase your passion Don’t let people calling you crazy stop you, and The Information Age will affect everything Connect with Kimbal Learn more about Kimbal at http://www.kimbalmusk.com/ On Facebook On Twitter Connect with Ryan Find more amazing podcast discussions on FreedomFastLane.com.   On Facebook On YouTube On LinkedIn On Twitter  

There is no such thing as "big goals" or "small goals", there are just targets. I started lining out some targets for the next steps in my career and what's coming next from the Capitalism office. I'm also trying to create as many millionaires as I can and give more away for free without taking such a salesy direct response approach these days. One of the most common questions that entrepreneurs ask me is, "how can I grow my business without feeling like I'm pushing my products or services SO hard on my audience?" No one wants to feel needy or desperate. I have some thoughts on that... I want to work with people who WANT to work with me. It's energizing. People who feel they NEED my tutoring, or my course, or my event to get to the next level are energy-draining. Think about what will energize you in your business and then providing value to others will be rewarding... and FUN!

Show Notes In this talk at Traffic & Conversion Summit 2018 in San Diego Ryan talks about how to build a REAL brand that is SELLABLE... how to create a company that "old money" would like to buy from you for a big exit some day. It’s filled with actionable advice that you can implement right now. Here are some of the key takeaways:   You can turn any marketing stream into a physical products brand Do you know how to build an audience of tens of thousands? If you do, even if you don’t sell physical products right now, you can launch a line of three or four of them and sell them to people who you already know are interested. People will always buy stuff The market may change in many ways, but one thing always stays the same: people will always need to buy physical products to meet their daily needs. There will always be demand for that. That alone creates a huge incentive to get into the physical products market.. Make and brand stuff that speaks to people If you come up with a unique idea for a product that really embodies the values of your target market, they will adore you. Not only will they buy your stuff, they will tell everyone they know who might be interested to buy your stuff. You’ll see a multiplicative growth in revenue.   It was great hearing Ryan’s talk!   Key takeaways: You can turn any marketing stream into a physical products brand People will always buy stuff, and Make and brand stuff that speaks to people   Connect with Ryan Find more amazing podcast discussions on FreedomFastLane.com.   On Facebook On YouTube On LinkedIn On Twitter

Show Notes Aubrey Marcus had an awesome chat with Ryan about getting everything you want out of life. Many of us believe that we can only chase certain goals by sacrificing other things we desire. Aubrey’s life is proof that we don’t have to do that; you need to listen to this podcast so you can incorporate his great advice right away. Here are some of his key points:   Time is not what you think it is For Aubrey, 30 minutes of absolute presence with someone is worth 3 days of not really paying that much attention to them. If you give people and tasks concentrated attention, you can accomplish much more, since you are more efficient with your time. Balance is something to be measured over a lifetime Work-life balance is crucial, but it’s not what you think it is. Sometimes Aubrey parties and relaxes for a few days, and sometimes he has work “sprints” lasting months or years. You can put your nose to the grindstone for awhile, and then take a lot of time off to decompress, and that’s a balanced life.   Perpetual action is distraction It’s really hard for entrepreneurs to take time away from their business. The self-validation that comes from economic success and hard work seems to disappear when one takes a vacation or pursues something else. Don’t get locked into a mindset that you have to keep at it all the time; that just distracts you from what’s really important in life.   It was great hearing Aubrey’s perspective on a life worth living!   Key takeaways: Time is not what you think it is Balance is something to be measured over a lifetime, and Perpetual action is distraction Connect with Aubrey Learn more about Aubrey at https://www.aubreymarcus.com/. On Facebook On Twitter Connect with Ryan Find more amazing podcast discussions on FreedomFastLane.com.   On Facebook On YouTube On LinkedIn On Twitter

Guest Information Website: https://wealthfactory.com/ Show Notes Garrett Gunderson gave a great talk at Capitalism Conference 2017 about how to invest your money properly and save a ton of cash. There’s so much great information in his 50 minute talk that we can only cover some of the best tips here; you really need to check out the whole thing to make sure you’re not flushing tens of thousands of dollars (or more!) down the drain. Here are some of his awesome, actionable tips:   Focus, don’t diversify Diversifying your investment portfolio makes no sense if you don’t think about why you’re putting your money where you’re putting it. The key is to focus in on a couple things that will actually pay off in the long-run, which means paying proper attention to your investments. Compounding interest over decades is super slow Anybody can invest in a safe plan with their bank, with a tiny bit of growth compounding over decades. That’s really slow wealth creation. Garrett prefers wealth acceleration, by taking advantage of high-return investments that will pay off in a few years, not a few decades.   Have a brainstorming session with your accountants Look at all your annual expenditures, and meet with your CPAs to figure out how to write off as much as possible. Garrett’s written off housing expenses, travel expenses, and lots more by being creative but still working within the IRS’s regulations.   It was awesome getting all this great advice (and more) from Garrett!   Key takeaways: Focus, don’t diversify Compounding interest over decades is super slow, and Have a brainstorming session with your accountants Connect with Garrett Learn more about Travis at https://wealthfactory.com/ Connect with Ryan Find more amazing podcast discussions on FreedomFastLane.com.   On Facebook On YouTube On LinkedIn On Twitter

Ryan was stoked to talk to Zach Lee, his first student who ever came to one of his paid-for workshops. A father of young children, Zach’s found a way to be there for his family while also reaching 7-figure success. Here’s how he does it:   Find A Good Idea, Then Hone In On It Zach likes to build businesses from scratch, scale them to 7-figures, and then start another one. He’s managed to build several brands with dozens of products that way.   With the limited time he has available, Zach figures out a good product idea for the marketplace, sets a team to implement it for him, and then oversees the process. By focusing on one idea at a time, he’s effective and efficient when at work. Put A Premium On Your Business Time If you don’t pay attention to what you’re doing when you get to work, you’re going to be wasting your time. Zach’s become really good at delegating tasks to his team and contractors, and dedicating his own time to take direct action with his businesses. He doesn’t lose a minute. Put A Premium On Your Family Time As a parent of young children, once you step away from your desk, you step right into your “second job”: being there for your family. You need to devote attention to your rugrats, especially during their high-demand early years.   And you shouldn’t want it any other way. As Zach knows, now is the time when they’ll want to hang out with you the most. These years are short and you need to spend the time on them they deserve. Doing so will make you a better parent and a better entrepreneur (since you won’t be clouded with guilt about not being there for the little ones when you go back to the office).   It was awesome hearing from Zach!   Key takeaways: Find a good idea, then hone in on it Put a premium on your business time, and Put a premium on your family time   Connect with Ryan Find more amazing podcast discussions on FreedomFastLane.com.   On Facebook On YouTube On LinkedIn On Twitter  

Show Notes We’ve leaked another great Q&A session from Capitalism Conference 2017. Russell Brunson talked to us about building a great team and more, and we wanted to share his actionable tips with you. Here they are:   Build a team with the best people so you can do your best. Russell’s amazing at some things. He’s horrible at lots of others. That’s totally okay. He was able to grow his businesses by building a team with awesome, talented people with complementary skill sets. Just like the Avengers, they’re so effective, it seems like they do the job of ten or more people each!   Make sure your business is doing the best it can by getting the best people.   Your marketing funnels may be better than you think. If you think your funnels aren’t doing well, you might be wrong. You need to look at each of your touch-points throughout the funnel and identify which ones are bad and which ones are actually doing well. It could be a traffic issue, an ad copy issue, or something else that’s at the core of the problem, not the entire funnel.   Don’t be afraid to express vulnerability. We want to show ourselves as strong in a hyper-competitive business world. However, customers are really drawn to authenticity and vulnerability. Being able to talk about issues that are important but may also make you seem vulnerable - Russell did when discussing fertility issues - can really resonate with the public.   It was awesome listening to Russell at CapCon!   Key takeaways: Build a team with the best people so you can do your best Your marketing funnels may be better than you think, and Don’t be afraid to express vulnerability Connect with Russell Learn more about Russell at http://www.russellbrunson.com/hi On Facebook On Twitter On LinkedIn   Connect with Ryan Find more amazing podcast discussions on FreedomFastLane.com.   On Facebook On YouTube On LinkedIn On Twitter

Guest Information Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/travis.sago Website: http://www.bummarketingmethod.com/ Show Notes Ryan had a great chat with Travis Sago of Bum Marketing fame. He told us how “idiots” (really meaning “regular” people) get rich with pretty straightforward tricks. It sounds cheesy, but we know you can get something out of what he has to say to get your business booming. Here’s what he shared:   Offers x Execution = Business Success   If you have a great product for the market (Offer) and build it, market it, and distribute it well (Execution), then you’ve “won” at business. That’s all there is to it.   It’s possible to do well with an awesome product and okay execution, or with a mediocre product and great execution, but you’ll find greater success doing well at both. Watch what the market wants Anyone can sit in a corner and imagine something. However, if you don’t look at what people’s actual purchasing interests are, you’ll have no idea whether or not it’ll make a wave in the market. Let’s say you're relaxing at a farmers’ market. If you just observe what shoppers are looking to buy and where and how they are dissatisfied with what’s on offer, then you’ve found an opportunity to meet an unmet demand. Dial-in on value multiplication   You could tunnel-in on stuff like SEO or other tasks that might get you 4% more traction in the marketplace. That’d be a boost, no doubt, but wouldn’t you be better off making something that really resonates with the market? That could multiply your revenue!   It was great hearing from Travis!   Key takeaways: Offers x Execution = Business Success Watch what the market wants, and Dial-in on value multiplication Connect with Travis Learn more about Travis at http://www.bummarketingmethod.com/ On Facebook Connect with Ryan Find more amazing podcast discussions on FreedomFastLane.com.   On Facebook On YouTube On LinkedIn On Twitter  

This has been a rough week. Rough month? Year? My content creator C-Money was over at my apartment, I had just put Esther to bed, and we got out a bottle of whiskey. I started opening up about some of my frustrations as an entrepreneur, some of the mistakes that I've made, and if we could do it all over again, how I would do things differently. I've had some ups and downs, I have had to fire some employees and hire new ones, and it feels like a time of transition. But my whole life as an entrepreneur has been filled with ups and downs... maybe you can relate? Listen to this episode if you want to avoid the mistakes that have cost me millions of dollars.  

Show Notes Ryan had a great chat with real estate investor superstar Andrew Lanoie. He’s given us some great tips to generate passive income, and we thought you should know what they are. Let’s dive right in:   The mobile home market is really underrated Andrew puts a lot of his focus on investing into mobile home communities. Investors hadn’t really looked into that market for a long time, and Andrew saw a great opportunity here. You should consider looking into it.   Entering into fragmented, underserved fields can lead to amazing scaling Andrew said that the mobile home market is very fragmented. There hasn’t been a consolidation of businesses in the space into major owner/operators, and it’s only recently that large investors have been paying serious attention to the market.   Andrew is convinced that, if he plays his cards right and executes his plan well, he can become a major player in this space once it matures.   Work with people who know the asset class you’re interested in Andrew is aware of investor excitement in other asset classes, such as cryptocurrencies. It does interest him, but he’s going all-in on his real estate niche. If he were to enter into another asset class, it would only distract him from the empire he is trying to create.   To ensure the best possible returns, Andrew works with a number of people who really understand the market, and focuses solely on his expertise in this space.   We hope you enjoyed listening to Andrew as much as Ryan enjoyed chatting with him!   Key takeaways: The mobile home market is really underrated Entering into fragmented, underserved fields can lead to amazing scaling, and Work with people who know the asset class you’re interested in Connect with Andrew Learn more about Andrew at http://andrewlanoie.com/ On Facebook On Twitter On LinkedIn

Host Information Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/ryandanielmoran/ LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/theryanmoran/ Twitter: https://twitter.com/ryanmoran Website: https://capitalism.com   Show Notes There have been a bunch of changes in the physical products world that have some people frustrated. Ryan’s been thinking about it a lot, and he’s come up with actionable advice to share with you about rethinking your ecommerce strategy, particularly if you rely on Amazon.   Another large consolidation is happening. We had one a few years ago, when Amazon was in a “Wild West” period, where you could white label almost anything, get a few reviews, put up some decent copy and make a good profit.     During that gold rush, people became lazy. This let companies that were doing really well squeeze out and buy up their smaller competitors, increasing their domination on the market. This made it harder for new entrepreneurs to get success with the same strategies   A similar thing is happening now, which means you need to change your strategy to stay successful.   The old way of doing ecommerce is over. Amazon has gotten hawkish about what you can do on the platform. Some of this is great, such as banning a number of black-hat strategies. Some of this is not so great, such as making it harder to market to your audience. Is there still opportunity? Yes. Are all the good markets taken? No. Are there any lucrative, high-profit margin niches out there? Absolutely. Here’s how you can tap into that:   Go super microbrand. Ten years ago, you could sell protein powder and do very well. Now there’s dozens of types of protein powders out there, such as whey-based, keto, and plant-based.   They all make money on high-margin products. A lot of them didn’t even have to redesign their goods, they just had to rebrand to target a specific, small niche with their marketing. You can do that too with your own products!   Don’t be discouraged by the changes to the ecommerce world. Embrace the change and be the change!   Key takeaways:   Another large consolidation is happening The old way of doing ecommerce is over Go super microbrand   Connect with Ryan Find more amazing podcast discussions on FreedomFastLane.com.   On Facebook On YouTube On LinkedIn On Twitter  

This week we chatted with Madhavi Gupta, who’s made a 9-figure business, Best Nest Wellness, out of doing what she loves. Guest Information Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/lovemadebest Twitter: https://twitter.com/lovemadebest Website: https://www.bestnestwellness.com/ Email: [email protected] Show Notes From working as a neurologist to business success in supplements (while raising two kids), Madhavi had an incredible entrepreneurial journey. We wanted to share some advice we learned from Madhavi that you can take action on right now.   Become part of communities. Madhavi sells supplements. That’s a really hard field to break out into, since you need regular, habitual consumers and must differentiate your product from those offered by the established big brands.   By forming genuine relationships with communities of people focused on wellness, Madhavi was able to get a sense of their needs, and improve the design and marketing of products towards her target audience.   Get the word out.  Nobody will buy your stuff if they don’t know you exist! Madhavi started by focusing on marketing two products to those communities she connected to, including groups for expectant mothers interested in a “natural” birth.   She spread the word out about her products through them, as well as offered heavy discounts on the products. Since her products were of really high quality, they sold quickly in those communities she had connected to, who evangelized her products to their social circles.   Focus on why you are an entrepreneur. Madhavi is able to spend a good deal of quality time with her children, as her business gives her flexibility with her schedule. Being an entrepreneur lets her provide for and be with her family.   While she is working to scale the business and dreams of great things for Best Nest Wellness, she has kept her goal in mind all this time: to be there for those who matter the most to her.   We hope you enjoyed hearing about Madhavi’s experience as an entrepreneur!   Key takeaways: Become part of communities Get the word out, and Focus on why you are an entrepreneur Connect with Madhavi Learn more about Best Nest Wellness at https://www.bestnestwellness.com/.   On Facebook On Twitter   Connect with Ryan Find more amazing podcast discussions on FreedomFastLane.com.   On Facebook On YouTube On LinkedIn On Twitter

Show Notes This week we chatted with Dr. Jenna Zigler, who runs Eye Love, an eye care and sunglasses company, with her husband Dr. Travis Zigler  They’ve scaled it quickly, with an awesome $500,000.00 revenue earned in December 2017 alone.   We wanted to share what Jenna learned along the way. We’ve summed it up in three actionable tips below:   Create an online community for product targeting. Trained optometrists, Jenna and Travis wanted to start selling their own products, instead of those from other companies. They listened to what their patients had to say about their eyes, and then launched a Facebook support group for dry eye syndrome.   Although that Facebook group started tiny, it has ballooned over the years to over 400,000 members! They now have a huge audience, from whom they can get product ideas and to whom they can advertise their new product offerings. Focus on providing value to people. Jenna and Travis want to make people’s lives better. While they are delighted to be making a profit off the work they’re doing, they make products specifically to help people with vision issues.   There are millions of people with dry eye syndrome, which gives them a number of daily issues. Jenna and Travis are delighted that the products they make helps them manage this condition.   Find a way to tap into a giving mindset. It can be easy to approach business as a means to “take”, to get what one wants out of life.   But to sustain your passion for your work, you need to connect it to a giving mindset. By focusing on how you can make life better for others, you make your own life more meaningful.   Jenna’s and Travis’s giving mindsets stems from their passion to fight preventable blindness, which affects over 700 million people around the world. They make trips every year to help people with vision issues directly, and also contribute a portion of their profits to fight preventable blindness in South Carolina and Jamaica.   We hope you enjoyed hearing about Jenna’s experience as an entrepreneur!   Key takeaways: Create an online community for product targeting Focus on providing value to people, and Find a way to tap into a giving mindset Connect with Jenna Learn more about Eye Love at https://eyelovethesun.com/. On Facebook On Twitter   Connect with Ryan Find more amazing podcast discussions on FreedomFastLane.com.   On Facebook On YouTube On LinkedIn On Twitter

Show Notes This week we talked with Travis Killian, who has made a 10-figure business out of selling physical products on Amazon. We wanted to let you know what Travis learned about growing his business; he’s got great tips that you can apply to your own venture now.   Commit to the journey. Travis got into entrepreneurship as a teenager, but it was years before he felt he had made it. He would discover a talent for search engine optimization and lead generation, which he would harness for his 10-figure success: selling physical products on Amazon.   It may feel rough in the early days, but you need to hang in there if you want to taste success. Travis did.   You either provide value, or you don’t. Years ago, Travis was so desperate for business success that he was pushing affiliate links online for products and services he didn’t really care about. When a close friend told him he was basically trying to make money by getting people to buy things they don’t really need or want, he had an epiphany.   He shut down his affiliate marketing business, and vowed from that day forward to make and sell things that actually improve people’s lives. He hasn’t looked back, and it continues to be at the core of the focus on quality behind his physical products enterprise.   Don’t be greedy; a giving mindset will bring success and a team who wants you to succeed. Travis makes sure he goes above and beyond with the work he does. His colleagues and friends have picked up on that, and as a result, he’s been able to hire a team who also goes the extra mile for him.   With only about six full-time equivalent staff on hand, he’s been able to scale to 10-figures in less than two years. How? Because he wants to do right by other people, so he attracts people who want to do right by him.   We hope you found Travis’s journey as insightful as we did!   Key takeaways: Commit to the journey You either provide value, or you don’t, and Don’t be greedy; a giving mindset will bring success and a team who wants you to succeed   Connect with Ryan Find more amazing podcast discussions on FreedomFastLane.com.   On Facebook On YouTube On LinkedIn On Twitter

Guest Information Facebook: http://www.facebook.com/meetezra Twitter: https://twitter.com/ezrafirestone LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/ezrafirestone Website: https://smartmarketer.com/ Email: [email protected]   Show Notes This week we let you eavesdrop on Ryan Moran and Ezra Firestone talking candidly about a number of things at the recent Capitalism Conference. We wanted to share their awesome insights with you.   Provide an enticing reason for people to enroll in your newly-launched courses. If you’re trying to break out as a business mentor, you need to onboard people quickly, so that they can use word-of-mouth to let others know how much value you’re providing. Ezra does this by launching early “beta versions” as a discount, requiring attendees to provide written feedback.   This draws an early audience and lets you tailor future versions to better cater to your niche. A win-win!   There are other tactics besides medication for depression. Ezra’s read up a lot about depression, and while he’s not a psychologist, he’s learned that even getting a better night’s sleep can make a big difference.   Beyond that, he’s read about how depression is a lot like grief, except you are grieving for yourself. If you find yourself down a lot of the time, reach out to a professional for guidance.   Building connections with others is what drives us. We’ve “detribed”; we no longer live in small groups, but as individuals in massive societies. But we get so many rewards from making connections, whether it’s emotional, financial, or even neurochemical.   That’s why Ryan and Ezra are exploring the idea of buying up land and building their own communities, so they can create a space where meaningful connections are easier to grasp.   Hope you enjoy being a “fly on the wall”, listening in on Ryan and Ezra’s off-the-record talk in this episode!   Key takeaways: Provide an enticing reason for people to enroll in your newly-launched courses. There are other tactics besides medication for depression, and Building connections with others is what drives us. Connect with Ezra Hear more from Ezra at https://smartmarketer.com/category/podcasts/ On Facebook On Linkedin On Twitter   Connect with Ryan Find more amazing podcast discussions on FreedomFastLane.com.   On Facebook On YouTube On LinkedIn On Twitter  

Show Notes What are you going to invest your money in over the next 24-to-36 months? How can you reduce your tax burden?   We recorded our awesome Investor Panel from the past Capitalism Conference to help you answer these questions and more. You have to listen to this great talk, filled with wealth-growing and cash-saving opinions (some of them contradictory, which happens in a panel!) that you may be able to act on right now.   DISCLAIMER: None of this material here is formal investment advice. Make sure you talk to a professional investment advisor before making any decisions about where to invest your wealth.   Ryan’s not too keen on cryptocurrencies, but the panel as a whole believes they are revolutionary. There’s been an incredible growth in the value of Bitcoin over the past few years, with some of our elite panelists seeing further surges in value to come.   While Ryan’s not convinced that cryptocurrencies will continue to appreciate as holders of value, the panel was unanimous in its belief that it will change the world. Many industries will benefit greatly from the reduction in transaction costs, and credit agencies could even use blockchain technology as a personal identity system.   Puerto Rican business entities can be a great way to reduce your tax burden. Puerto Rico offers compelling tax advantages over other tax shelters to park your wealth. Make sure you look into all the relevant rules with an advisor, since there are a number of restrictions and obligations you will have to address to best harness the territory for investing your wealth.   Watch out for climbing interest rates. The panel expects interest rates to go up over the next 24-to-36 months. This has prompted a number of investors to transition towards more liquidity and into areas that are expected to grow in a recession; for example, real estate investors switching to investments in mobile home parks.   We hope that you found this talk as useful as we did! Key takeaways:   Ryan’s not too keen on cryptocurrencies, but the panel as a whole believes they are revolutionary Puerto Rican business entities can be a great way to reduce your tax burden, and Watch out for climbing interest rates Connect with Ryan Find more amazing podcast discussions on FreedomFastLane.com.   On Facebook On YouTube On LinkedIn On Twitter

Guest Information Facebook: https://facebook.com/kidsnsuch Twitter: https://mobile.twitter.com/kidsnsuch Website: https://www.kidsnsuch.com/ Email: [email protected]   Guest Bio Justin Dyson is the proud founder and owner of Kids N' Such, a physical products brand selling useful items for babies and their parents, such as nursing covers, bibs, and baby carriers. He runs the company entirely from the comfort of his own home.   Show Notes   Justin Dyson knows how to turn a failed launch into something really strong. Here’s how he did it:   Keep looking forward. After a trademark notice halted sales of a product, Justin decided to just have Amazon destroy the remaining units. He started from scratch, going back to the drawing board and pushing through.   He came up with new products that sold well and complemented each other. Instead of dwelling on the past, he looked to his talents and drive and went for it.   Focus on what works. Justin’s found that making more money can amplify pre-existing mistakes. When his business started taking off, he had more money to throw at advertising…   ...which meant more money lost on failed advertising campaigns. He then honed back in on what worked well for him (PPC ads, making products that complement existing offerings) and made the business grow more that way.   Make products that solve problems. When Justin’s revenue started to flatten, he looked to what his competitors were saying about their products online, and the comments that their customers would post. That gave him a lot of great information to build products that worked for his audience.   Those products are things that solve your customers’ problems. It’s one thing to make something with nifty-sounding features, but if you want your physical products business to really take off, you need to make things that make people’s lives better in a tangible way.   Key takeaways:   Keep looking forward Focus on what works, and Make products that solve problems Connect with Todd Find out more about Justin’s company, Kids N’ Such, at https://www.kidsnsuch.com/.   On Facebook On Twitter   Connect with Ryan Find more amazing podcast discussions on FreedomFastLane.com.   On Facebook On YouTube On LinkedIn On Twitter

Guest Bio Jeremiah is the co-founder of Tribe, a fitness brand specializing in mobile device armbands, with hundreds of thousands of dollars in sales per month. He has since branched out into starting other companies and mentoring other entrepreneurs. He is an equity partner of Roam, a brand selling physical products for outdoor adventuring. Show Notes How the heck do you become a millionaire at 20?   If you’re Jeremiah, you had a little luck, of course, but you also harnessed your skills and attention to detail to take advantage of your luck.   Here’s how Jeremiah did it, and how he would do it differently if he could start again. You need to hear his awesome story, since he’s got amazing insights that you can apply to your physical products business right now.   Private labelling can get your foot in the door, but it’s hard to scale if you don’t take control. If you can find a good designer and take care of your customers under your brand name, you can build trust and loyalty. This translates well into snowballing your business on a platform like Amazon. The problem is you end up relying on a third-party to produce quality products.   So Jeremiah decided to design his own products under his brand, Tribe, which sells mobile device armbands for fitness aficionados. That led to a great boost in positive reviews and sales, while giving Jeremiah control over the products that got into his customers’ hands. Focus on revenue generation. Designing a logo can be really fun and feel rewarding, with something shiny that you’re proud to put on your products. But does the new logo actually translate to sales?   Figure out what steps you can take that measurably increase revenue, whether it’s a Facebook ad campaign, adding a new feature to a revision of a popular product of yours, or a promotional sale. Hire a team early. Jeremiah and his partner would get burnt out periodically at Tribe. While they’ve succeeded in building it to a seven-figure sale, Jeremiah wishes he had taken on employees earlier on.   At Roam, his new company, they’ve hired a full-time employee and are in the midst of recruiting. This helps ease the pressure off the founders while also adding more hands on deck to scale faster.   We hope you’ve found Jeremiah’s story helpful in your own journey to a multimillion dollar payday! Key takeaways:   Private labelling can get your foot in the door, but it’s hard to scale if you don’t take control Focus on revenue generation, and Hire a team early   Connect with Ryan Find more amazing podcast discussions on FreedomFastLane.com.   On Facebook On YouTube On LinkedIn On Twitter  

Guest Bio Paul Miller is a former restaurant owner and now the proud CEO and owner of CozyPhones, a business that makes and sells comfortable headbands with headphones embedded inside. His products cater to children (including those with special needs), active adults, and for those looking for a way to relax before bed.   Show Notes We’ve talked to a number of different business owners over the years, each with a different story and path to success. Paul Miller joined us to talk about selling physical products online to hit his seven-figure success. We love physical products businesses at Freedom Fast Lane, but Paul’s approach incorporates something a bit different: selling licensed goods.   He explained how you can tap into an exclusive niche this way. His experience gave us awesome, actionable insight into different options for your product development and sales.   Paul spent a long time and millions of dollars on a restaurant business, but that didn't work out in the long-run. After a traumatic accident which broke his collarbone, he decided on a different path: ecommerce. He scaled dramatically within 12 months, selling different products. Now he’s landed on a real winner: comfortable headband headphones.   What really amped up his sales was branching out into licensed products. He’s worked with other businesses, offering to design CozyPhones with their brand imagery on them, and paying them a royalty on each sale. This has gotten his company noticed by Disney and Nickelodeon, the latter of which has a deal with him to sell Paw Patrol-branded headphones.   That was an awesome catch for Paul, in two ways. First, Paw Patrol is one of the most popular children’s television shows across the world. Second, his deal is exclusive, meaning no other business can sell similar headphones with Paw Patrol branding. He’s both created and cornered a lucrative market!   If you’re in the physical products space, you need to consider opportunities to sell licensed goods. Otherwise you could be leaving money on the table. Key takeaways:   Physical products with third-party brand licensing are attractive to consumers They let you create a niche and monopolize it at the same time Look into partnering with complementary businesses for such opportunities   Connect with Todd Check out Paul’s company at https://www.cozyphones.com/   On Facebook On Linkedin On Twitter   Connect with Ryan Find more amazing podcast discussions on FreedomFastLane.com.   On Facebook On YouTube On LinkedIn On Twitter

Guest Bio Devin is the Co-Founder and CEO of DSquared International LLC, an eCommerce company specializing in consumer brands.  He is a ninja when it comes to building brands on the Amazon platform. He is currently best-known for his Grillaholics line of barbecue products.. Show Notes Amazon is a great platform for minimizing the friction between creating a product and connecting it to consumers. But how can you scale up and make a big splash in an ocean of global competitors?   That’s why we approached Devin Dorosh, who has hit some awesome goals and brand recognition, to share with us tips that you can use now in your Amazon strategy - and maybe even get featured on television.   Stay focused on the things that you do well. Devin made sure he launched products that fit the niche he was targeting, with branding consistent with message. He kept rolling out more products, but focused on doing things well on Amazon (his strong suit) instead of getting distracted with new marketing techniques.   Treasure your interactions with your market, both positive and negative. Devin has a policy of replying to every single Amazon review his products get, whether they praise his goods or criticize them. This helped him build a feeling of real connection with his target market, pushing his brand to best-seller status on Amazon with great reviews.   That unique touch Devin takes with his audience is what got him noticed by Rachael Ray’s television show, getting his products and brand in front of the mainstream television-watching population.   Keep to a long-term vision to motivate you through your short-term goals. Growing your business can be a grind. Devin even found himself managing his supply chain during his honeymoon, when inventory matters became time-sensitive. But Devin stays motivated by thinking about the freedom he can give himself, his spouse, and his future children through the strong financial safety net he’s building.   We wish you the best of luck on your own Amazon business journey! Key takeaways:   Stay focused on the things that you do well Treasure your interactions with your market, both positive and negative, and Keep to a long-term vision to motivate you through your short-term goals Connect with Todd Find out more about Devin at www.devindorosh.com   On Facebook On Twitter   Connect with Ryan Find more amazing podcast discussions on FreedomFastLane.com.   On Facebook On YouTube On LinkedIn On Twitter

Guest Bio Todd Herman is a high-performance coach and advisor to Olympic athletes, billionaires, and entrepreneurs. Among many successes in athletic and business coaching, he is the creator of the “90 Day Year”; in his own words, “a program for business owners who are frustrated with their level of performance and want a highly refined system to get out of their own way and see their business and personal leadership thrive”. Show Notes We’ve had so many amazing conversations with people over the years, so we’ve decided to go into our archive and bring back some of our favorite podcasts for you. In this Freedom Fast Lane replay, we learn from coach and advisor Todd Herman about structuring your productivity calendar and goals in ways that deliver you better results, in a faster and saner way.   Todd won’t deny the importance of a long-term vision for success. But achieving that vision through long-term goals is the wrong way to go about it. We need to stop chasing goals with year-long, five-year-long, or ten-year-long deadlines, and we should instead break down our quest into 90 day sprints.   Why 90 days?   It’s short enough to feel tangible and doable, while long enough to achieve a serious goal. You also take advantage of positive neurological feedback loops by bringing the rush of success from achieving your goals more quickly, giving you the drive to ramp up your business faster than ever.   How can you get started?   You pick one particular, high-impact skill or goal that, if you focused on honing right now, would deliver the best performance results. That’s your target for the next 90 days.   These can be outcome goals (e.g. losing X pounds in 90 days), performance goals (e.g. doubling Facebook followers in 90 days), or process goals (determining who will do what, when, and where, to enhance business clarity and momentum).   Don’t let long-term goals drag down your long-term vision. Break things down into 90 day sprints, and you’ll see results sooner. Key takeaways:   Long-term vision is important, but long-term goals are inefficient at achieving that vision Pick your most high-impact skill or goal, and focus on that for 90 days These can be outcome goals, performance goals, or process goals. Connect with Todd Find out more about Todd at http://toddherman.me/   On Facebook On Linkedin On Twitter   Connect with Ryan Find more amazing podcast discussions on FreedomFastLane.com.   On Facebook On YouTube On LinkedIn On Twitter  

We had such a great response to Jeff Hoffman’s talk that we wanted to share his brief Q&A with Ryan. Even in just 14 minutes, he tells us three awesome, actionable tips that you can use now to build your business and plan for the future. No matter how good you are, Jeff says, you can’t scale up your company without hiring other people. You can’t do everything, so you shouldn’t try to. Get the best people for the right job and put them to work for you. Jeff also dispelled myths about initial funding. You don’t need to take on debt, talk to venture capital, sell private equity, or try all those other “traditional” approaches to get early cash. Jeff built his airline kiosk company by asking airports for a 50% deposit in advance. That way, he told them, they would be at the front of the line when the kiosks were completed. It worked! He got a big pile of cash directly from his customers. Jeff notes that we build businesses to chase our dreams. But sometimes they seem impossible to reach. Jeff’s managed to reach his, and he told us how. Picture your goal, and work your way backwards in time from that moment. Jeff imagined meeting Elton John, and worked backwards from that imagined meeting to figure out how to make it happen (Jeff figures out products that the music industry wants to buy -> Jeff makes that product -> someone in the music industry takes his phone call -> he gets introduced to Elton John). You can make it happen, too! Key takeaways: You can’t scale a business without hiring a team You can raise funding without taking on debt or talking to venture capital, and You can chase “impossible” dreams if you work backwards from the dream to where you are now. Connect with Jeff On Linkedin On Twitter   Connect with Ryan Find more amazing podcast discussions on FreedomFastLane.com.   On Facebook On YouTube On LinkedIn On Twitter

This week we go over an awesome, detailed talk about getting the most out of advertising on Facebook.   Curt Maly gave us a ton of practical, actionable information in just one hour. So we wanted to make sure you got those strategies.   These tactics include harnessing organic content properly. Make sure you post quality posts on your Facebook page on a regular basis, then test out which type of content resonates with your target audiences by promoting it through Facebook’s ad system.   Don’t worry about your clickthrough rates. Clickers are like window shoppers; 90% of your purchases come from people who never click on your ads, but see your content.   Once you’ve used Facebook’s tracking tools to generate lists of audiences with various levels of engagement with your brand, Curt says to host Facebook Live events at least once every two weeks. Every few minutes, make a call-to-action; for example, asking people to say where they’re watching from in the comments below, or to comment with questions they have.   That interaction reduces your ad costs, because Facebook detects that you’re putting out stuff that other people finds valuable. It also adds new people to your engaged audience lists for further targeted ads.   Curt also urges us to use Facebook Messenger bots now, to automate communication with interested leads and get them to see more ad copy.   Curt gave us so much great tips in this talk. If you want to scale up your business and are looking for advertising advice, you can’t miss this incredible hour-long speech. Get into Facebook Ads the right way, before your competitors do.   Key takeaways:   Focus on generating relevant organic content, then testing its relevance by promoting it 90% of your purchasers don’t click on your ads, so don’t focus on clicks Host Facebook Lives for your audience with quality content and regular calls-to-action Take a look at using Messenger bots

This week we leak one of the most popular talks at the recent Capitalism Conference.   Ezra Firestone gave us a ton of great strategies in his presentation that is packed with actionable takeaways. So we wanted to share it with you.   In particular, he advises that you spend 20-30% of your top line on marketing online to scale your brand quickly.   Facebook Messenger is particularly valuable for scaling up efficiently and cheaply in 2018. As Ezra tells us, text is the future of communication and marketing, so you have maybe one year to take advantage of the free access to this channel before Facebook begin to charge a premium for it.   Ezra breaks down the process of gaining Facebook subscribers using messenger bots and how to convert those subscribers into super profitable buyers, email subscribers, and more.   If you are a physical products business owner, you have to take action on this emerging channel before your competitors.   Key takeaways: Three assets you should be generating for your Amazon brand The window of opportunity in Facebook Messenger and how you can take advantage Scale up with targeted marketing to expand your audience   Connect with Ezra Hear more from Ezra at https://smartmarketer.com/category/podcasts/ On Facebook On Linkedin On Twitter   Connect with Ryan Find more amazing podcast discussions on FreedomFastLane.com.   On Facebook On YouTube On LinkedIn On Twitter

Full show notes at http://freedomfastlane.com/ You’ve grown your business to seven-figures. What do you do now? Having difficulties figuring out how to grow further? Ryan’s answer is to double-down on your strongest skill. And he applies that throughout his work. His strongest skill is in scaling companies that sell physical products. So Ryan is continuously looking for ways to apply that skillset. And he recently did this with one of his students, Hanny Sunarto, who faced the question that you might be asking yourself now: How do I grow my business beyond where it is now? Well, Hanny’s doing it by doubling-down on her engineering skills, with the help of Ryan. Hanny’s company is NeatPack, which sells travel bags, like backpacks and diaper bags. She has an engineering background and has crafted great, durable products. She’s looking to scale up. So she and Ryan worked out a deal. Ryan’s investing $85,000.00 into NeatPack for a percentage of the company, and has also agreed to provide ongoing advice, particularly around marketing, to help scale further. Hanny is a great engineer, there’s no doubt about that. Her bags make great travel solutions. But she admits that she does not have marketing expertise. And scaling beyond seven-figures requires marketing expertise. So Ryan provides his strength in marketing, freeing Hanny up to spend more time doing what she does best: making some excellent travel bags. If you’re having difficulty scaling your company, figure out what you do best, and put your energy into that. Get other people who are excellent at other things in the business world to help you with that. You may be surprised at how successful you might become. Key takeaways:   Once you hit seven-figures, you can look to scaling your company Double-down on your strongest skill Get outside help so you can focus on what you do best Connect with Hanny Check out Hanny’s business at http://www.neatpackbags.com/.   On Facebook On LinkedIn On Twitter   Connect with Ryan Find more amazing podcast discussions on FreedomFastLane.com.   On Facebook On YouTube On LinkedIn On Twitter

Full show notes at https://freedomfastlane.com/ You’re scaling your business up in value. Well done! Have you considered how much it’s worth? You should. You may not want to sell your business now, but if you don’t take a good hard look at how much it’s worth, you may be overlooking something important. You may be overlooking the most valuable asset you’ve ever held. And at a better time than ever to think about its value. It’s a seller’s market for businesses right now. You can sell a seven-figure business for at least a 3-4.5 multiple, depending on how well organized the business is and the strength of its brand. Sounds exciting, right? It is, but it can be complicated. There are a lot of things you need to take into account when selling your business. An interested investor will start off with a formal Letter of Intent to purchase your business, proposing how the sale may go about. They’ll want to look through your books, to see how organized the company’s financials are. They’ll check to see if you’re holding any valuable intellectual property. In general, you’ll be looking to go through an extended due diligence process, while also keeping your business up-and-running throughout the transaction. Not an easy thing to do. Luckily, brokerage firms like Logan Chierotti’s Bizsold help facilitate the entire process for entrepreneurs. Even if you’re not looking to sell at the moment, Logan’s got lots of useful information for us about the process! Key takeaways: You could be sitting on millions of dollars that you haven’t noticed You can get those millions by selling your business Logan Chierotti runs us through the process Connect with Logan Find out more about Bizsold at https://bizsold.com/ On Facebook On Linkedin On Twitter Connect with Ryan On YouTube On Facebook On Twitter On Google Plus On LinkedIn On Instagram Subscribe to Freedom Fast Lane -->Subscribe to the Freedom Fast Lane Podcast with Ryan Daniel Moran

Full show notes at https://freedomfastlane.com/ Making millions without a big team seems, at first blush, rather daunting. How is it possible to make that happen? As Elaine Pofeldt has found, it’s more common than you think. In fact, you can do it without hiring a single employee. Before embarking on something like this, you need to make sure you start with your desired lifestyle in mind. A business is a means to an end. If you make the business itself your reason for being alive, you expose yourself to substantial psychological risk down the road (such as if you discover you hate the work or find yourself reflecting on missed opportunities to do other enjoyable things). Then look to entering a field of commerce that interests you. You’ll find yourself enjoying the work that much more. Let’s say you like traveling and enjoy writing. You could build up a business as a marketing consultant, traveling around the world, with your “office” being any computer with Internet access. Now you know what the “seeds” are for your zero-employee business. Once you’ve planted the seeds, you can scale up more easily than ever before, as you can reach a global market through the Internet. You don’t have to do it alone, though. It’s easier than ever to find non-employee help, harnessing online freelancer marketplaces like Upwork, or, if you have a physical headquarters, hire a contractor to do some tasks while you’re traveling. Your business does not need a complex human resources system to be successful. You can keep it small while scaling to big profits! Key takeaways: You don’t need employees to reach a million dollars There is less friction than ever before in building a business Why your next business is immensely valuable to society Connect with Elaine Find out more about Elaine at http://elainepofeldt.com/ On Linkedin On Twitter Connect with Ryan On YouTube On Facebook On Twitter On Google Plus On LinkedIn On Instagram Subscribe to Freedom Fast Lane -->Subscribe to the Freedom Fast Lane Podcast with Ryan Daniel Moran

Full show notes at https://freedomfastlane.com/ 2017 was a mixed bag for Ryan. But he’s starting 2018 with seven strategies to make it the best year of his life. Listen in to hear what they are. Seven Strategies to Make 2018 The Best Year of Your Life Keep a journal about what’s going on in your life. Write in the journal when you are feeling good about yourself, and particularly when you want to make progress towards your goals. Practice active appreciation. You don’t need to wait until you make the next business deal; until you can go to the gym next; until 2019 to feel good. When are you going to be happy, if the answer is never “now”? Take stock of all the good things in your life, and make a conscious effort to feel grateful for them. Set clear goals for yourself. This can be done by writing them down in your journal. Write down: what the purpose of your life is now (not the totality of your existence, but where you see your life going). What are you moving towards now? This can be as complex as a major business change or as simple as exercising every day. Listen to recordings from personal development experts in your downtime. These will help you stay on track to achieve your goals while also adding insight into other areas of your life. When considering what path to take in your life, ask yourself what will matter to you thirty years from today. This will focus your decisions on what is truly important in the long-term. The response to most major questions is "who?". Very little in life is worth doing alone; who will your major life decisions effect? Lastly, when you wake up in the morning, please, PLEASE do anything but immediately check your smartphone! There are so many other better ways to start your day than with stressful emails, checking the market, and so on. Have a great 2018! Key takeaways: 2017 may have been a great year, a bad year, or a mixed bag for you, but 2018 can be the best year of your life 7 tips to make 2018 not suck Connect with Ryan On YouTube On Facebook On Twitter On Google Plus On LinkedIn On Instagram Subscribe to Freedom Fast Lane -->Subscribe to the Freedom Fast Lane Podcast with Ryan Daniel Moran

Full show notes at https://freedomfastlane.com/ Are you taking proper care of yourself? It’s so easy to get wrapped up in the business world. Late nights, quick meals, and stressful work can become a new normal without you even noticing. While all this hard work can pay off financially, you may be unwittingly digging yourself an early grave. Dr. Anthony Balduzzi’s dad worked long hours so his family could have a good life. But it took a grievous toll on his health, and he died at 42, leaving the 10-year-old Anthony without a father. How well are you sleeping? Are you eating fast food a lot to spend more time on work? Are you exercising at all? Do you feel stressed out much of the time from the pressures of entrepreneurship? Have you had a checkup with a doctor recently? Considered doing blood-work to see if your hormone levels are within a healthy range? You invest so much time in your work, charging ahead to keep on top of everything. How much time do you invest in your own health, in your own quality of life? It’s time to check-in with yourself on your habits, and it may be time for you to talk to a professional about your health. Don’t put it off until it’s too late. You owe it to yourself and your loved ones to be there for them. All the money in the world won’t replace their father, their mother, their spouse. Key takeaways: Entrepreneurship is fraught with health hazards Checking in with a professional will let you know how your body is doing Don’t put off your health until it’s too late Connect with Anthony Check out Anthony’s business at https://www.fitfatherproject.com/. On Facebook On LinkedIn On Twitter Connect with Ryan On YouTube On Facebook On Twitter On Google Plus On LinkedIn On Instagram Subscribe to Freedom Fast Lane -->Subscribe to the Freedom Fast Lane Podcast with Ryan Daniel Moran

Many high achievers get caught up in this idea of “living the dream”—living in a tropical paradise, running a business off of a laptop, working solo. Then reality hits. It hit Jeremy Sherk hard. He was living this exact scenario in Thailand in 2012 when he realized that his idea that he would simply “sail off into the sunset” was naive. There were two aspects of that realization: 1. He wasn’t passionate about the business he was running. 2. He was alone. That led to a Skype call in 2013 with his future business partner, Kevin Pasco. And thus began the journey to create their company, Nested Naturals. In this breakout session from the 2017 Capitalism Conference, Jeremy and Kevin share their journey creating a business they actually care about, scaling up to a team of 15 people who they consider family. They’ve created an amazing culture and team after doing the solopreneur thing off of their laptops. Listen to this episode to learn how. Check out more great breakout sessions and keynotes from the 2017 Capitalism Conference: How to Grow From A 7-Figure ‘Small Business’ To An 8- or 9-Figure Empire w/ Jeff Hoffman Hal Elrod: What My Near Death Experiences Taught Me About Money, Business and Freedom Connect with Nested Naturals: • YouTube • Instagram • Facebook • LinkedIn • Twitter

Full show notes at https://freedomfastlane.com/ Hal Elrod nearly died in a car crash. He defied his doctors’ grim prognosis, not only walking again but eventually running an ultramarathon. He lost a lot in the 2008 financial crisis. He was on a downward spiral for six months, losing clients, putting on lots of weight, and struggling with housing costs. But he pushed through and built his life back up by focusing on translating personal development into positive gains. Last year, Hal almost died again. At first, his doctors thought he had pneumonia, but he was, in fact, suffering from an aggressive form of leukemia. He was advised he would most likely die. But he beat the odds again and came out of this third “rock bottom” experience profoundly transformed. Hal urges you to ask yourself what matters most in your life. To ask yourself what your values are. Then see how you can selflessly add value to the people you care about, to the people you come across on an everyday basis. When you give of yourself selflessly to others, you will tap into great success and feel liberated. Join us as we follow Hal’s incredible journey. Key takeaways: Accepting reality is the first step to defeating negativity Give of yourself selflessly to others Live in accordance with your values Connect with Hal Hear more from Hal on his podcast at http://halelrod.com/podcast/. On Twitter On Facebook On YouTube On LinkedIn Subscribe to Freedom Fast Lane -->Subscribe to the Freedom Fast Lane Podcast with Ryan Daniel Moran

Full show notes at https://freedomfastlane.com/ Jeff Hoffman is a remarkable, internationally-successful entrepreneur. But he attained that success by hiring the best, building a team with them, getting out of their way, and treating them with compassion and respect. This let him enter industries that he had no professional experience in - like building airport ticket kiosks, and working in film and music - and make a major impact. Jeff’s incredible journey includes inspirational stories about how scaling to success beyond your dreams means treating your colleagues and employees with empathy. He once declined a potential joint venture when the other company’s CEO spoke derisively of his staff playing baseball at work one morning. Why pass something like that up? Because he knew in that moment that his counterpart did not respect his employees’ judgment the way he did. And that would have posed trouble for potential joint work. Join us today on the Freedom Fast Lane as we hear this amazing story and more from Jeff Hoffman. You’ll come away inspired to focus on doing what’s right, on doing what’s good, on being the best person you can be to those around you. And that’s how you attract the best and brightest to make a strong impact in the business world. Key takeaways: Your success relies on persuading smarter people to help you You win in business by empathizing with your team Don’t let money denigrate you and your team Connect with Jeff On Linkedin On Twitter

Full show notes at https://freedomfastlane.com/ Guy and Ilan are weird. And that’s okay! They’re hugely successful entrepreneurs, they’re compassionate coaches, and they share invaluable information on personal actualization on their Satori Prime podcast. But that’s beside the point. They’re weird because they act in accordance with who they are. And being themselves meant charting their path away from what the “group” does, leading them to their awesome Satori Prime project. This isn’t easy. In fact, it’s one of the hardest things to do. From a very young age, we are indoctrinated with the values of our parents, our educators, and what we absorb from mass media. It is easy for us to come to a conclusion at that stage in our lives about who we are. If you decide as a kid that you are “worthless”, “not talented”, or “a loser”, it can be very difficult to shake that feeling. Guy and Ilan are here to help you shake that false social programming, and get you to focus on being yourself. Everyone has something to contribute to make the world a better place and give their loved ones a better life. You can bring that gift out. Check in with yourself. Ask yourself what really matters to you. Notice where you feel like conforming to what everyone else is doing. Think about whether you really need to conform as well. Do what is consistent with your principles. Be yourself, and you will reap the rewards throughout your life! Key takeaways: It’s time for you to be unapologetically yourself Really successful people have achieved success by not caring about what other people think about them Take action consistent with who you are, rather than your social programming Connect with Guy & Ilan Visit the Satori Prime website: https://satoriprime.com/ On Twitter On Facebook On LinkedIn Subscribe to Freedom Fast Lane -->Subscribe to the Freedom Fast Lane Podcast with Ryan Daniel Moran

Full show notes at https://freedomfastlane.com/ Scaling your business to 9 figures in value seems daunting. How can this be done without working insane hours? Yes, scaling up by an order of magnitude may seem out of reach. But right now, you're probably closer than you think. Getting where you are now felt difficult, but that’s because you were working so hard to get off the ground. Now that you’ve found some substantial success, you need a sound strategy with a network that suits your business’s products or services. Going from 7-figures to 8-figures is primarily about dialing up your marketing and sales efforts. Here, you monetize the customers you currently have, increase your focus on ecommerce, and maybe pivot to other marketing channels. Going from 80figures to 9-figures is about successful investments. And investing for exponential scaling is Ryan’s forte. Once your company makes $10 million in yearly profits, you can look to an exit for 8-12x those profits. But what if your company is making $3 million in annual profits, with three other competitors about that size in your industry? What if those competitors are, instead, potential allies? If you merged forces or collaborated on a joint venture, you can package your combined value in a roll-up, and add an order of magnitude in value when selling the package. And that order of magnitude came just from making a relationship. From calling up your former competitors and seeing what you could do together, you added another zero to your exit value. You just massively scaled your business without having to do much more work than picking up your phone and dialing a few numbers. Now you see how reaching entrepreneurial success doesn’t have to be like climbing a long staircase to the peak of a mountain. There are incredibly effective shortcuts that people have and continue to use to accelerate their growth. Learn more in this episode of the podcast. Key takeaways: Scaling from 7-8 figures in value to 9 figures is not as daunting as you think Once you have a good product and vision, building a network accelerates growth Connect with Ryan On YouTube On Facebook On Twitter On Google Plus On LinkedIn On Instagram Subscribe to Freedom Fast Lane -->Subscribe to the Freedom Fast Lane Podcast with Ryan Daniel Moran

You have a great product, produced using state-of-the-art technology. But if you don’t talk about how the product will help your audience (its benefits), and only talk to them about its technical specifications (its features), you are losing lots of potential customers. Through his Swanwick Sleep company, James Swanwick sells blue-light-blocking glasses. They have a number of interesting technical features, but features aren’t enough to get people to make a purchase. That’s why the company’s website (swanwicksleep.com) says the product will make you "sleep better", “feel energized”, and “look cool” in large font. The benefits, not the features, are front and center. And they’re so prominent because an interested customer is always asking, "what does this product do for me?" If you don’t talk about the product’s benefits, you’re not answering their question! James makes a clear distinction between features and benefits. A feature is a factual statement about a product or service. Examples include a self-cleaning oven, or a product being made 100% from recycled materials. A benefit is an improvement in one’s circumstances caused by the product or service. Examples include convenience, time-saving, and becoming more attractive to potential partners. You can see the focus on benefits in everyday marketing. Let’s take weight-loss products for instance. If you watch infomercials about them, you very frequently see portrayals of men using the product having attractive, smiling women walk up to them. It’s the same for a whole host of products. Marketing for anything that improves your physical appearance very often depicts attractive people entering the frame and looking at the user with adoration. The inference the marketing establishes is that these products will make you attractive. The focus here is on that benefit, not on the technical specifications of the exercise machine or weight-loss program being sold. James urges entrepreneurs to audit their sales copy, identifying where features are emphasized over benefits, and making changes to focus instead on the benefits. You should ask yourself why your customers do business with you, and ask them, too! You may discover all sorts of benefits your customers derive from your products that you had not known before. Benefits you should be highlighting in your marketing! Key takeaways: People buy things to solve problems for them Focusing marketing on your product’s features, not their benefits, will lose business Audit your ad copy to maximize focus on these benefits Connect with James Hear more from James at his podcast. On Twitter On LinkedIn On Facebook Connect with Ryan On YouTube On Facebook On Twitter On Google Plus On LinkedIn On Instagram Subscribe to Freedom Fast Lane -->Subscribe to the Freedom Fast Lane Podcast with Ryan Daniel Moran

Justin Colby has had a lot of success flipping properties. Ryan takes a similar approach with businesses. This line of work has brought them great rewards, but they seek to scale beyond the heights they’ve reached. They know they can do it. It will take a lot of work, but they have a goal in mind and know they can reach it. Join Justin and Ryan in this chat about entrepreneurship, embracing change, and reaching goals through hard work. Key takeaways: Flipping real estate is like flipping businesses Calculate the costs of reaching your goals Put in the work Connect with Justin Hear more from Justin at https://thefoundation.com/podcast. On Twitter On Facebook On LinkedIn Connect with Ryan On YouTube On Facebook On Twitter On Google Plus On LinkedIn On Instagram Subscribe to Freedom Fast Lane -->Subscribe to the Freedom Fast Lane Podcast with Ryan Daniel Moran

There's a mistake that so many entrepreneurs make when it comes to funding, and it's not that hard to avoid. Jeff Hoffman addresses this topic in today’s Freedom Fast Lane episode. The clip is from the Q&A session we had with Jeff when he first spoke at the Capitalism Conference (formerly Freedom Fast Lane Live) back in 2015. We invited him back to kick off this year’s conference in Austin, which wraps up today. In this episode, Jeff explains the clear steps every startup entrepreneur must take in order to determine what—if any—outside funding is needed to make the business successful. Jeff blames Silicon Valley for creating the idea that entrepreneurs need to get funding as soon as possible. The truth is, most entrepreneurs ignore getting funding from customers by providing value. Instead, they go to bank debt, private equity, venture capital, you name it. One of the biggest problems with small businesses is overcapitalization. Don’t let that happen to you. Instead, follow these steps Jeff recommends to make sure you’re ready to pursue funding. Make a list of everything you need to do between now and someday, whenever your goal deadline is, to make your company successful. Circle everything on that list you think you can do without someone else’s money. Go do all of those things. Take it from Jeff—don’t get funding until you absolutely need it.

Ryan Deiss understands the power of branding. In this episode of the Freedom Fast Lane podcast, we air Ryan Deiss' speech at The Capitalism Conference (formerly Freedom Fast Lane Live). Ryan Deiss offers an analogy for reframing your ideas about branding. Start by thinking of your customer as a vault. Marketing has the ability to do one of two things: it can make a deposit of relational equity into that vault, or it can make a withdrawal on relational equity from that vault. Make no mistake. Every time you ask someone to buy something, you’re making a withdrawal against relational equity. We all have a baseline of relational equity as human kind, but when you ask for someone to buy something the question becomes, “Do I know you?” Whether we realize it or not, this construct is true. The question every entrepreneur should be asking themselves is, am I making a deposit of relational equity, or a withdrawal? It’s like in Gary Vaynerchuk’s book “Jab, Jab, Jab, Right Hook,” entrepreneurs must deposit, deposit, deposit, then withdraw. This is how you develop a brand. It’s not your logo. It’s not your color scheme. Your branding is anything that makes a deposit in your customer’s relational equity vault. Branding makes a deposit. Selling makes a withdrawal. There are four ways to build up your customer's relational equity vault: Make them laugh. If you make people laugh, they'll like you. Make them cry. If you make people cry, they'll feel vulnerable with you. Make them feel like they're a part of something. If you make people feel like they're part of something, they'll feel that sense of belonging, of home. Deliver actual value in advance. If you give people actual value, they will seek to give you value in return. When you’re not making a relational equity deposit for your customers, when there’s no soul in what you’re doing, then you’re just a logo. If you’re a business looking to become an empire, it’s crucial that you consistently make deposits and withdrawals in this manner. These are the high-level thinkers we bring together for The Capitalism Conference. Today is Day 1 of the event! We sold out our general admission tickets and upgraded many attendees to VIP. We are making parts of the event available through a livestream. Don't miss out - click here to purchase the livestream.

Ryan’s had tremendous success over the past several years, helping many budding entrepreneurs become millionaires. Now he’s turning his focus into an even higher goal: turning 7-figure business ventures into 9-figure ones. In this episode of the Freedom Fast Lane, Andy Drish from TheFoundation.com finds out just how Ryan plans to reach this lofty height, with inspirational takeaways that you can apply to focus your business for growth you thought was impossible. Full show notes at: http://freedomfastlane.com/ Key takeaways: Believing in your ability to succeed. Strategizing for exponential scaling, not linear scaling. Committing the time needed to reach your goals. Connect with Andy Hear more from Andy at https://thefoundation.com/podcast. On Twitter On Facebook On LinkedIn Connect with Ryan On YouTube On Facebook On Twitter On Google Plus On LinkedIn On Instagram Subscribe to Freedom Fast Lane -->Subscribe to the Freedom Fast Lane Podcast with Ryan Daniel Moran

Today we're talking about morning routines. In all this crazy noise of all of the things you have to do, how do you craft a routine that actually makes you more productive, less stressed, and puts you on the path for success? Bulletproof coffee. Meditating. Green juice. What the heck are you supposed to start your day with? If you ask any entrepreneur, or any person, you'll get a list of a whole bunch of things that they do. And they claim that it's the only way. Well, I'm going to share my religious morning routine with you in this episode. It follows the TRIBE 5, which I've covered extensively on the podcast. One of the best ways to optimize your routine for success is to learn from high achievers. Take what's worked for them and try it for yourself. Weave together what works for you, making sure you're hitting the TRIBE 5. If you want to learn from empire builders and high achievers, you should check out The Capitalism Conference this December 7-9. Ticket sales are closing soon, so grab yours today.

Most of us cannot begin to understand what it is like to stare mortality in the face. Hal Elrod does, and his experience has shifted the way he views his life and his business for the better. After being diagnosed with acute lymphoblastic leukemia, a rare cancer with a 10% survival rate, Hal emerged the other side with a clean bill of health and a fresh perspective on what was important. In this episode of Freedom Fast Lane, Hal shares what this life-changing experience taught him and how we can all adopt these learnings, ensuring we focus on what’s important to us. Key takeaways: Ask Yourself: What matters most to you? How to Live in Alignment with What Matters Redefine Your Relationship with Your Work How to Change Your Habits in 30 Days Connect with Hal Hear more from Hal on his podcast at http://halelrod.com/podcast/. On Twitter On Facebook On YouTube On LinkedIn Connect with Ryan On YouTube On Facebook On Twitter On Google Plus On LinkedIn On Instagram Subscribe to Freedom Fast Lane -->Subscribe to the Freedom Fast Lane Podcast with Ryan Daniel Moran

How do successful entrepreneurs get clarity on their goals and priorities to build their empires? Listen to this live coaching session between Geoff Woods and Ryan Daniel Moran to find out. Following on from his last appearance on Freedom Fast Lane, Geoff returns to talk Ryan through how you can take your business to the next level by adopting the tried and tested techniques used by the most successful entrepreneurs. Geoff outlines why having clear goals is important and presents a model that will help you and your company to hit your targets time and time again. Continuously in pursuit of the end zone. Listen in to hear Ryan get clarity on what his top priorities are within his business over the next month, and how you can apply the lessons to your own company. Key takeaways: The one action that will dramatically impact your business Identifying the habits that will elevate your company to the next level The 411: How to avoid distraction and achieve your goals Connect with Geoff Hear more from Geoff on his podcast at The1Thing.com. On Twitter On Facebook On YouTube On LinkedIn Connect with Ryan On YouTube On Facebook On Twitter On Google Plus On LinkedIn On Instagram Subscribe to Freedom Fast Lane -->Subscribe to the Freedom Fast Lane Podcast with Ryan Daniel Moran

In this episode of the podcast, I’m going to give you three ways that I am paying less taxes this year. I have made it very public over the last couple of years that I don’t like taxes very much. I don’t think taxes do a lot of good. I think taxes should be lower. I think entrepreneurs spend money wiser than government can, and that we should keep as much money in the hands of individuals and business owners as possible—and keep it out of the hands of politicians. I have done three things a little bit more intentionally this year. And I’m going to give you a couple of bonuses at the end of the three. There are three that I am personally doing that I would like to share with you, and then there are a couple of other recommendations that I will encourage you to look into as well. If you are an entrepreneur looking for the tactical strategies to help you pay less taxes and make more money, then you should come to our event in Austin, Texas, this December 7-9. It’s called The Capitalism Conference and tickets are open for a few more days. Grab your tickets now.

All physical product sellers face the challenge of getting enough eyeballs on their products and proving the viability of their business. Some enter the market and fail. Others attract people in a way that creates a community dedicated to the product as a solution to a problem they have. Quest Nutrition is a shining example of a successful brand that built a community. In this episode of the Freedom Fast Lane podcast, we share a clip from The Capitalism Conference (formerly Freedom Fast Lane Live) vault, featuring Tom Bilyeu. Tom pulls back the curtain and shares his secrets to Quest Nutrition's success. You'll hear what he and his business partners did in the early days to attract eyeballs and prove their business model, what decisions he made that helped Quest Nutrition scale, and how the brand stays viable in an ever-changing market. Tom has dedicated himself to building a successful business that has a mission to end metabolic disease. This is how empire builders think. If you want to start thinking like an empire builder, you need to surround yourself with them. The best place to do that is at this year’s Capitalism Conference, held December 7-9 in Austin, Texas. Grab your tickets today so you can get the playbook for how to build your empire.

If you look at someone like Bill Gates and all that he has accomplished, it's hard to fathom that he has the same number of hours in a day as everyone else. He doesn't have any more time in a day than anyone else. What he does with that time is what sets him apart, because Bill Gates is more high leverage than you or me. In today's episode of Freedom Fast Lane, guest host Matt Bodnar of The Science of Success podcast explains why there is a non-linear relationship between time and value creation, and how you can use high-leverage thinking to maximize value in the time you have. Think about the 80/20 rule and how it appears in all areas of life. In Matt's experience interviewing successful investors and entrepreneurs, the 80/20 rule is a common theme among them. There are two specific principles of high-leverage thinking. These two principles are common not only across the people Matt has interviewed, but the business titans of history - from John D. Rockefeller to Dale Carnegie. The first principle is to improve your decision-making ability. And the second is to hire people to replace yourself. Matt dives deep into the principles of high-leverage thinking in this episode of Freedom Fast Lane. If you're looking to connect with successful high-leverage thinkers, check out this year's Capitalism Conference held December 7-9 in Austin, Texas. The event attractions billionaires and millionaires from around the globe to share and learn from each other. Surround yourself with these high achievers and learn how to build your empire at the Capitalism Conference. Grab your ticket today.   Connect with Matt Bodnar Matt's show The Science of Success is available on Apple Podcasts, Stitcher and YouTube. Connect with Ryan On YouTube On Facebook On Twitter On Google Plus On LinkedIn On Instagram

Jesse Elder has made an incredible impact on my mindset. The first time we had a conversation, his words resonated with me so deeply that they've rung in my ears since. That conversation went something like this: He said life is the process of harvesting seeds that have been planted a long time ago. If you want to make changes in your life, the only way to do that is to start planting new seeds. I’ve thought about this idea quite a bit. I’ve since had Jesse on the podcast several times. He has become a dear friend, and that process of planting and harvesting new seeds has always stuck with me. It is so important to plant those seeds, to make incremental changes about where you’re going to go next. That is how you create your future. Today’s episode of the podcast features the live Q&A session with Jesse from The Capitalism Conference (formerly Freedom Fast Lane Live) 2015. In this session, Jesse shares this thought: “If we can approach life from a position of creativity, and we see ourselves as a creator, not a competitor, then all of a sudden that person with the bank balance or the six pack or the marriage or the family, all of those things they may have, no longer becomes a threat to our ego.” How do we create to solve the world’s greatest problems? That’s a question we explore at The Capitalism Conference, held this December 7-9 in Austin, Texas. Join billionaires and multimillionaires who have built brands and invested the profits to change not only their lives but the lives of people around the world. The conference is coming up fast, so grab your tickets today.

Do you pursue the cutting edge, or keep your focus on what's actually moving the needle? It's a question entrepreneurs often reckon with. There's a tendency to follow what's hot, but it can easily distract from getting things done. In this episode of the podcast, Gary Vaynerchuk gives his answer: you have to do both. The only way to do both is to dial in your work process. Gary shares how he does it in this clip from The Capitalism Conference (formerly Freedom Fast Lane Live) vault. Gary ruthlessly structures his time so that he deploys both practical execution and future thinking every day. This is how empire builders think. If you want to start thinking like an empire builder, you need to surround yourself with them. The best place to do that is at this year’s Capitalism Conference, held December 7-9 in Austin, Texas. Grab your tickets today so you can get the playbook for how to build your empire.

Would you believe that there is a formula to growing your business, one that generates millions of dollars? Mark Ford pen name Michael Masterson, created it and has applied it dozens of times. There are four steps in this formula, and Mark shares them with us on today’s episode of Freedom Fast Lane. After growing a business to $65 million in four years, Mark took the process and duplicated it over and over again. Entrepreneurs who apply this process in their businesses experience success, and you can too. Marketing is everything, and copy is king. Once you have those nailed, your business growth will take off. Learn the four stages to making your business grow from zero to one million, from the man who made the secret sauce himself. Key takeaways Figuring out what you’re selling, and how you’re selling it Developing backend products to market to existing customers, and frontend products for new customer acquisition Hiring people for structure to support further growth Incentivizing people to keep the hunger to grow Connect with Mark Check out Mark’s work, under pen name Michael Masterson on his website here: www.michaelmasterson.net You can also find some of his personal writing here: www.markford.net Connect with Ryan On YouTube On Facebook On Twitter On Google Plus On LinkedIn On Instagram Subscribe to Freedom Fast Lane -->Subscribe to the Freedom Fast Lane Podcast with Ryan Daniel Moran

Playing the stock market can be fun, but it’s high risk. Smart entrepreneurs understand that investing for cash flow is the right long-term play. One of the best vehicles for this is real estate investment. And with years of experience in the industry, Jason Hartman is the man who can tell you how to do it. Jason has utilized his own experiences and in-depth knowledge of the industry to build a company that helps others to fulfill the American dream of financial freedom through purchasing investment property. In this episode of Freedom Fast Lane, Jason will be walking you through the key things to take into consideration when looking to make a sound real estate investment. From understanding which markets to invest in, to leveraging your investment and earning your return through several different dimensions. Your return on investment from turnkey properties could be more lucrative than you first thought. Key takeaways: Where to invest in the real estate market cycle The importance of making direct investments Leveraging turnkey investments in the repayment of debt Connect with Jason You can learn from Jason through his podcasts, educational events, referrals and mentoring. Find out more on his website JasonHartman.com. On Twitter On Facebook On LinkedIn Connect with Ryan On YouTube On Facebook On Twitter On Google Plus On LinkedIn On Instagram Subscribe to Freedom Fast Lane -->Subscribe to the Freedom Fast Lane Podcast with Ryan Daniel Moran

Not a lot of people like to talk about it, but the fact is that many entrepreneurs don’t actually care about their businesses. They only care about the cash flow it produces. That’s why they got into it. But the idea of spending 15 hours a day working on a business they don’t care about, that they just want the cash flow from, sounds like a really terrible life. What often happens is this: an entrepreneur builds a cash flow business, ends up paying off their debt, and they’re are able to pay their bills. Sometime after that happens, they begin to complain about being handcuffed to their cash flow business. In this episode of the Freedom Fast Lane podcast, we share a clip from the 2015 Freedom Fast Lane Live Q&A session with Gary Vaynerchuk explores this idea. He shares how to get over the fear of going backward, and how to step back and use what you’ve learned in building that cash flow business to start something new that you actually care about. This is how empire builders think. If you want to start thinking like an empire builder, you need to surround yourself with them. The best place to do that is at this year’s Capitalism Conference, held December 7-9 in Austin, Texas. Grab your tickets today so you can get the playbook for how to build your empire.

Robert Herjavec probably sees more deal flow in a week than most people see in a lifetime, and every business he invests in must be successful. What is the common thread among those businesses he invests in? Leadership that thinks big. Today’s episode of the Freedom Fast Lane podcast features a conversation with Robert about reaching his $50 million goal before he turned 50, and how to think bigger than $50 million in annual sales. The clip comes from his appearance at the 2015 Freedom Fast Lane Live even in Austin, Texas — an event which has grown into The Capitalism Conference. To be able to go from a small company to a great enterprise, you have to be able to inspire others. You must be in the right market, but the greatest entrepreneurs are adaptable as business changes all the time. Learn from empire builders, investors, millionaires, and billionaires at The Capitalism Conference held this December 7-9 in Austin, Texas. Grab your tickets today. Key takeaways: Reaching $50 million before turning 50 Spotting growth potential and making it happen Finding the right businesses to invest in Connect with Robert Herjavec For more information on Robert’s investments, go to www.robertherjavec.com. On Twitter On LinkedIn On Instagram Connect with Ryan On YouTube On Facebook On Twitter On Google Plus On LinkedIn On Instagram Subscribe to Freedom Fast Lane -->Subscribe to the Freedom Fast Lane Podcast with Ryan Daniel Moran

Shakil Prasla has a unique business model which generates a huge passive income. Acquiring a business bypasses the time spent on building a business from scratch. But, when you get a business which hasn’t been reaching it’s full potential, how do you change it into something which makes you money without you needing to spend all of your time on it? Shakil buys online companies for as little money as possible, sits in the owner’s seat, and delegates systems and processes to a manager. This has allowed him to purchase eight different online businesses, all of which he has turned into profitable enterprises which makes him money while he has little involvement. In this episode of Freedom Fast Lane, Shakil explains how his business model works, how he acquires new companies, and the process he takes to make his income passive. Key takeaways: How to pick profitable products for a long-term investment Finding good people for a successful online business Spotting growth potential in companies you’re interested in acquiring Connect with Shakil Prasla For more information on Shakil’s passive income business model, go to his website at www.szventures.com. On LinkedIn Connect with Ryan On YouTube On Facebook On Twitter On Google Plus On LinkedIn On Instagram Subscribe to Freedom Fast Lane -->Subscribe to the Freedom Fast Lane Podcast with Ryan Daniel Moran

Are you struggling to find the right people to support you on your entrepreneurial journey? Are you surrounded by empire builders, or are the people you hang out with the most bringing you down? You are a product of your thoughts, and a product of the people you surround yourself with. This episode of the Freedom Fast Lane podcast features audio from a YouTube video about finding mentors. It references another excellent podcast about building your success network, and you should definitely check it out. You can listen to that episode here, and watch the YouTube video version of this episode here. A great place to find the right people for your success network is The Capitalism Conference, held this December 7-9 in Austin, Texas. Come hang out with millionaires and billionaires to learn how you can build your empire. Grab your tickets here.

Jesse Itzler is a big believer in checking the box and moving on. When he gets a win, he will only celebrate for a night or two, then will think about what’s next. To build your life resume is to do as many things as you can. This means finding the next project rather than celebrating the success of the last one. This clip is from Freedom Fast Lane Live in December 2016, hosted in Austin, Texas. Ryan speaks to Jesse on his achievements and challenges in front of a live audience. When discussing Zico coconut water, Jesse talks about the emotional connection he had with the product and how he wanted to share the benefits with the world. After partnering with them to make it hot, Coca-Cola bought the company a few years later. He says that his biggest challenge in being a dad is recognizing that his kids are on their own journey. Jesse and his wife try to expose them to things which are hard, which they might fail at. There is a valuable lesson in letting your kids see things you do which are hard but rewarding. It creates a new definition of failure, that celebrates the trying rather than the outcome. Jesse says you have to be appreciative every day of how far you’ve come. When he is faced with a new project, he thinks about how much time he has left on this earth and weighs up the time and reward vs the aggravation. His advice to anyone starting out in business is “pick good friends, pick good mentors, and never stop”. See more great talks like this at this year’s Freedom Fast Lane Live. Hosted in Austin, Texas on December 7th-9th, we have an awesome line-up of speakers who will be sharing motivational content on business and the journey to financial freedom. Get your ticket here. Connect with Jesse Itzler Discover more about Jesse by visiting his website at www.the100mileman.com. On Twitter On Instagram On LinkedIn Connect with Ryan On YouTube On Facebook On Twitter On Google Plus On LinkedIn On Instagram Subscribe to Freedom Fast Lane -->Subscribe to the Freedom Fast Lane Podcast with Ryan Daniel Moran

This episode of Freedom Fast Lane was recorded live at The Amazing Seller. Ryan talks about being an entrepreneur and going all in to build something bigger than himself. When Ryan was growing up, it never occurred to him that he should wait for someone else to decide when his life should change. After reading Rich Dad, Poor Dad, he committed himself to doing whatever it would take to be financially free. When he read that 10% of people make 90% of the wealth, he simply decided he would get to be in that 10%. It is easier now than it has ever been to build a seven or eight figure business. The days of selling on Amazon by finding a product and throwing it online are over, and you have to think bigger than that. Start by building your brand. Create a controlled area for your audience so you can sell to them. Be willing to suck until you don’t suck anymore. Listen to Ryan’s presentation from The Amazing Seller for the simple roadmap to building an eight-figure business. Getting to one million is a simple formula. Getting from one million to ten million is easy if you do it right. While you’re here, don’t forget to grab your ticket for the Capitalism Conference in Austin Texas this December 7th-9th. If you’re a physical product seller, an Amazon seller, an entrepreneur with a big vision, if you’re building something with seven-figure potential, this event is for you. Some of the best advisors and keynote speakers will be there to support you. Get your ticket here before they sell out.

Hey Fast Laners! We are gearing up for The Capitalism Conference which is going on here in Austin, Texas, December 7th, 8th and 9th. I have had several great conversations with both our Backroom members, and some of our Tribe members who have that $1 million in sight (or have it in their rear view mirror, who have hit a certain point). They're not quite sure how they're going to grow their business from where it is to really what they want it to be, and they want it to be as big as possible. They want to have as big an empire as possible. They want something that maybe they can build and sell some day. I wanted to put together an episode for you that went over the three areas where you need to be investing if you want to grow beyond that $1 million mark. These are the three areas that once you have a product up and selling in the world, are really going to exponentially grow the company.

I've built the eight-figure empire. Now I'm taking what I know and I'm building the nine figure empire. But I've never done that before. So I've invited a group of entrepreneurial empire builders and business thought leaders who have built eight- and nine-figure companies, who have built billion-dollar empires, to share all of their best strategies with me and some other entrepreneurial empire builders in Austin, Texas this December 7th, 8th, and 9th at The Capitalism Conference. Together we're focusing on those three areas, and you can join us.

Amazon is full of entrepreneurs looking to take their physical product brand to the next level. For business owners entering the market, it can be daunting to see so many products dominating so many niches. Is it even possible to compete anymore? Casey Gauss founded Viral Launch to help Amazon sellers find what’s possible and has helped physical product brands make huge profits. They’ve worked with 5,500 brands, and have an incredible perspective on the space which gives them their biggest advantage. Potential Amazon sellers are often intimidated by the perceived market domination of competitors. Casey talks about why the perception isn’t the same as the reality. On this episode of Freedom Fast Lane, Casey explains how he helps brands to source products understand what markets look like and how profitable they are, and how to optimize listings for maximum conversions. Having helped on over 20,000 product launches on Amazon, Casey knows how to drive sales as quickly as possible. If you’re a business making six figures a month, you will also learn how to take the next step to seven figures in this episode. Casey is still in his 20s and has a team of 30 people at Viral Launch. Here he shares what he learned when growing his business to the next level, and the tips for how you can do the same. Key takeaways: Is there still room for new businesses to make a profit on Amazon? How physical product owners can make the pivot from six to seven figures a month Going after overlooked niches for success on Amazon Connect with Casey Gauss Take a look at Viral Launch and check out their new Market Intelligence tool to help you make the best decisions with your next Amazon market. On Twitter On LinkedIn On YouTube Connect with Ryan On YouTube On Facebook On Twitter On Google Plus On LinkedIn On Instagram Subscribe to Freedom Fast Lane -->Subscribe to the Freedom Fast Lane Podcast with Ryan Daniel Moran

The key to financial freedom is predictable cash flow, not a pile of cash sitting in the bank. How do you create an investment strategy so that you can get to a stage where you don’t have to work anymore? In this episode of Freedom Fast Lane, we are joined by the cash flow savage Mauricio Rauld. Filmed at one of our Backroom events in Costa Rica, we talk about what entrepreneurs can do to get cash flow to ultimately feel satisfied. If you have a million dollars in the bank, see it as how much money you can make in a year from cash flow investments. When your cash flow is predictable, you get comfortable enough to take strategic risks to continue to grow your income. Mauricio calls himself asset agnostic. He’s into alternative assets, like mobile park home investment. You’ll never see him putting his money into Wall Street, and yet his income rivals those who do. Be prepared to take advantage of opportunities by being aware of and paying attention to what’s going on in the market. Four Peaks Capital Partners, Mauricio’s company, have got this refined which is why they are able to give their investor partners double-digit percentage returns every month. Key takeaways: Asset investment for more cash flow and lower taxes Partnering with other businesses for a passive income Planning for investing when a down cycle hits Connect with Mauricio Check out Four Peaks Capital Partners to take the first step toward generating a huge passive income: https://www.fourpeakspartners.com/ Maurico on Twitter Connect with Ryan Find more amazing podcast discussions on FreedomFastLane.com. On Twitter On Facebook On YouTube On LinkedIn